FURUKAWA Service Manual HCR1200-HCR1500 ED

Furukawa Rock Drill
HYDRAULIC CRAWLER DRILL
1200-ED / 1500ED
SERVICE MANUAL
FRD TSC 2005/05/26 Vol.1

Service Manual Contents
CONTENTS
Service Manual Cover Go
0. Contents
1. Maintenance Section Go
2. Mechanical Section Go
3. Schematic Section Go
4. Electronic Section Go
5. Drifter Section Go
6. Shop Manual Section Go
7. Compressor Section Go
8. Feed Motor Section Go
9. Drive Motor Section Go
10. Material Section Go
Back to Top
HYDRAULIC
CRAWLER DRILL
MAINTENANCE SECTION
Back
㻲㼡㼞㼡㼗㼍㼣㼍㻌㻴㼥㼐㼞㼍㼡㼘㼕㼏㻌㻯㼞㼍㼣㼘㼑㼞㻌㻰㼞㼕㼘㼘
㻹㼍㼕㼚㼠㼑㼚㼍㼚㼏㼑㻌㻼㼞㼛㼓㼞㼍㼙
㻯㻴㻱㻯㻷㻯㻸㻱㻭㻺㻸㼁㻮㻾㻵㻯㻭㼀㻱㻯㻴㻭㻺㻳㻱
㼀㻵㻳㼀㻱㻴㻿㻱㻾㼂㻵㻯㻱㻱㻸㻱㻹㻱㻺㼀㻲㼕㼚㼕㼟㼔

㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻱㼂㻱㻾㼅㻌㻡㻜㻌㻴㻻㼁㻾㻿㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌
㻿㻱㻾㻵㻭㻸㻌㻺㼁㻹㻮㻱㻾㻌㻦㻌㻌㻱㻺㻳㻵㻺㻱㻌㻴㻻㼁㻾㻿
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㻺㻭㻹㻱㻌㻌
㻱㼤㼍㼙㼜㼘㼑㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㼙㼍㼏㼔㼕㼚㼑
㻯㼍㼎㻌㻭㼕㼞㻌㼒㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㼑㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠
㻰㼡㼟㼠㻌㻯㼛㼘㼘㼑㼏㼠㼛㼞㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㼑㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠
㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻌㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻾㼍㼐㼕㼍㼠㼛㼞㻌㼏㼛㼞㼑
㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㼃㼍㼠㼑㼞㻌㼘㼑㼢㼑㼘
㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻻㼕㼘㻌㼘㼑㼢㼑㼘
㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻭㼕㼞㻌㼕㼚㼠㼍㼗㼑㻌㼘㼕㼚㼑
㻴㼥㼐㼞㼍㼡㼘㼕㼏㼟㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻾㼍㼐㼕㼍㼠㼛㼞㻌㼏㼛㼞㼑
㻯㼛㼙㼜㻌㼛㼕㼘㻌㻌㻾㼍㼐㼕㼍㼠㼛㼞㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㼏㼛㼞㼑
㻴㻰㻣㻜㻜㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻰㼞㼕㼒㼠㼑㼞
㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻌㼍㼚㼐㻌㼀㼕㼓㼠㼑㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻮㼛㼘㼠
㼀㼞㼍㼏㼗㻌㻯㼑㼚㼠㼑㼞㻌㻿㼔㼍㼒㼠㻳㼞㼑㼍㼟㼕㼚㼓㻌㻼㼛㼕㼚㼠
㻻㼟㼏㼕㼘㼘㼍㼠㼕㼚㼓㻌㻳㼞㼑㼍㼟㼕㼚㼓㻌㻼㼛㼕㼚㼠
㻴㼛㼟㼑㻌㻾㼑㼑㼘㼟㻳㼞㼑㼍㼟㼕㼚㼓㻌㻼㼛㼕㼚㼠
㻾㼛㼘㼘㼑㼞㻌㻿㼔㼍㼒㼠㻳㼞㼑㼍㼟㼕㼚㼓㻌㻼㼛㼕㼚㼠
㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞㻳㼞㼑㼍㼟㼕㼚㼓㻌㻼㼛㼕㼚㼠
㻿㼜㼞㼛㼏㼗㼑㼠㻳㼞㼑㼍㼟㼕㼚㼓㻌㻼㼛㼕㼚㼠
㻯㼍㼙㻌㻲㼛㼘㼘㼛㼣㼑㼞㻳㼞㼑㼍㼟㼕㼚㼓㻌㻼㼛㼕㼚㼠
㻯㼍㼞㼞㼕㼍㼓㼑㻳㼞㼑㼍㼟㼕㼚㼓㻌㻼㼛㼕㼚㼠
㻮㼛㼛㼙㻌㻼㼑㼐㼑㼟㼠㼍㼘㻳㼞㼑㼍㼟㼕㼚㼓㻌㻼㼛㼕㼚㼠
㻮㼛㼛㼙㻌㻳㼞㼑㼍㼟㼕㼚㼓㻌㻼㼛㼕㼚㼠
㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㻹㼛㼡㼚㼠㼕㼚㼓㻳㼞㼑㼍㼟㼕㼚㼓㻌㻼㼛㼕㼚㼠
㻝
㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻱㼂㻱㻾㼅㻌㻞㻡㻜㻌㻴㻻㼁㻾㻿㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌
㻿㻱㻾㻵㻭㻸㻌㻺㼁㻹㻮㻱㻾㻌㻦㻌㻌㻌㻱㻺㻳㻵㻺㻱㻌㻴㻻㼁㻾㻿
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㻺㻭㻹㻱
㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻌㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻌㻻㼕㼘
㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻌㻻㼕㼘㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞
㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻌㻭㼕㼞㻌㻱㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠
㻴㼥㼐㼞㼍㼡㼘㼕㼏㼟㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻾㼑㼠㼡㼞㼚㻌㻻㼕㼘㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞
㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻻㼕㼘㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻌
㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻭㼕㼞㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞
㻼㼕㼘㼛㼠㻌㼘㼕㼚㼑㻌㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻼㼕㼘㼛㼠㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞
㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻼㼕㼘㼛㼠㻌㻮㼞㼛㼏㼗
㻴㼥㼐㼞㼍㼡㼘㼕㼏㼟㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻾㼍㼐㼕㼍㼠㼛㼞㻌㼏㼛㼞㼑
㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻌㼍㼚㼐㻌㼀㼕㼓㼠㼑㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻮㼛㼘㼠
㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻿㼔㼍㼚㼗㻌㻾㼛㼐
㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻯㼔㼍㼏㼗㻌㻒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔
㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻭㻯㻯㻌㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙
㻲㼘㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻌㻭㼕㼞㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻿㼠㼞㼍㼕㼚㼑㼞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞
㻰㼡㼟㼠㻌㻯㼛㼘㼘㼑㼏㼠㼛㼞㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㼑㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠
㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㻿㼑㼘㼘㻲㼑㼑㼐㻌㻯㼔㼍㼕㼚
㻳㼞㼑㼍㼟㻱㼢㼑㼞㼥㻌㻳㼞㼑㼍㼟㼕㼚㼓㻌㼜㼛㼕㼚㼠
㻳㼑㼚㼑㼞㼍㼘㻹㼍㼏㼔㼕㼚㼑㻌㼏㼛㼚㼐㼕㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌
㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻱㼂㻱㻾㼅㻌㻡㻜㻜㻌㻴㻻㼁㻾㻿㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㻺㻭㻹㻱
㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻌㻭㼕㼞㻌㻱㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠
㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻌㻲㼡㼑㼘㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞
㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻿㼠㼞㼍㼕㼚㼑㼞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻴㼥㼐㻌㼀㼍㼚㼗
㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞㻌㻻㼕㼘
㻯㼛㼙㼜㻌㻻㼕㼘㻌㻸㼕㼚㼑㻌㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞㻌㼘㼕㼚㼑㻌㼒㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞
㻲㼘㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻌㻭㼕㼞㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻿㼠㼞㼍㼕㼚㼑㼞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼏㼑㼢㼑㼞㻌
㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻿㼑㼜㼍㼞㼑㼠㼑㼞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼏㼑㼢㼑㼞
㻴㼥㼐㼞㼍㼡㼘㼕㼏㻌㼛㼕㼘㻌㻾㼍㼐㼕㼍㼠㼛㼞㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻾㼍㼐㼕㼍㼠㼛㼞㻌㼏㼛㼞㼑
㻌㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻌㼍㼚㼐㻌㼀㼕㼓㼠㼑㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻮㼛㼘㼠
㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻭㻯㻯㻌㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙
㻰㼡㼟㼠㻌㻯㼛㼘㼘㼑㼏㼠㼛㼞㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㼑㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠
㻌㻰㼞㼍㼕㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㼣㼍㼠㼑㼞㻌㼒㼞㼛㼙㻌㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙㻌㻭㼏㼏
㻲㼡㼑㼘㻌㼀㼍㼚㼗㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻲㼡㼑㼘㻌㼀㼍㼚㼗㻌㻿㼠㼞㼍㼕㼚㼑㼞
㻰㼞㼕㼢㼑㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞㻯㼔㼍㼏㼗㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻰㼞㼕㼢㼑㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞㻌㻻㼕㼘
㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞㼑㻌㻾㼑㼓㼡㼘㼍㼠㼛㼞㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙
㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻱㼂㻱㻾㼅㻌㻝㻜㻜㻜㻌㻴㻻㼁㻾㻿㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㻺㻭㻹㻱
㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻌㻭㼕㼞㻌㻱㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠
㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻌㻲㼡㼑㼘㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞
㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㼃㼍㼠㼑㼞㻌㻯㼛㼛㼘㼍㼚㼠㻌
㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻲㼍㼚㻌㼎㼑㼘㼠
㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻴㼥㼐㻌㻻㼕㼘
㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻿㼠㼞㼍㼕㼚㼑㼞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻴㼥㼐㻌㼀㼍㼚㼗
㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻴㼥㼐㼞㼍㼡㼘㼕㼏㻌㻻㼕㼘㻌㼀㼍㼚㼗
㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞㻌㻻㼕㼘
㻯㼛㼙㼜㻌㻻㼕㼘㻌㻸㼕㼚㼑㻌㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞㻌㼘㼕㼚㼑㻌㼒㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞
㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻳㼍㼟㼗㼑㼠㼟㻌㼛㼒㻌㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻙㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑
㻲㼘㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻌㻭㼕㼞㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻿㼠㼞㼍㼕㼚㼑㼞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼏㼑㼢㼑㼞㻌
㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻿㼑㼜㼍㼞㼑㼠㼑㼞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼏㼑㼢㼑㼞
㻴㼥㼐㼞㼍㼡㼘㼕㼏㻌㼛㼕㼘㻌㻾㼍㼐㼕㼍㼠㼛㼞㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻾㼍㼐㼕㼍㼠㼛㼞㻌㼏㼛㼞㼑
㻌㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻌㼍㼚㼐㻌㼀㼕㼓㼠㼑㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻮㼛㼘㼠
㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻭㻯㻯㻌㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙
㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻱㼢㼑㼞㼥㻌㻰㼞㼕㼒㼠㼑㼞㻌㻿㼑㼍㼘
㻰㼡㼟㼠㻌㻯㼛㼘㼘㼑㼏㼠㼛㼞㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㼑㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠
㻌㻰㼞㼍㼕㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㼣㼍㼠㼑㼞㻌㼒㼞㼛㼙㻌㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙㻌㻭㼏㼏
㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻲㼑㼑㼐㻌㼙㼛㼠㼛㼞㻌㻻㼕㼘
㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻯㼍㼞㼞㼕㼓㼑㻌㼏㼞㼕㼍㼞㼍㼚㼏㼑
㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻱㼂㻱㻾㼅㻌㻝㻜㻜㻜㻌㻴㻻㼁㻾㻿㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㻺㻭㻹㻱
㻲㼡㼑㼘㻌㼀㼍㼚㼗㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻲㼡㼑㼘㻌㼀㼍㼚㼗㻌㻿㼠㼞㼍㼕㼚㼑㼞
㻰㼞㼕㼢㼑㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻰㼞㼕㼢㼑㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞㻌㻻㼕㼘
㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞㼑㻌㻾㼑㼓㼡㼘㼍㼠㼛㼞㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙
㻭㼕㼞㻌㼏㼛㼚㼐㼑㼠㼕㼛㼚㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻮㼑㼘㼠
㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞㻯㼔㼑㼏㼗㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻹㼍㼕㼚㼠㼑㼚㼍㼚㼏㼑㻌㻼㼞㼛㼓㼞㼍㼙㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻡㻜㻜㻜㼔㼞
㻌㻌㻹㼍㼕㼚㼠㼑㼚㼍㼚㼏㼑㻌㻼㼞㼛㼓㼞㼍㼙
㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌
㻡㻜㼔㼞㻌㻞㻡㻜㼔㼞㻡㻜㻜㼔㼞㻝㻜㻜㻜㼔㼞㻡㻜㼔㼞㻞㻡㻜㼔㼞㻌㻡㻜㻜㼔㼞㻝㻜㻜㻜㼔㼞
㻡㻜㼤㻞㻣㻡㻜㼤
㻝㻜㻜㼤㻞㻤㻜㻜㼤
㻝㻡㻜㼤㻞㻤㻡㻜㼤
㻞㻜㻜㼤㻞㻥㻜㻜㼤
㻞㻡㻜㼤㻞㻥㻡㻜㼤
㻟㻜㻜㼤㻟㻜㻜㻜㼤
㻟㻡㻜㼤㻟㻜㻡㻜㼤
㻠㻜㻜㼤㻟㻝㻜㻜㼤
㻠㻡㻜㼤㻟㻝㻡㻜㼤
㻡㻜㻜㼤㻠㻞㻜㻜㼤
㻡㻡㻜㼤㻟㻞㻡㻜㼤
㻢㻜㻜㼤㻟㻟㻜㻜㼤
㻢㻡㻜㼤㻟㻟㻡㻜㼤
㻣㻜㻜㼤㻟㻠㻜㻜㼤
㻣㻡㻜㼤㻟㻠㻡㻜㼤
㻤㻜㻜㼤㻟㻡㻜㻜㼤
㻤㻡㻜㼤㻟㻡㻡㻜㼤
㻥㻜㻜㼤㻟㻢㻜㻜㼤
㻥㻡㻜㼤㻟㻢㻡㻜㼤
㻝㻜㻜㻜㼤㻟㻣㻜㻜㼤
㻝㻜㻡㻜㼤㻟㻣㻡㻜㼤
㻝㻝㻜㻜㼤㻟㻤㻡㻜㼤
㻝㻝㻡㻜㼤㻟㻥㻜㻜㼤
㻝㻞㻜㻜㼤㻟㻥㻡㻜㼤
㻝㻞㻡㻜㼤㻠㻜㻜㻜㼤
㻝㻟㻜㻜㼤㻠㻜㻡㻜
㻝㻟㻡㻜㼤㻠㻝㻜㻜㼤
㻝㻠㻜㻜㼤㻠㻝㻡㻜㼤
㻝㻠㻡㻜㼤㻠㻞㻜㻜㼤
㻝㻡㻜㻜㼤㻠㻞㻡㻜㼤
㻝㻡㻡㻜㼤㻠㻟㻜㻜
㻝㻢㻜㻜㼤㻠㻟㻡㻜㼤
㻝㻢㻡㻜㼤㻠㻠㻜㻜㼤
㻝㻣㻜㻜㼤㻠㻠㻡㻜㼤
㻝㻣㻡㻜㼤㻠㻡㻜㻜㼤
㻝㻤㻜㻜㼤㻠㻡㻡㻜㼤
㻝㻤㻡㻜㼤㻠㻢㻜㻜㼤
㻝㻥㻜㻜㼤㻠㻢㻡㻜㼤
㻝㻥㻡㻜㼤㻠㻣㻜㻜㼤
㻞㻜㻜㻜㼤㻠㻣㻡㻜㼤
㻞㻜㻡㻜㼤㻠㻤㻜㻜
㻞㻝㻜㻜㼤㻠㻤㻡㻜㼤
㻞㻝㻡㻜㼤㻠㻥㻜㻜㼤
㻞㻞㻜㻜㼤㻠㻥㻡㻜㼤
㻞㻞㻡㻜㼤㻡㻜㻜㻜㼤
㻞㻟㻜㻜㼤
㻞㻟㻡㻜㼤
㻞㻠㻜㻜㼤
㻞㻠㻡㻜㼤
㻞㻡㻜㻜㼤
㻞㻡㻡㻜㼤
㻞㻢㻜㻜㼤
㻞㻢㻡㻜㼤
㻞㻣㻜㻜㼤
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷(747-#9#
㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㫉㪼㫇㫆㫉㫋㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪻㪼㫃㫀㫍㪼㫉㫐㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪸㩷㫇㪼㫉㫀㫆㪻㫀㪺㪸㫃㩷㫀㫅㫊㫇㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪈㪆㪊
㪩㪜㪝㪅㪥㪦㪅
㪦㪮㪥㪜㪩㪑㪘㪛㪛㪩㪜㪪㪪㪑
㪛㪠㪪㪫㪩㪠㪙㪬㪫㪦㪩㪑㪘㪛㪛㪩㪜㪪㪪㪑
㪪㪜㪩㪭㪠㪚㪜㩷㪪㪟㪦㪧㪑
㪤㪦㪛㪜㪣㩷㪦㪝㩷㪛㪩㪠㪣㪣㪑㪪㪜㪩㪠㪘㪣㩷㪥㪦㪅㪑
㪤㪦㪛㪜㪣㩷㪦㪝㩷㪜㪥㪞㪠㪥㪜㪑㪪㪜㪩㪠㪘㪣㩷㪥㪦㪅㪑
㪟㪦㪬㪩㩷㪤㪜㪫㪜㪩㪑㪿㫉
㪤㪦㪛㪜㪣㩷㪦㪝㩷㪛㪩㪠㪝㪫㪜㪩㪑㪪㪜㪩㪠㪘㪣㩷㪥㪦㪅㪑
㪦㪥㪫㪜㪩㪑
㪛㪜㪣㪠㪭㪜㪩㪰㩷㪛㪘㪫㪜㩷㪑㪪㪜㪩㪭㪠㪚㪜㩷㪛㪘㪫㪑
㪘㪅㪄㩷㪚㪟㪜㪚㪢㪛㩷㪦㪥㩷㪫㪟㪜㩷㪝㪦㪣㪣㪦㪮㪠㪥㪞㩷㪠㪫㪜㪤㪪
㫃㪸㪺㫂㪾㪸㫊㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼
㫄㪸㫀㫅㫋㪼㫅㪸㫅㪺㪼㩷㫇㫆㫀㫅㫋㪾㫆㫆㪻㫉㪼㫇㪸㫀㫉㫋㫀㪾㪿㫋㪼㫅㫀㫅㪾㪺㫃㪼㪸㫅㪸㪻㫁㫌㫊㫋㫇㪸㫉㫋㫊
㪻㫀㫊㪸㫊㫊㪼㫄㪹㫃㪼㫃㫌㪹㫉㫀㪺㪸㫋㪼
㫇㪸㫉㫋㫊㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼
㫄㪸㫉㫂㱙䂦㪫㪚㫃㪸㪺㫂㪘㪞㪯㪻㫀㫊㪣
㪠㫅㫊㫇㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㪛㪼㫃㫀㫍㪌㪇㪉㪌㪇㪌㪇㪇㪈㪇㪇㪇
㫇㫆㫀㫅㫋㪮㫆㫉㫂㩷㪺㫆㫅㫋㪼㫅㫋㫊㪼㫉㫐㪛㪸㫀㫃㫐㪿㫆㫌㫉㫊㪿㫆㫌㫉㫊㪿㫆㫌㫉㫊㪿㫆㫌㫉㫊㫉㪼㫄㪸㫉㫂
㪣㫌㪹㫉㫀㪺㪸㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㫊㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄
㪦㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫆㫅㫋㪸㫄㫀㫅㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪦㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㪸㫂㪸㪾㪼㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫆㫅㫋㪸㫄㫀㫅㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪦㫀㫃㩷㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫌㫉㩷㫀㫅㪻㫀㪺㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㫆㫅㩷㫀㫅㪽㫆㫉㫄㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪻㫀㫊㫇㫃㪸㫐
㪦㫀㫃㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪦㫀㫃㩷㪽㫀㫃㫋㪼㫉㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪝㫌㪼㫃㩷㫃㪼㪸㫂㪸㪾㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪛㫉㪸㫀㫅㫀㫅㪾㩷㫎㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪽㫉㫆㫄㩷㪽㫌㪼㫃㩷㪽㫀㫃㫋㪼㫉
㪝㫌㪼㫃㩷㫊㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄
㪝㫌㪼㫃㩷㪽㫀㫃㫋㪼㫉㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪝㫌㪼㫃㩷㫋㪸㫅㫂㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫊㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉㩷㪺㫃㪼㪸㫅㫀㫅㪾
㪝㫌㪼㫃㩷㫋㪸㫅㫂㩷㪻㫉㪸㫀㫅㫀㫅㪾
㪝㪼㪼㪻㩷㫇㫌㫄㫇㩷㫀㫅㫃㪼㫋㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫊㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉㩷㪺㫃㪼㪸㫅㫀㫅㪾
㪜㫅㪾㫀㫅㪼
㪚㫆㫆㫃㫀㫅㪾㩷㫎㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪽㫃㫆㫎㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫆㫅㫋㪸㫄㫀㫅㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪚㫆㫆㫃㫀㫅㪾㩷㫎㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㫃㪼㪸㫂㪸㪾㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪚㫆㫆㫃㫀㫅㪾㩷㫊㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄
㪩㪸㪻㫀㪸㫋㫆㫉㩷㪺㪸㫇㩷㫄㫆㫌㫅㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㪺㫆㫅㪻㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪝㪸㫅㩷㪹㪼㫃㫋㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫃㫆㫆㫊㪼㫅㪼㫊㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪻㪸㫄㪸㪾㪼
㪚㫆㫆㫃㫀㫅㪾㩷㫎㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪼㫏㪺㪿㪸㫅㪾㪼
㪜㫏㫋㪼㫉㫅㪸㫃㩷㪺㫃㪼㪸㫅㫀㫅㪾㩷㫆㪽㩷㫉㪸㪻㫀㪸㫋㫆㫉㩷㪽㫀㫅
㪠㫅㫋㪼㫉㫅㪸㫃㩷㪺㫃㪼㪸㫅㫀㫅㪾㩷㫆㪽㩷㫉㪸㪻㫀㪸㫋㫆㫉
㪩㪸㪻㫀㪸㫋㫆㫉㩷㪿㫆㫊㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫃㫆㫆㫊㪼㫅㪼㫊㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㩷㪻㪸㫄㪸㪾㪼
㪠㫅㫋㪸㫂㪼㩷㫊㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄
㪘㫀㫉㩷㪺㫃㪼㪸㫅㪼㫉㩷㪼㫃㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㩿㫆㫌㫋㪼㫉㪀
㪘㫀㫉㩷㪺㫃㪼㪸㫅㪼㫉㩷㪼㫃㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㩿㫀㫅㫅㪼㫉㪀
㪪㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪿㫆㫊㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫃㫆㫆㫊㪼㫅㪼㫊㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㩷㪻㪸㫄㪸㪾㪼
㪘㫀㫉㩷㪺㫃㪼㪸㫅㪼㫉㩷㪼㫃㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪺㫃㪼㪸㫅㫀㫅㪾㩷㩿㫆㫌㫋㪼㫉㪀㪘㫀㫉㩷㪺㫃㪼㪸㫅㪼㫉㩷㫃㪸㫄㫇㩷㫀㫅㪻㫀㪺㪸㫋㪼㫊
㪙㪸㫋㫋㪼㫉㫐㩷䌥䌬䌥䌣䌴䌲䌯䌬䌹䌴㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪜㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㪸㫃㩷㫊㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄
㪙㪸㫋㫋㪼㫉㫐㩷㫋㪼㫉㫄㫀㫅㪸㫃㫊㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫃㫆㫆㫊㪼㫅㪼㫊㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫆㫉㫉㫆㫊㫀㫆㫅
㪜㫅㪾㫀㫅㪼
㪚㪟㪘㪩㪞㪜㩷㫀㫅㪻㫀㪺㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㫆㫅㩷㫀㫅㪽㫆㫉㫄㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪻㫀㫊㫇㫃㪸㫐
㪙㪸㫋㫋㪼㫉㫐㩷䌥䌬䌥䌣䌴䌲䌯䌬䌹䌴㪼㩷㫊㫇㪼㪺㫀㪽㫀㪺㩷㪾㫉㪸㫍㫀㫋㫐㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪪㫋㪸㫉㫋㪼㫉㩷㫇㫀㫅㫀㫆㫅㩷㪽㫀㫋㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㪺㫆㫅㪻㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪜㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㪸㫃㩷㫎㫀㫉㫀㫅㪾㩷㪃㩷㫁㫆㫀㫅㫋㫊㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫃㫆㫆㫊㪼㫅㪼㫊㫊㩷㪸㫅㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪻㪸㫄㪸㪾㪼
㪉㪆㪊
㪠㫅㫊㫇㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㪛㪼㫃㫀㫍㪌㪇㪉㪇㪇㪍㪇㪇㪈㪉㪇㪇
㪩㪼㪺㪼㫀㫍㪼㫉㩷㫋㪸㫅㫂㩷㪻㫉㪸㫀㫅㫀㫅㪾
㪩㪼㪺㪼㫀㫍㪼㫉㩷㫋㪸㫅㫂㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫆㫅㫋㪸㫄㫀㫅㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪪㪸㪽㪼㫋㫐㩷㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼㩷㫆㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪛㫉㪸㫎㫀㫅㪾㩷㫆㫉㫀㪽㫀㪺㪼㩷㪺㫃㪼㪸㫅㫀㫅㪾
㪚㫆㫄㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫆㫉
㪦㫀㫃㩷㪽㫀㫃㫋㪼㫉㩷㪼㫃㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪦㫀㫃㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪘㫀㫉㩷㪺㫃㪼㪸㫅㪼㫉㩷㪼㫃㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪺㫃㪼㪸㫅㫀㫅㪾㩷㩿㫆㫌㫋㪼㫉㪀
㪘㫀㫉㩷㪺㫃㪼㪸㫅㪼㫉㩷㪼㫃㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㩿㫀㫅㫅㪼㫉㪀
㪪㫇㪼㪼㪻㩷㫉㪼㪾㫌㫃㪸㫋㫆㫉㩷㪻㫀㪸㫇㪿㫉㪸㪾㫄㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪦㫀㫃㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼㩷㪻㫀㪸㫇㪿㫉㪸㫄㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪘㫌㫋㫆㩷㫉㪼㫃㫀㪼㪽㩷㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼㩷㪻㫀㪸㫇㪿㫉㪸㫄㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪦㫀㫃㩷㫊㪼㫇㪸㫉㪸㫋㫆㫉㩷㪼㫃㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪟㫐㪻㫉㪸㫌㫃㫀㪺㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫋㪸㫅㫂㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㪸㫂㪸㪾㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪟㫐㪻㫉㪸㫌㫃㫀㪺㩷㫆㫀㫃
㪟㫐㪻㫉㪸㫌㫃㫀㪺㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㫋㪸㫅㫂
㪟㫐㪻㫉㪸㫌㫃㫀㪺㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩿㪠㪪㪦㩷㪭㪞㪋㪍㪄㪌㪍㪀
㪟㫐㪻㫉㪸㫌㫃㫀㪺㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫋㪸㫅㫂㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㪻㫉㪸㫀㫅㫀㫅㪾
㪩㪼㫋㫌㫉㫅㩷
㪟㫐㪻㫉㪸㫌㫃㫀㪺㩷㪻㪼㫍㫀㪺㪼
㪩㪼㫋㫌㫉㫅㩷㪽㫀㫃㫋㪼㫉㩷㪼㫃㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪩㪼㫋㫌㫉㫅㩷㪽㫀㫃㫋㪼㫉㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㪝㫀㫃㫋㪼㫉㩷㪺㪿㪸㪾㪼㩷㫃㪸㫄㫇㩷㫀㫅㪻㫀㪺㪸㫋㪼㫊
㪧㫌㫄㫇㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㪸㫂㪸㪾㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪦㫋㪿㪼㫉㫊
㪩㫌㪹㪹㪼㫉㩷㪿㫆㫊㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪻㪸㫄㪸㪾㪼
㪧㫀㫇㫀㫅㪾㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪻㪸㫄㪸㪾㪼
㪭㪸㫃㫍㪼㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㪸㫂㪸㪾㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪧㫃㫌㫅㪾㪼㫉
㪦㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㪸㫂㪸㪾㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪽㫀㫃㫋㪼㫇㫌㫄㫇
㪦㫀㫃㩷㫊㪼㪸㫃㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪧㫀㫃㫆㫋
㪧㫀㫃㫆㫋㩷㪽㫀㫃㫋㪼㫉㩷㪼㫃㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋
㫉
㪟㫆㫊㪼㩷㫉㪼㪼㫃㩷㪺㪿㪸㫀㫅㩷㫋㪼㫅㫊㫀㫆㫅㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪸㪻㫁㫌㫊㫋㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪟㫆㫊㪼㩷㫉㪼㪼㫃㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫎㪼㪸㫉
㪟㫆㫊㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪻㪸㫄㪸㪾㪼
㪞㫌㫀㪻㪼㩷㫊㪿㪼㫃㫃
㪝㪼㪼㪻㩷㪺㪿㪸㫀㫅㩷㫋㪼㫅㫊㫀㫆㫅㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪸㪻㫁㫌㫊㫋㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪞㫌㫀㪻㪼㩷㫊㪿㪼㫃㫃
㪚㪸㫉㫉㫀㪾㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫎㪼㪸㫉
㪧㫀㫇㫀㫅㪾㩷㪺㫆㫅㫅㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫁㫆㫀㫅㫋㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㪸㫂㪸㪾㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪝㫆㫆㫋㩷㫇㪸㪻㩷㫇㫀㫅㩷㫃㫌㪹㫉㫀㪺㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫎㫀㫋㪿㩷㪾㫉㪼㪸㫊㪼
㪙㫆㫃㫋㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫆㫋㪿㪼㫉㩷㫇㪸㫉㫋㫊㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫃㫆㫆㫊㪼㫅㪼㫊㫊
㪙㫆㫃㫋㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫆㫋㪿㪼㫉㩷㫇㪸㫉㫋㫊㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫃㫆㫆㫊㪼㫅㪼㫊㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫋㪿㪼㫀㫉㩷㫋㫀㪾㪿㫋㪼㫅㫀㫅
㫄㫆㫋㫆㫉
㪝㪼㪼㪻
㪝㪼㪼㪻㩷㫄㫆㫋㫆㫉㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㪸㫂㪸㪾㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪛㫌㫊㫋㩷㪺㫆㫃㫃㪼㪺㫋㫆㫉㪙㫆㫆㫄
㪧㫀㫅㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫎㪼㪸㫉
㪙㫆㫃㫋㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫅㫌㫋㫊㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫃㫆㫆㫊㪼㫅㪼㫊㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫋㪿㪼㫀㫉㩷㫋㫀㪾㪿㫋㪼㫅㫀㫅㪾
㪜㫃㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪜㫃㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪹㫆㪻㫐㩷㪺㫃㪼㪸㫅㫀㫅㪾
㪦㫀㫃㩷㫄㫆㫋㫆㫉㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㪸㫂㪸㪾㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪘㫀㫉㩷㪽㫀㫃㫋㪼㫉㩷㪻㫉㪸㫀㫅㫀㫅㪾
㪧㫉㪼㪺㫃㪼㪸㫅㪼㫉㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫎㪼㪸㫉
㪟㫐㪻㫉㪧㫅
㪸㫌㫃㫀㪺㪼㫌
㪧㫀㫇㫀㫅㪾㩷㪽㫀㫋㫋㫀㫅㪾㫊㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫃㫆㫆㫊㪼㫅㪼㫊㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫋㪿㪼㫀㫉㩷㫋㫀㪾㪿㫋㪼㫅㫀㫅㪾
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋㩷㫀㪻㫃㪼㫉㪦㫋㪿㪼㫉㫊
㪚㫐㫃㫀㫅㪻㪼㫉㫊㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㪸㫂㪸㪾㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪧㫀㫇㫀㫅㪾㩷㪺㫆㫅㫅㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫁㫆㫀㫅㫋㫊㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㪸㫂㪸㪾㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋㩷㫀㪻㫃㪼㫉㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㪸㫂㪸㪾㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋㩷㫀㪻㫃㪼㫉㩷㫃㫌㪹㫉㫀㪺㪸㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋㩷㫀㪻㫃㪼㫉㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫎㪼㪸㫉
㪫㫉㪸㪺㫂㩷㫉㫆㫃㫃㪼㫉㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㪸㫂㪸㪾㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪫㫉㪸㪺㫂
㫉㫆㫃㫃㪼㫉
㪙㫆㪻㫐
㪫㫉㪸㪺㫂㩷㫉㫆㫃㫃㪼㫉㩷㫃㫌㪹㫉㫀㪺㪸㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪪㫇㫉㫆㪺㫂㪼㫋㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫎㪼㪸㫉
㪝㫀㫅㪸㫃㩷㪻㫉㫀㫍㪼
㪫㫉㪸㫍㪼㫃㩷㫄㫆㫋㫆㫉㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㪸㫂㪸㪾㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪫㫉㪸㫍㪼㫃㩷㫄㫆㫋㫆㫉㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪫㫉㪸㫍㪼㫃㩷㫄㫆㫋㫆㫉㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫉㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪊㪆㪊
㪠㫅㫊㫇㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㪛㪼㫃㫀㫍㪌㪇㪉㪇㪇㪍㪇㪇㪈㪉㪇㪇
㪫㫉㪸㪺㫂㩷㫃㫀㫅㫂㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫎㪼㪸㫉
㪫㫉㪸㪺㫂
㫉㫉㫀㫃㫀㫅㫂
㪫㫉㪸㪺㫂㩷㫃㫀㫅㫂㩷㫋㪼㫅㫊㫀㫆㫅㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪸㪻㫁㫌㫊㫋㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪚㪸
㪼㫉
㪚㪸㫉㫉㫀㪼㫉㩷㫉㫆㫃㫃㪼㫉㩷㫃㫌㪹㫉㫀㪺㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫎㫀㫋㪿㩷㪾㫉㪼㪸㫊㪼
㪙㫆㪻㫐
㪚㪼㫅㫋㪼㫉㩷㫊㪿㪸㪽㫋㩷㫃㫌㪹㫉㫀㪺㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫎㫀㫋㪿㩷㪾㫉㪼㪸㫊㪼
㪦㫋㪿㪼㫉㫊
㪧㫀㫅㩷㫃㫌㪹㫉㫀㪺㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫎㫀㫋㪿㩷㪾㫉㪼㪸㫊㪼
㪙㫆㫃㫋㫊㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫃㫆㫆㫊㪼㫅㪼㫊㫊
㪬㫅㪻㪼㫉㪺㪸㫉㫉㫀㪾㪼㩷㪺㫃㪼㪸㫅㫀㫅㪾㩷㫋㫆㩷㫉㪼㫄㫆㫍㪼㩷㫊㫆㫀㫃㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫊㪸㫅㪻
㪦㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㪸㫂㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪙㫆㫃㫋㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫅㫌㫋㫊㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫃㫆㫆㫊㪼㫅㪼㫊㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫋㪿㪼㫀㫉㩷㫋㫀㪾㪿㫋㪼㫅㫀㫅㪾
㪪㪿㪸㫅㫂㩷㫉㫆㪻㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫎㪼㪸㫉
㪛㫉㫀㪽㫋㪼㫉
㪛㫉㫀㪽㫋㪼㫉
㪝㫉㫆㫅㫋㩷㫀㫅㫋㪼㫉㫀㫆㫉㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪣㫌㪹㫉㫀㪺㪸㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂㪈㪄㪉㩷㪻㫉㫆㫇㫊㪆㫊㪼㪺㫆㫅㪻
㪛㫉㫆㫇㩷㫆㫀㫃㩷㫈㫌㪸㫅㫋㫀㫋㫐
㪘㪺㪺㫌㫄㫌㫃㪸㫋㫆㫉㩷㪾㪸㫊㩷㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫌㫉㪼㩷㪺㪿㪼㪺㫂
㪙㪅㪄㩷㪠㪥㪪㪫㪩㪬㪚㪫㪜㪛㩷㪠㪥㩷㪧㪩㪦㪧㪜㪩㩷㪬㪪㪜㩷㪘㪥㪛㩷㪤㪘㪠㪥㪫㪜㪥㪘㪥㪚㪜㩷㪧㪩㪦㪚㪜㪛㪬㪩㪜㪩㪪
㪫㪿㪼㩷㫆㫎㫅㪼㫉㩾㫊㩷㫊㫀㪾㫅㪸㫋㫌㫉㪼㩷㪹㪼㫃㫆㫎㩷㪸㪺㫂㫅㫆㫎㫃㪼㪻㪾㪼㫊㩷㫋㪿㪸㫋㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪩㫆㪺㫂㩷㪛㫉㫀㫃㫃㩷㪸㪹㫆㫍㪼㩷㫄㪼㫅㫋㫀㫆㫅㪼㪻㩷㫎㪸㫊㩷㪻㪼㫃㫀㫍㪼㫉㪼㪻㩷㫋㫆㩷㪿㫀㫄
㫀㫅㩷㪸㩷㫊㪸㫋㫀㫊㪽㪸㪺㫋㫆㫉㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㪻㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫋㪿㪸㫋㩷㪿㪸㫊㩷㪿㪼㩷㫉㪼㪺㪼㫀㫍㪼㫉㩷㫇㫉㫆㫇㪼㫉㩷㫀㫅㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪸㫊㩷㫋㫆㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㫆㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫄㪸㫀㫅㫋㪼㫅㪸㫅㪺㪼㪅
㪧㫌㫉㪺㪿㪸㫊㪼㫉㩷㫊㫀㪾㫅㪸㫋㫌㫉㪼㩷㪑㩷㪛㪸㫋㪼㩷㪑㩷
㪛㫀㫊㫋㫉㫀㪹㫌㫋㫆㫉㩷㪑㩷
㻴㻯㻾㻝㻡㻜㻜㻌㻾㼑㼏㼛㼙㼙㼑㼚㼐㻌㼜㼍㼞㼠㼟㻌㼘㼕㼟㼠
㻝㻜㻜㻜㻴
㻵㼚㻌㼏㼍㼟㼑㻌㼛㼒㻌㻡㻜㻜㻜㻴
㻼㼍㼞㼠㻌㻺㼡㼙㼎㼑㼞㻼㼍㼞㼠㻌㻺㼍㼙㼑㻱㼃㻱㻰㻰㻞㻜㻾㼑㼙㼍㼞㼗
㼀㼞㼍㼏㼗
㻥㻠㻜㻜㻝㻠㻙㻞㻡㻜㻜㻝㻰㼞㼕㼢㼑㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞㻔㻝㻕
㻼㼛㼣㼑㼞
㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻡㻸㻸㻯㻌㻴㼕㼓㼔㻌㼀㻱㻹㻼㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝
㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻢㻸㼛㼣㻌㻻㼕㼘㻌㻼㼞㼑㼟㼟㼡㼞㼑㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝
㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻟㻙㻜㻝㻜㻟㻞㻜㻭㼘㼠㼑㼞㼚㼍㼠㼛㼞㻝㻝
㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻞㻟㻲㼡㼚㻌㻮㼑㼘㼠㻝㻝
㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻞㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻯㼡㼜㼘㼕㼚㼓㻔㻝㻕㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㻌㻒㻌㻼㼂㻙㻼㼡㼙㼜
㻥㻠㻜㻟㻜㻟㻙㻝㻜㻜㻝㻟㻻㼕㼘㻌㼙㼛㼠㼛㼞㻝㻵㼚㼠㼑㼞㻙㼏㼛㼛㼘㼑㼞
㻥㻞㻡㻞㻜㻠㻙㻝㻜㻜㻝㻠㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻵㼚㼠㼑㼞㻙㼏㼛㼛㼘㼑㼞
㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞
㻜㻠㻜㻞㻝㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻞㼀㼑㼙㼜㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝
㻜㻠㻜㻝㻜㻠㻙㻜㻢㻜㻜㻟㻱㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠㻔㻝㻕㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻌㻒㻌㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞
㻥㻠㻜㻝㻜㻠㻙㻜㻢㻜㻜㻞㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻯㼡㼜㼘㼕㼚㼓㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻌㻒㻌㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞
㻜㻠㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻟㻜㻜㻠㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙㻝㻝㻾㼑㼓㼡㼘㼍㼠㼛㼞
㻜㻞㻠㻝㻜㻥㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻝㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙㻝㻝㻾㼑㼓㼡㼘㼍㼠㼛㼞
㻜㻞㻟㻝㻜㻥㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻢㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙㻝㻝㻭㼡㼠㼛㻙㻾㼑㼘㼕㼑㼒㻌㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑
㻜㻠㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻜㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙㻝㻝㻾㼑㼓㼡㼘㼍㼠㼛㼞
㻴㼥㼐㼞㼍㼡㼘㼕㼏
㻜㻠㻜㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻝㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㻝㻝㻼㼕㼘㼛㼠㻌㻮㼞㼛㼏㼗
㻜㻠㻜㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻟㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㻝㻝㻼㼕㼘㼛㼠㻌㻮㼞㼛㼏㼗
㻜㻠㻜㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻡㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㻝㻝㻼㼕㼘㼛㼠㻌㻮㼞㼛㼏㼗
㻜㻤㻠㻞㻜㻝㻙㻞㻞㻜㻝㻤㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㻝㻝㻾㼛㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻮㼞㼛㼏㼗
㻜㻠㻜㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻝㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㻝㻝㻾㼛㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻮㼞㼛㼏㼗
㻥㻤㻠㻞㻜㻟㻙㻞㻞㻜㻝㻢㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㻝㻝㻰㼡㼟㼠㼏㼛㼘㼘㼑㼏㼠㻌㻮㼞㼛㼏㼗
㻥㻤㻠㻞㻞㻞㻙㻝㻞㻜㻤㻢㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㻝㻝㻮㼛㼛㼙㻙㻾㼛㼐㼏㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞㻌
㻥㻞㻡㻝㻜㻠㻙㻜㻡㻜㻞㻟㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝㻝
㻥㻠㻜㻟㻜㻠㻙㻝㻜㻜㻝㻟㻻㼕㼘㻌㼙㼛㼠㼛㼞㻝㻻㼕㼘㻌㼏㼛㼛㼘㼑㼞
㻥㻞㻡㻞㻜㻠㻙㻝㻜㻜㻝㻠㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻻㼕㼘㻌㼏㼛㼛㼘㼑㼞
㻼㼚㼑㼡㼙㼍㼠㼕㼏
㻥㻠㻜㻠㻜㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻝㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㻝㻝㻭㼡㼠㼛㻙㻳㼞㼑㼍㼟㼑
㻥㻠㻜㻠㻜㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻟㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㻝㻝㻭㼕㼞㻌㻲㼘㼍㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻥㻠㻜㻠㻜㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻠㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㻝㻝㻭㼕㼞㻌㻲㼘㼍㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻥㻠㻜㻠㻜㻜㻙㻜㻞㻜㻜㻝㻸㼡㼎㼞㼕㼏㼍㼠㼛㼞㻝㻰㼛㼞㼕㼒㼠㼑㼞㻌㻸㼡㼎㼞㼕㼏㼍㼠
㻥㻠㻜㻠㻜㻜㻙㻜㻟㻜㻜㻝㻝㻰㼡㼟㼠㼏㼛㼘㼘㼑㼏㼠
㻜㻞㻡㻝㻜㻡㻙㻜㻢㻜㻝㻞㻲㼘㼛㼣㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝㻭㼕㼞㻌㻲㼘㼍㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻜㻞㻡㻝㻜㻡㻙㻜㻣㻜㻜㻞㻼㼞㼑㼟㼟㼡㼞㼑㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝㻭㼕㼞㻌㻲㼘㼍㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻱㼘㼑㼏㼠㼞㼕㼏
㻜㻞㻡㻝㻜㻢㻙㻜㻞㻜㻜㻟㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑㻝㻠㻸㼕㼓㼠㼔
㻜㻞㻠㻝㻜㻢㻙㻜㻞㻜㻜㻡㻲㼡㼟㼑㻞㻠㻟㻜㻭
㻜㻞㻠㻝㻜㻢㻙㻜㻞㻜㻜㻢㻲㼡㼟㼑㻡㻝㻜㻝㻜㻭
㻜㻞㻡㻝㻜㻢㻙㻜㻞㻜㻜㻡㻮㼍㼏㼗㻌㻴㼛㼚㼑㻝
㻜㻞㻡㻝㻜㻢㻙㻜㻟㻜㻜㻟㻿㼣㼕㼠㼔㻝㻲㼛㼛㼐㻘㻾㼛㼐㻌㼏㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞
㻜㻞㻡㻝㻜㻢㻙㻜㻟㻜㻜㻥㻿㼣㼕㼠㼔㻝㻰㼡㼟㼠㼏㼛㼘㼘㼑㼏㼠㼑㼞
㻜㻠㻜㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻣㻜㻝㻥㻿㼣㼕㼠㼔㻝
㻜㻞㻡㻞㻜㻢㻙㻝㻜㻜㻟㻢㻾㼑㼘㼑㼥㻝㻜㻵㻛㻜㻌㻾㼑㼘㼑㼥
㻜㻞㻡㻞㻜㻢㻙㻝㻜㻜㻟㻣㻾㼑㼘㼑㼥㻡㼀㼑㼞㼙㼕㼚㼍㼘
㻜㻞㻡㻠㻜㻢㻙㻜㻟㻜㻜㻡㻵㻛㻻㻌㻾㼑㼘㼑㼥㻝
㻜㻠㻜㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻯㼛㼚㼠㼞㼛㼘㻌㻳㼞㼕㼜㻝
㻜㻠㻜㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻞㻯㼍㼢㼑㼞㻝㻯㼛㼚㼠㼞㼛㼘㻌㻳㼞㼕㼜
㻜㻠㻜㻢㻜㻟㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻢㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝
㻜㻠㻜㻢㻜㻟㻙㻜㻝㻜㻞㻜㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝
㻜㻠㻜㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻥㻜㻝㻡㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻝㻝㻾㼛㼐㻙㼏㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞
㻥㻠㻜㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻤㻜㻝㻝㻾㼑㼙㼛㼠㼛㻌㼏㼛㼚㼠㼞㼛㼘㻌㻮㼛㼤㻝㻮㼛㼛㼙㻙㼏㼛㼚㼠㼞㼛㼘
㻜㻞㻡㻝㻥㻣㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻜㻼㼡㼟㼔㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝㻱㼙㼑㼞㼓㼑㼚㼏㼥
㻜㻠㻜㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻡㼀㼑㼙㼜㻌㼟㼑㼚㼏㼑㼞㻟㼃㼍㼠㼑㼞㻘㻴㼅㻰㻙㻻㻵㻸
㻯㼍㼎㼕㼚
㻜㻠㻜㻢㻜㻠㻙㻜㻝㻥㻝㻝㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑㻝㻭㼕㼞㻙㼏㼛㼚㼠㼞㼛㼘
㻜㻠㻜㻢㻜㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻟㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼡㼞㼑㻝㻭㼕㼞㻙㼏㼛㼚㼠㼞㼛㼘
㻜㻠㻜㻢㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻢㼂㻙㻮㼑㼘㼠㻝㻝㻭㼕㼞㻙㼏㼛㼚㼠㼞㼛㼘
㻝㻜㻜㻜㻴
㻮㼛㼛㼙
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻝㻠㻙㻞㻞㻜㻞㻢㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㼀㼕㼘㼠
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻝㻠㻙㻞㻝㻜㻠㻟㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻮㼛㼛㼙㻌㻸㼕㼒㼠
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻝㻟㻙㻞㻞㻜㻠㻜㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻮㼛㼛㼙㻌㻿㼣㼕㼚㼓
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻝㻝㻙㻞㻞㻜㻞㻥㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻿㼣㼕㼚㼓
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻜㻣㻙㻞㻝㻜㻤㻢㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㻿㼘㼕㼐㼑
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻝㻝㻙㻞㻝㻝㻟㻜㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻮㼛㼛㼙㻌㻿㼘㼕㼐㼑
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻜㻤㻙㻞㻞㻜㻝㻥㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㻾㼛㼠㼍㼞㼥
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻞㻙㻟㻞㻠㻟㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻞㻠㻵㼙㼜㼍㼏㼠㻌㻸㼛㼣㻘㻭㼕㼞㻙㻲㼘㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻢㻙㻞㻡㻠㻟㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻞㻵㼙㼜㼍㼏㼠㻌㻴㼕㼓㼔
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻢㻙㻝㻥㻠㻡㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻠㻤㻾㼛㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻘㻲㼑㼑㼐
㻜㻤㻢㻝㻜㻠㻙㻜㻥㻠㻡㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻞㻸㼡㼎㼞㼕㼏㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚
㻜㻤㻢㻝㻜㻢㻙㻜㻥㻠㻡㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻞㻠㻰㼡㼙㼜㼑㼞㻘㻾㻼
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻞㻙㻟㻞㻡㻜㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻞㻠㻵㼙㼜㼍㼏㼠㻌㻸㼛㼣㻘㻭㼕㼞㻙㻲㼘㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻢㻙㻞㻡㻡㻜㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻞㻵㼙㼜㼍㼏㼠㻌㻴㼕㼓㼔
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻢㻙㻝㻥㻡㻞㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻠㻤㻾㼛㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻘㻲㼑㼑㼐
㻜㻤㻢㻝㻜㻠㻙㻜㻥㻡㻞㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻞㻸㼡㼎㼞㼕㼏㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚
㻜㻤㻢㻝㻜㻢㻙㻜㻥㻡㻞㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻞㻠㻰㼡㼙㼜㼑㼞㻘㻾㻼
㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㼟㼑㼘㼘
㻜㻤㻟㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻠㻲㼑㼑㼐㻌㻯㼔㼍㼕㼚㻝㻟㻟㻥㻸
㻜㻤㻟㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻣㻾㼑㼑㼘㻌㻯㼔㼍㼕㼚㻝㻣㻡㻸
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻝㻜㻡㻜㻲㼞㼛㼚㼠㻌㻮㼑㼍㼞㼕㼚㼓㻝㻞㻲㼞㼛㼚㼠㻌㻿㼜㼞㼛㼗㼑㼠
㻞㻣㻞㻜㻠㻡㻙㻜㻢㻞㻜㻥㻻㼕㼘㻌㻿㼑㼍㼘㻝㻞㻲㼞㼛㼚㼠㻌㻿㼜㼞㼛㼗㼑㼠
㻜㻝㻡㻜㻜㻠㻙㻜㻞㻜㻠㻡㻯㼍㼙㻌㻠㻤㻴㼛㼟㼑㻌㻾㼑㼑㼘
㻜㻤㻝㻥㻜㻜㻙㻜㻞㻜㻜㻥㻾㼛㼘㼘㼑㼞㻞㻠㻴㼛㼟㼑㻌㻾㼑㼑㼘
㻜㻤㻝㻥㻜㻜㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻞㻯㼍㼙㻌㻞㻠㻴㼛㼟㼑㻌㻾㼑㼑㼘
㻞㻤㻠㻜㻠㻜㻙㻜㻜㻞㻝㻞㻾㼛㼘㼘㼑㼞㻌㻮㼑㼍㼞㼕㼚㼓㻞㻠㻴㼛㼟㼑㻌㻾㼑㼑㼘
㻜㻤㻟㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻣㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻞㻠㻴㼛㼟㼑㻌㻾㼑㼑㼘
㻜㻤㻝㻥㻜㻜㻙㻜㻞㻜㻞㻡㻯㼔㼍㼕㼚㻌㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻝㻞㻴㼛㼟㼑㻌㻾㼑㼑㼘
㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻟㻿㼜㼞㼛㼗㼑㼠㻝㻞㻴㼛㼟㼑㻌㻾㼑㼑㼘
㻜㻤㻟㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻣㻶㼛㼕㼚㼠㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㻞㻠㻯㼍㼞㼞㼕㼍㼓㼑
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻡㻶㼛㼕㼚㼠㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㻞㻠㻯㼍㼞㼞㼕㼍㼓㼑
㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻤㻾㼛㼘㼘㼑㼞㻠㻤㻯㼍㼞㼞㼕㼍㼓㼑
㻜㻤㻟㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻤㼃㼑㼍㼞㻌㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻠㻤㻯㼍㼞㼞㼕㼍㼓㼑
㻜㻤㻟㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻝㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻠㻤㻯㼍㼞㼞㼕㼍㼓㼑
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻜㻟㻙㻞㻝㻜㻠㻜㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻲㼛㼛㼐㻌㻼㼍㼐
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻜㻡㻙㻞㻞㻜㻢㻥㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻣㻜㻝㻟㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㻝㻟㻲㼛㼞㻌㼀㻡㻝
㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻠㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻠㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻞㻵㼙㼜㼍㼏㼠㻌㻴㼕㼓㼔
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻠㻙㻞㻡㻡㻜㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻞㻭㼕㼞㻌㻲㼘㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻟㻢㻙㻞㻡㻡㻝㻡㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻞㻵㼙㼜㼍㼏㼠㻌㻸㼛㼣
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻢㻙㻝㻥㻠㻠㻤㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻞㻠㻾㼛㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚
㻜㻤㻢㻝㻜㻤㻙㻜㻥㻟㻣㻡㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻞㻸㼡㼎㼞㼕㼏㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚
㻜㻤㻢㻝㻜㻤㻙㻜㻥㻠㻡㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻞㻰㼡㼙㼜㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻢㻝㻜㻤㻙㻜㻥㻠㻜㻡㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻞㻾㻼
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻢㻙㻝㻥㻝㻜㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻞㻾㻼
㻥㻣㻜㻠㻜㻠㻙㻜㻜㻜㻝㻝㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻲㼑㼑㼐㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞
㻾㼛㼐㻙㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻟㻢㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻔㻡㻝㻕㻝䃥㻣㻞㻹㻹㻌㻾㼛㼐
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻟㻡㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻔㻡㻝㻕㻝䃥㻣㻣㻹㻹㻌㻾㼛㼐
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻝㻝㻜㻝㻝㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻔㻡㻝㻕㻝䃅㻣㻢㻹㻲㻌㻾㼛㼐
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻞㻿㼑㼠㻌㻿㼏㼞㼑㼣㻠㼒㼛㼞㻌㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻝㻞㻜㻝㻞㻞㻙㻝㻢㻜㻜㻜㻝㻢㻺㼡㼠㻠㼒㼛㼞㻌㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻝㻠㻡㻜㻝㻞㻙㻝㻢㻜㻜㻜㻝㻢㻌㻿㼜㼞㼕㼚㼓㻌㼃㼍㼟㼔㼑㼞㻠㼒㼛㼞㻌㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻜㻤㻟㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻞㻜㻞㻣㻼㼞㼛㼤㼕㼙㼕㼠㼥㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻡㻡㻌㼀㼛㼠㼍㼘㻌㻤㻌㻼㼏㼟
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻡㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻡㻝㻭㻌㻔㻲㻕㻝㻔㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻞㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㼏㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻢㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻡㻝㻮㻌㻔㻲㻕㻝㻔㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻞㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㼏㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻡㻝㻯㻌㻔㻲㻕㻝㻔㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻞㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㼏㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻡㻝㻰㻌㻔㻲㻕㻝㻔㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻞㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㼏㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻥㻿㼠㼛㼜㼜㼑㼞㻌㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻡㻝㻔㻲㻕㻞㻔㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻠㻕㻠㻾㼛㼐㼏㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻢㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻣㻣㻌㻭㻝㻔㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㼏㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻣㻣㻌㻮㻝㻔㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㼏㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻤㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻞㻔㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻕㻠㻾㼛㼐㼏㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻥㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻝㻔㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㼏㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻥㻤㻜㻞㻜㻜㻙㻝㻥㻜㻜㻝㻹㼍㼓㼍㼦㼕㼚㼑㻌㻾㼛㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞㻝㻾㼛㼐㻌㻹㼍㼓㼍㼦㼕㼚㼑
㻥㻤㻜㻞㻜㻜㻙㻝㻥㻜㻝㻝㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㼞㼛㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞
㻝㻜㻜㻜㻴
㻰㼡㼟㼠㼏㼏㼛㼘㼑㼏㼠㼛㼞
㻥㻤㻤㻡㻜㻜㻙㻝㻝㻜㻜㻟㻲㼍㼚㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞㻌㻭㻿㻿㼅㻝㻲㼍㼚㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞
㻥㻤㻤㻡㻜㻜㻙㻝㻝㻜㻝㻣㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻲㼍㼚㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞
㻥㻤㻤㻡㻜㻜㻙㻝㻝㻜㻝㻠㻾㼑㼜㼍㼕㼞㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻲㼍㼚㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞
㻥㻤㻤㻡㻜㻜㻙㻝㻟㻜㻜㻝㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙㻝㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙㻌㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑
㻜㻤㻥㻤㻜㻜㻙㻜㻜㻜㻝㻢㻻㻙㻾㼕㼚㼓㻝㻝㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙㻌㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑
㻥㻤㻤㻡㻜㻜㻙㻝㻞㻜㻜㻝㻭㼕㼞㻌㻯㼥㼘㼕㼚㼐㼑㼞㻝㻿㼔㼡㼠㼠㼑㼞
㻥㻤㻤㻡㻜㻜㻙㻝㻞㻜㻝㻝㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻭㼕㼞㻙㻯㼥㼘㼕㼚㼐㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻤㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻝㼂㼍㼏㼡㼍㼠㼛㼞㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝
㻜㻤㻤㻝㻝㻜㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻠㻿㼗㼕㼞㼠㻝
㻜㻤㻤㻠㻜㻞㻙㻜㻡㻜㻜㻥㼂㼍㼏㼡㼍㼠㼛㼞㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻼㼞㼑㻙㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻤㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻝㻿㼡㼏㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻔㻝㻕㻝㻭㼞㼛㼡㼚㼐㻌㻮㼛㼛㼙
㻜㻤㻤㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻞㻿㼡㼏㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻔㻝㻕㻝㻭㼞㼛㼡㼚㼒㻌㻮㼛㼛㼙
㻜㻤㻤㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻟㻿㼡㼏㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻔㻝㻕㻝㻼㼞㼑㻙㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㼑㼞
㻲㼞㼍㼙㼑
㻥㻝㻣㻟㻜㻞㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻟㻲㼡㼑㼘㻌㻸㼑㼢㼑㼘㻌㼁㼚㼕㼠㻝㻲㼡㼑㼘㻌㻸㼑㼢㼑㼘
㻜㻞㻠㻝㻜㻞㻙㻜㻡㻜㻜㻡㻻㼕㼘㻌㻸㼑㼢㼑㼘㻌㼁㼚㼕㼠㻝㻻㼕㼘㻌㻸㼑㼢㼑㼘
㻜㻝㻣㻟㻜㻞㻙㻜㻢㻜㻝㻝㼀㼑㼙㼜㻌㻿㼑㼚㼏㼑㼞㻌㻔㻞㻡㻕㻝㻴㼅㻰㻌㻻㻵㻸㻌㼀㼑㼙㼜㻌䠄㻸㼛㻕
㻜㻝㻣㻟㻜㻞㻙㻜㻢㻜㻝㻞㼀㼑㼙㼜㻌㻿㼑㼚㼏㼑㼞㻌㻔㻤㻣㻕㻝㻴㼅㻰㻌㻻㻵㻸㻌㼀㼑㼙㼜㻌䠄㻴㼕㻕
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻝㻟㻙㻞㻝㻜㻟㻟㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻞㻞㻻㼟㼟㼕㼘㼍㼠㼕㼚㼓㻌㻯㼥㼕㼘㼕㼚㼐㼑㼞
㻴㻯㻾㻝㻡㻜㻜㻌㻿㼑㼞㼢㼕㼏㼑㻌㻷㼕㼠㻌㻔㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻌㼍㼚㼐㻌㻱㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠㻕
㻼㼍㼞㼠㻌㻺㼡㼙㼎㼑㼞㻌㻼㼍㼞㼠㻌㻺㼍㼙㼑㻱㼢㼑㼞㼥㻌㻞㻡㻜㻴㻱㼢㼑㼞㼥㻌㻡㻜㻜㻴㻱㼢㼑㼞㼥㻌㻝㻜㻜㻜㻴㻵㼚㻌㼏㼍㼟㼑㻌㼛㼒㻌㻡㻜㻜㻜㻴㻾㼑㼙㼍㼞㼗
㻥㻝㻣㻟㻜㻣㻙㻜㻠㻜㻜㻤㻜㻿㼑㼞㼢㼕㼏㼑㻌㻷㼕㼠㻌㻔㻞㻡㻜㻕䐟㼤㻝㻜
㻥㻝㻣㻟㻜㻣㻙㻜㻠㻜㻜㻥㻜㻿㼑㼞㼢㼕㼏㼑㻌㻷㼕㼠㻌㻔㻡㻜㻜㻕䐟㼤㻡
㻥㻝㻣㻟㻜㻣㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻜㻜㻿㼑㼞㼢㼕㼏㼑㻌㻷㼕㼠㻌㻔㻝㻜㻜㻜㻕䐟㼤㻡
㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻠㻡㻜㻻㼕㼘㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻝㻝㻝㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑

㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻠㻟㻜㻲㼡㼑㼘㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻝㻝㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑
㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻠㻠㻜㻲㼡㼑㼘㻌㻼㼘㼑㻙㼒㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻝㻝㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑
㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻞㻥㻲㼘㼑㼑㼠㻌㻳㼡㼍㼞㼐㻌㻔㻝㻛㻞㻳㻕㻝㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑
㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻟㻜㻲㼘㼑㼑㼠㻌㻳㼡㼍㼞㼐㻌㻔㻝㻛㻤㻳㻕㻞㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑
㻜㻤㻠㻢㻜㻟㻙㻝㻞㻜㻜㻟㻾㼑㼠㼡㼞㼚㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻞㻞㻞㻴㼥㼐㻌㻻㼕㼘
㻜㻤㻠㻢㻜㻟㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻢㻼㻼㻯㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻝㻝㻼㼕㼘㼛㼠㻌㼘㼕㼚㼑
㻝㻢㻝㻜㻞㻝㻙㻜㻜㻜㻡㻡㻻㻙㼞㼕㼚㼓㻝㻝㻼㼕㼘㼛㼠㻌㼘㼕㼚㼑
㻞㻢㻞㻜㻟㻞㻙㻜㻜㻜㻡㻡㻮㼍㼏㼗㻙㼁㻼㻌㻾㼕㼚㼓㻝㻝㻼㼕㼘㼛㼠㻌㼘㼕㼚㼑
㻜㻠㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻜㻣㻯㼛㼙㼜㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻝㻝㻝㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞
㼆㻺㻟㻜㻜㻜㻙㻠㻜㻝㻜㻞㻿㼠㼞㼍㼕㼚㼑㼞㻝㻝㻿㼡㼏㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻥㻣㻜㻠㻙㻝㻡㻞㻜㻞㻼㼞㼕㼙㼍㼞㼥㻌㻱㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠㻝㻝㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻌㻭㼕㼞㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻥㻣㻜㻠㻙㻝㻡㻞㻜㻟㻿㼍㼒㼑㼠㼥㻌㻱㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠㻝㻝㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻌㻭㼕㼞㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻥㻣㻜㻡㻙㻝㻝㻝㻜㻟㻼㼞㼕㼙㼍㼞㼥㻌㻱㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠㻝㻝㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞㻌㻭㼕㼞㻌㼒㼕㼘㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻥㻣㻜㻡㻙㻝㻝㻝㻜㻞㻿㼍㼒㼑㼠㼥㻌㻱㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠㻝㻝㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞㻌㻭㼕㼞㻌㼒㼕㼘㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻤㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻞㻱㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠㻢㻢㻰㼡㼟㼠㻯㼛㼘㼘㼑㼏㼠㼑㼞
㻜㻠㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻞㻜㻞㻞㻿㼑㼜㼍㼞㼍㼠㼑㼞㻝㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼏㼑㼕㼢㼑㼞㻌㼀㼍㼚㼗
㻜㻠㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻞㻜㻟㻢㻳㼍㼟㼗㼑㼠㻝㻲㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼏㼑㼕㼢㼑㼞㻌㼀㼍㼚㼗㻌㻔㻶㻵㻿䚸㻭㻿㻹㻱㻕
㻜㻠㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻞㻜㻟㻤㻳㼍㼟㼗㼑㼠㻝㻲㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼏㼑㼕㼢㼑㼞㻌㼀㼍㼚㼗㻌㻔㻱㼁㻕
㻴㻯㻾㻌㻝㻞㻜㻜㻌㻾㼑㼏㼛㼙㼙㼑㼚㼐㻌㻼㼍㼞㼠㼟㻌㻸㼕㼟㼠
㻝㻜㻜㻜㻴
㻼㼍㼞㼠㻌㻺㼡㼙㼎㼑㼞㻼㼍㼞㼠㻌㻺㼍㼙㼑㻱㼃㻱㻰㻰㻌㻱㻾㼑㼙㼍㼞㼗
㼀㼞㼍㼏㼗
㻥㻠㻜㻜㻝㻠㻙㻞㻡㻜㻜㻝㻰㼞㼕㼢㼑㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞㻔㻝㻕
㻼㼛㼣㼑㼞
㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻡㻸㻸㻯㻌㻴㼕㼓㼔㻌㼀㻱㻹㻼㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝
㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻢㻸㼛㼣㻌㻻㼕㼘㻌㻼㼞㼑㼟㼟㼡㼞㼑㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝
㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻟㻙㻜㻝㻜㻟㻞㻜㻭㼘㼠㼑㼞㼚㼍㼠㼛㼞㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝
㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻞㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻟㻲㼍㼚㻌㻮㼑㼘㼠㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝
㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻞㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㻌㻯㼛㼡㼜㼘㼕㼚㼓㻝㻝㻝㻝㻔㻝㻕㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻌㻒㻌㻼㼡㼙㼜
㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞
㻜㻠㻜㻞㻝㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻞㼀㼑㼙㼜㻌㼟㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻌㻔㻭㼕㼞㻕㻝
㻥㻠㻜㻞㻝㻟㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻝㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㻔㻝㻕㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻌㻒㻌㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞
㻜㻠㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻟㻜㻜㻠㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻾㼑㼓㼡㼘㼍㼠㼛㼞
㻜㻞㻠㻝㻜㻥㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻝㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻾㼑㼓㼡㼘㼍㼠㼛㼞
㻜㻞㻟㻝㻜㻥㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻢㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻭㼡㼠㼛㻙㻾㼑㼘㼕㼑㼒㻌㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑
㻜㻞㻠㻝㻜㻥㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻜㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻾㼑㼓㼡㼘㼍㼠㼛㼞
㻜㻞㻠㻝㻜㻥㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻝㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻾㼑㼓㼡㼘㼍㼠㼛㼞
㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌
㻴㼥㼐㼞㼍㼡㼘㼕㼏
㻜㻠㻜㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻝㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻼㼕㼘㼛㼠㻌㻮㼞㼛㼏㼗
㻜㻠㻜㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻟㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻼㼕㼘㼛㼠㻌㻮㼞㼛㼏㼗
㻜㻠㻜㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻡㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻼㼕㼘㼛㼠㻌㻮㼞㼛㼏㼗
㻜㻤㻠㻞㻜㻝㻙㻞㻞㻜㻝㻤㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻾㼛㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻮㼞㼛㼏㼗
㻜㻠㻜㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻝㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻾㼛㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻮㼞㼛㼏㼗㻌
㻥㻤㻠㻞㻜㻟㻙㻞㻞㻜㻝㻢㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻰㼡㼟㼠㼏㼛㼘㼘㼑㼏㼠㼛㼞㻌㻮㼞㼛㼏㼗
㻥㻤㻠㻞㻞㻞㻙㻝㻞㻜㻤㻢㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻮㼛㼛㼙㻘㻌㻾㼛㼐㻙㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞
㻥㻞㻡㻝㻜㻠㻙㻜㻡㻜㻞㻟㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻲㼑㼑㼐
㻥㻠㻜㻟㻜㻟㻙㻝㻜㻜㻝㻟㻻㼕㼘㻌㼙㼛㼠㼛㼞㻝㻻㼕㼘㻌㼏㼛㼛㼘㼘㼑㼞
㻥㻞㻡㻞㻜㻠㻙㻝㻜㻜㻝㻠㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻻㼕㼘㻌㼏㼛㼛㼘㼘㼑㼞
㻼㼚㼑㼡㼙㼍㼠㼕㼏
㻥㻠㻜㻠㻜㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻝㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻿㼔㼡㼠㼠㼑㼞
㻥㻠㻜㻠㻜㻟㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻝㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻭㼕㼞㻌㻲㼘㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻥㻠㻜㻠㻜㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻟㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻭㼕㼞㻌㻲㼘㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻥㻠㻜㻠㻜㻜㻙㻜㻞㻜㻜㻝㻸㼡㼎㼡㼞㼕㼏㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻝㻰㼞㼕㼒㼠㼑㼞㻌㻸㼡㼎㼞㼕㼏㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚
㻥㻠㻜㻠㻜㻜㻙㻜㻟㻜㻜㻝㻭㼕㼞㻙㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻝㻰㼡㼟㼠㼏㼛㼘㼘㼑㼏㼠㼛㼞
㻥㻞㻡㻝㻜㻡㻙㻜㻢㻜㻝㻞㻲㼘㼛㼣㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝㻭㼕㼞㻌㻲㼘㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻜㻞㻡㻝㻜㻡㻙㻜㻣㻜㻜㻞㻼㼞㼑㼟㼟㼡㼞㼑㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝㻭㼕㼞㻌㻲㼘㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻱㼘㼑㼏㼠㼞㼕㼏
㻜㻞㻡㻝㻜㻢㻙㻜㻞㻜㻜㻟㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻠㻸㼕㼓㼔㼠
㻜㻞㻠㻝㻜㻢㻙㻜㻞㻜㻜㻡㻲㼡㼟㼑㻞㻞㻞㻞㻠㻟㻜㻭
㻜㻞㻠㻝㻜㻢㻙㻜㻞㻜㻜㻢㻲㼡㼟㼑㻡㻡㻡㻡㻝㻜㻝㻜㻭
㻜㻞㻡㻝㻜㻢㻙㻜㻞㻜㻜㻡㻮㼍㼏㼗㻌㻴㼛㼚㼑㻝
㻜㻞㻡㻝㻜㻢㻙㻜㻟㻜㻜㻟㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝㻲㼛㼛㼐
㻜㻞㻡㻝㻜㻢㻙㻜㻟㻜㻜㻥㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝㻰㼡㼟㼠㼏㼛㼘㼘㼑㼏㼠㼛㼞
㻜㻠㻜㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻣㻜㻝㻥㻵㻛㻻㻌㻾㼑㼘㼍㼥㻝
㻜㻞㻡㻞㻜㻢㻙㻝㻜㻜㻟㻢㻾㼑㼘㼍㼥㻝㻜㻵㻛㻻
㻜㻞㻡㻞㻜㻢㻙㻝㻜㻜㻟㻣㻾㼑㼘㼍㼥㻡㼀㼑㼞㼙㼕㼚㼍㼘
㻜㻞㻡㻠㻜㻢㻙㻜㻟㻜㻜㻡㻵㻛㻻㻌㻾㼑㼘㼍㼥㻝
㻜㻠㻜㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻯㼛㼚㼠㼞㼛㼘㻌㻳㼞㼕㼜㻝
㻜㻠㻜㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻞㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㻝㻯㼛㼚㼠㼞㼛㼘㻌㻳㼞㼕㼜
㻜㻠㻜㻢㻜㻟㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻢㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝
㻜㻠㻜㻢㻜㻟㻙㻜㻝㻜㻞㻜㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝
㻜㻠㻜㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻥㻜㻝㻡㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻝㻝㻝㻾㼛㼐㼏㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞
㻥㻠㻜㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻤㻜㻝㻝㻾㼑㼙㼛㼠㼑㻌㻯㼛㼚㼠㼞㼛㼘㻌㻮㼛㼤㻝㻮㼛㼛㼙㻌㻯㼛㼚㼠㼞㼛㼘
㻜㻞㻡㻝㻥㻣㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻜㻼㼡㼟㼔㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝㻱㼙㼑㼞㼓㼑㼚㼏㼥
㻜㻠㻜㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻡㻿㼑㼚㼟㼛㼞㻟㼃㼍㼞㼠㼑㼞㻘㻴㼥㼐㻌㼛㼕㼘
㻯㼍㼎㼕㼚
㻜㻠㻜㻢㻜㻠㻙㻜㻝㻥㻝㻝㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑㻝㻭㼕㼞㼏㼛㼚
㻜㻠㻜㻢㻜㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻟㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞㼑㻝㻭㼕㼞㼏㼛㼚
㻜㻠㻜㻢㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻢㼂㻙㻮㼑㼘㼠㻝㻝㻝㻝㻭㼕㼞㼏㼛㼚
㻝㻜㻜㻜㻴
㻮㼛㼛㼙
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻝㻟㻙㻞㻞㻜㻠㻜㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻝㻝㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㼀㼕㼘㼠
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻝㻟㻙㻞㻝㻜㻠㻝㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻮㼛㼛㼙㻌㻸㼕㼒㼠
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻝㻠㻙㻞㻝㻜㻡㻜㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻝㻮㼛㼛㼙㻌㻸㼕㼒㼠
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻝㻞㻙㻞㻞㻜㻟㻥㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻝㻝㻮㼛㼛㼙㻌㻿㼣㼕㼚㼓
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻝㻝㻙㻞㻞㻜㻞㻥㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㻿㼣㼕㼚㼓
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻝㻝㻙㻞㻝㻝㻠㻜㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㻿㼣㼕㼚㼓
㻜㻤㻡㻡㻝㻜㻙㻞㻞㻜㻝㻡㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㻿㼣㼕㼚㼓
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻜㻣㻙㻞㻝㻜㻤㻢㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㻿㼘㼕㼐㼑
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻜㻣㻙㻞㻝㻜㻥㻝㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻝㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㻿㼘㼕㼐㼑
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻝㻝㻙㻞㻝㻝㻟㻜㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻮㼛㼛㼙㻌㻿㼘㼕㼐㼑
㻜㻤㻡㻡㻝㻝㻙㻞㻝㻜㻡㻜㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻝㻮㼛㼛㼙㻌㻿㼘㼕㼐㼑
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻜㻤㻙㻞㻞㻜㻝㻥㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㻾㼛㼠㼍㼞㼥
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻞㻙㻞㻡㻠㻟㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻞㻠㻵㼙㼜㼍㼏㼠㻌㻸㼛㼣㻘㻭㼕㼞㻌㻲㼘㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻢㻙㻝㻥㻠㻟㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻞㻵㼙㼜㼍㼏㼠㻌㻴㼕㼓㼔
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻢㻙㻝㻥㻠㻟㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻠㻤㻾㼛㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻘㻲㼑㼑㼐
㻜㻝㻢㻤㻟㻢㻙㻜㻥㻠㻡㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻞㻸㼡㼎㼡㼞㼕㼏㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚
㻜㻤㻢㻝㻟㻢㻙㻜㻥㻠㻡㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻞㻠㻰㼡㼙㼜㼑㼞㻘㻾㻼
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻞㻙㻞㻡㻠㻟㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻞㻞㻠㻵㼙㼜㼍㼏㼠㻌㻸㼛㼣㻘㻭㼕㼞㻌㻲㼘㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻢㻙㻝㻥㻠㻟㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻝㻞㻵㼙㼜㼍㼏㼠㻌㻴㼕㼓㼔
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻢㻙㻝㻥㻠㻟㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻠㻠㻤㻾㼛㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻘㻲㼑㼑㼐
㻜㻤㻢㻝㻟㻠㻙㻜㻥㻠㻥㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻝㻞㻸㼡㼎㼡㼞㼕㼏㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚
㻜㻤㻢㻝㻟㻢㻙㻜㻥㻠㻥㻜㻻㻵㻸㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻞㻞㻠㻰㼡㼙㼜㼑㼞㻘㻾㻼
㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㻿㼑㼘㼘
㻜㻤㻟㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻠㻲㼑㼑㼐㻌㻯㼔㼍㼕㼚㻝㻟㻟㻥㻸
㻜㻤㻟㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻣㻾㼑㼑㼘㻌㻯㼔㼍㼕㼚㻝㻣㻡㻸
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻝㻜㻡㻜㻲㼞㼛㼚㼠㻌㻿㼔㼍㼒㼠㻌㻮㼑㼍㼞㼕㼚㼓㻝㻝㻝㻝㻞䢈䢗䢙䢀䡹䢈䢛䢗䡵䡫䢀
㻞㻣㻞㻜㻠㻡㻙㻜㻢㻞㻜㻥㻻㼕㼘㻌㻿㼑㼍㼘㻝㻝㻝㻝㻞䢈䢗䢙䢀䡹䢈䢛䢗䡵䡫䢀
㻜㻝㻡㻜㻜㻠㻙㻜㻞㻜㻠㻡㻯㼍㼙㻠㻠㻠㻠㻤䢊䡬䡹䢔䡬䢕
㻜㻤㻝㻥㻜㻜㻙㻜㻞㻜㻜㻥㻾㼛㼘㼘㼑㼞㻞㻞㻞㻞㻠䢊䡬䡹䢔䡬䢕
㻜㻤㻝㻥㻜㻜㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻞㻯㼍㼙㻞㻞㻞㻞㻠䢊䡬䡹䢔䡬䢕
㻞㻤㻠㻜㻠㻜㻙㻜㻜㻞㻝㻞㻾㼛㼘㼘㼑㼞㻌㻮㼑㼍㼞㼕㼚㼓㻞㻞㻞㻞㻠䢊䡬䡹䢔䡬䢕
㻜㻤㻟㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻣㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻞㻞㻞㻞㻠䢊䡬䡹䢔䡬䢕
㻜㻤㻝㻥㻜㻜㻙㻜㻞㻜㻞㻡㻯㼔㼍㼕㼚㻌㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻞䢊䡬䡹䢔䡬䢕
㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻝㻜㻝㻟㻿㼜㼞㼛㼗㼑㼠㻝㻝㻝㻝㻞䢊䡬䡹䢔䡬䢕
㻜㻤㻟㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻣㻶㼛㼕㼚㼠㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㻞㻞㻞㻞㻠䡳䡨䢔䡫䡸䢚
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻡㻶㼛㼕㼚㼠㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㻞㻞㻞㻞㻠䡳䡨䢔䡫䡸䢚
㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻤㻾㼛㼘㼘㼑㼞㻠㻠㻠㻠㻤䡳䡨䢔䡫䡸䢚
㻜㻤㻟㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻢㼃㼑㼍㼞㻌㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻞㻞㻞㻞㻠䡳䡨䢔䡫䡸䢚
㻜㻤㻟㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻣㼃㼑㼍㼞㻌㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻞㻞㻞㻞㻠㻯㼍㼞㼞㼍㼕㼓㼑
㻜㻤㻟㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻝㻳㼡㼕㼐㼑㻌㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻠㻠㻠㻠㻤㻯㼍㼞㼞㼍㼕㼓㼑
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻜㻟㻙㻞㻝㻜㻠㻜㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻲㼛㼛㼐
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻜㻡㻙㻞㻞㻜㻢㻥㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻾㼛㼐㼏㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻥㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻣㻜㻝㻞㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㻝㻝㻝㻝㻟㻲㼛㼞㻌㻠㻡㻌㻾㼛㼐
㻜㻤㻟㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻝㻻㼕㼘㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻞㻵㼙㼜㼍㼏㼠㻌㻴㼕㼓㼔
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻢㻙㻞㻡㻠㻤㻜㻻㼕㼘㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻞㻭㼕㼞㻌㻲㼘㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻟㻢㻙㻝㻥㻠㻥㻜㻻㼕㼘㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻞㻵㼙㼜㼍㼏㼠㻌㻸㼛㼣
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻢㻙㻝㻥㻠㻠㻜㻻㼕㼘㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻞㻞㻞㻞㻠㻾㼛㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚
㻜㻤㻢㻝㻜㻤㻙㻜㻥㻟㻡㻜㻻㼕㼘㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻞㻸㼡㼎㼡㼞㼕㼏㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚
㻜㻤㻢㻝㻜㻤㻙㻜㻥㻠㻞㻜㻻㼕㼘㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻞㻰㼡㼙㼜㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻢㻝㻜㻤㻙㻜㻥㻠㻞㻜㻻㼕㼘㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻞㻾㻼
㻜㻤㻢㻣㻜㻢㻙㻝㻥㻝㻜㻜㻻㼕㼘㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻝㻝㻝㻞㻾㻼
㻥㻣㻜㻠㻜㻠㻙㻜㻜㻜㻝㻝㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻲㼑㼑㼐㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞
㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼔㼍㼚㼓㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻟㻡㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻔㻢㻢㻕㻌㻝䃥㻢㻢㻹㻹㻌㻾㼛㼐
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻟㻣㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻔㻢㻟㻕㻌㻝䃥㻢㻟㻹㻹㻌㻾㼛㼐
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻝㻝㻜㻝㻞㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻔㻠㻡㻕㻌㻝䃅㻢㻡㻹㻲㻌㻾㼛㼐
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻝㻝㻜㻝㻠㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻔㻡㻝㻕㻹㻲㻝㼟㼍㼚㼐㼢㼕㼗㻌㼀㻡㻝㼞㼛㼐
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻝㻝㻜㻝㻞㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻔㻠㻡㻕㻹㻲㻝㼟㼑㼏㼛㼞㼛㼏㼗㻌㼀㻠㻡㼞㼛㼐
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻟㻢㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻔㻡㻝㻕㻹㻹㻝㼀㻡㻝㼞㼛㼐
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻞㻿㼑㼠㻌㻿㼏㼞㼑㼣㻌㻠㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓
㻝㻞㻜㻝㻞㻞㻙㻝㻢㻜㻜㻜㻝㻢㻌㻺㼡㼠㻌㻠㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻌
㻝㻠㻡㻜㻝㻞㻙㻝㻢㻜㻜㻜㻝㻢㻌㻿㼜㼞㼕㼚㼓㻌㼃㼍㼟㼔㼑㼞㻌㻠㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻌
㻜㻤㻟㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻞㻜㻞㻣㻼㼞㼛㼤㼕㼙㼕㼠㼥㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻡㻡㻡㻌㻡㼀㼛㼠㼍㼘㻌㻤
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻭㻌㻔㼀㻟㻤㻕㻌㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻲㻕㻌㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞㻌㼏㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻥㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻮㻌㻔㼀㻟㻤㻕㻌㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻲㻕㻌㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞㻌㼏㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻜㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻯㻌㻔㼀㻟㻤㻕㻌㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻲㻕㻌㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞㻌㼏㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻝㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻰㻌㻔㼀㻟㻤㻕㻌㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻲㻕㻌㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞㻌㼏㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻞㻿㼠㼛㼜㼜㼑㼞㻌㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻔㼀㻟㻤㻕㻌㻠㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻲㻕㻌㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻠㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞㻌㼏㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻭㻌㻔㼀㻠㻡㻕㻝㻝㻝㻌㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻲㻕㻌㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞㻌㼏㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻮㻌㻔㼀㻠㻡㻕㻝㻝㻝㻌㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻲㻕㻌㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞㻌㼏㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻥㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻯㻌㻔㼀㻠㻡㻕㻝㻝㻝㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻲㻕㻌㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞㻌㼏㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻜㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻰㻌㻔㼀㻠㻡㻕㻝㻝㻝㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻲㻕㻌㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞㻌㼏㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻝㻿㼠㼜㼜㼑㼞㻌㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻔㼀㻠㻡㻕㻞㻞㻞㻠㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻲㻕㻌㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻠㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞㻌㼏㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻡㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻭㻌㻔㼀㻡㻝㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻲㻕㻌㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞㻌㼏㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻢㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻮㻌㻔㼀㻡㻝㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻲㻕㻌㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞㻌㼏㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻯㻌㻔㼀㻡㻝㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻲㻕㻌㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞㻌㼏㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻰㻌㻔㼀㻡㻝㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻲㻕㻌㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻞㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞㻌㼏㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻥㻿㼠㼜㼜㼑㼞㻌㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻔㼀㻡㻝㻕㻠㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻲㻕㻌㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻠㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞㻌㼏㼘㼍㼙㼜
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻡㻡㻭㻌㻔㼀㻟㻤㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻾㼑㼍㼞㻕㻘㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻡㻡㻮㻌㻔㼀㻟㻤㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻾㼑㼍㼞㻕㻘㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞

㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻥㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻔㼀㻟㻤㻕㻠㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻾㼑㼍㼞㻕㻘㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻞㻜㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻔㼀㻟㻤㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻾㼑㼍㼞㻕㻘㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻢㻢㻭㻌㻔㼀㻠㻡㻕㻝㻝㻝㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻾㼑㼍㼞㻕㻘㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻢㻢㻮㻌㻔㼀㻠㻡㻕㻝㻝㻝㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻾㼑㼍㼞㻕㻘㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻥㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻔㼀㻠㻡㻕㻝㻝㻝㻠㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻾㼑㼍㼞㻕㻘㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻠㻜㻞㻜㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻔㼀㻠㻡㻕㻞㻞㻞㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻾㼑㼍㼞㻕㻘㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻢㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻣㻣㻭㻌㻔㼀㻡㻝㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻾㼑㼍㼞㻕㻘㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻣㻣㻮㻌㻔㼀㻡㻝㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻾㼑㼍㼞㻕㻘㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻥㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻔㼀㻡㻝㻕㻠㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻾㼑㼍㼞㻕㻘㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻞㻜㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻔㼀㻡㻝㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻾㼑㼍㼞㻕㻘㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞
㻝㻜㻜㻜㻴
㻰㼡㼟㼠㼏㼛㼘㼘㼑㼏㼠㼛㼞
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻜㻜㻙㻝㻝㻜㻜㻞㻲㼍㼚㻌㼙㼛㼠㼛㼞㻝㻲㼍㼚㻌㼙㼛㼠㼛㼞
㻥㻤㻤㻡㻜㻜㻙㻝㻝㻜㻝㻣㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻲㼍㼚㻌㼙㼛㼠㼛㼞
㻥㻤㻤㻡㻜㻜㻙㻝㻝㻜㻝㻠㻾㼑㼜㼍㼕㼞㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻲㼍㼚㻌㼙㼛㼠㼛㼞
㻥㻤㻤㻡㻜㻜㻙㻝㻟㻜㻜㻝㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙㻝㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙㻌㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑
㻜㻤㻥㻤㻜㻜㻙㻜㻜㻜㻝㻢㻻㻙㼞㼕㼚㼓㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻰㼕㼍㼜㼔㼞㼍㼓㼙㻌㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑
㻥㻤㻤㻡㻜㻜㻙㻝㻞㻜㻜㻝㻭㼕㼞㻌㻯㼥㼕㼘㼕㼚㼐㼑㼞㻝㻿㼔㼡㼠㼠㼑㼞㻌
㻥㻤㻤㻡㻜㻜㻙㻝㻞㻜㻝㻝㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻝㻝㻝㻝㻝㻭㼕㼞㻙㻯㼥㼕㼘㼕㼚㼐㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻤㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻝㼂㼍㼏㼡㼍㼠㼛㼞㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝
㻜㻤㻤㻝㻝㻜㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻠㻿㼗㼕㼞㼠㻝
㻜㻤㻤㻠㻜㻞㻙㻜㻡㻜㻜㻥㼂㼍㼏㼡㼍㼠㼛㼞㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻝㻼㼞㼑㻙㻌㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻤㻡㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻝㻿㼡㼏㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻔㻝㻕㻔㻝㻕㻝㻭㼞㼛㼡㼚㼐㻌㻮㼛㼛㼙
㻜㻤㻤㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻞㻿㼡㼏㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻔㻝㻕㻝㻭㼞㼛㼡㼚㼐㻌㻮㼛㼛㼙
㻜㻤㻤㻡㻜㻟㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻟㻿㼡㼏㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻴㼛㼟㼑㻔㻝㻕㻔㻝㻕㻔㻝㻕㻔㻝㻕㻝㻼㼞㼑㻙㻌㻯㼘㼑㼍㼚㼑㼞
㻲㼞㼍㼙㼑
㻥㻝㻣㻟㻜㻞㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻟㻲㼡㼑㼘㻌㻸㼑㼢㼑㼘㻌㼁㼚㼕㼠㻝㻲㼡㼑㼘㻌㻸㼑㼢㼑㼘
㻜㻞㻠㻝㻜㻞㻙㻜㻡㻜㻜㻡㻸㼑㼢㼑㼘㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻝㻻㼕㼘㻌㻸㼑㼢㼑㼘
㻜㻝㻣㻟㻜㻞㻙㻜㻢㻜㻝㻝㼀㼑㼙㼜㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻌㻔㻞㻡㻕㻝㻴㼥㼐㻌㻻㻵㻸㻌㼀㼑㼙㼜㻌㻔㻸㼛㼣㻕
㻜㻝㻣㻟㻜㻞㻙㻜㻢㻜㻝㻞㼀㼑㼙㼜㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻔㻤㻣㻕㻝㻴㼥㼐㻌㻻㻵㻸㻌㼀㼑㼙㼜㻌䠄㻴㼕㻕
㻥㻤㻡㻡㻝㻜㻙㻞㻝㻜㻤㻣㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻷㼕㼠㻞㻞㻞㻞㻞㻻㼟㼟㼕㼘㼍㼠㼕㼚㼓㻌㻯㼥㼕㼘㼕㼚㼐㼑㼞
㻴㻯㻾㻌㻝㻞㻜㻜㻌㻿㼑㼞㼢㼕㼏㼑㻌㻷㼕㼠㻌㻔㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻌㼍㼚㼐㻌㻱㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠㻕
㻼㼍㼞㼠㻌㻺㼡㼙㼎㼑㼞㻌㻼㼍㼞㼠㻌㻺㼍㼙㼑㻱㼢㼑㼞㼥㻌㻞㻡㻜㻴㻱㼢㼑㼞㼥㻌㻡㻜㻜㻴㻱㼢㼑㼞㼥㻌㻝㻜㻜㻜㻴㻵㼚㻌㼏㼍㼟㼑㻌㼛㼒㻌㻡㻜㻜㻜㻴㻾㼑㼙㼍㼞㼗
㻥㻝㻣㻞㻜㻣㻙㻜㻠㻜㻜㻣㻜㻿㼑㼞㼢㼕㼏㼑㻌㻷㼕㼠㻌㻔㻞㻡㻜㻕䐟㼤㻝㻜
㻥㻝㻣㻟㻜㻣㻙㻜㻠㻜㻜㻤㻜㻿㼑㼞㼢㼕㼏㼑㻌㻷㼕㼠㻌㻔㻡㻜㻜㻕䐟㼤㻡
㻥㻝㻣㻟㻜㻣㻙㻜㻠㻜㻜㻥㻜㻿㼑㼞㼢㼕㼏㼑㻌㻷㼕㼠㻌㻔㻝㻜㻜㻜㻕䐟㼤㻡
㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻟㻙㻜㻝㻜㻟㻝㻜㻻㼕㼘㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻝㻝㻝㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑

㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻟㻙㻜㻝㻜㻟㻡㻜㻲㼡㼑㼘㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻝㻝㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑
㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻟㻙㻜㻝㻜㻟㻢㻜㻲㼡㼑㼘㻌㻼㼘㼑㻙㼒㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻝㻝㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑
㻜㻤㻠㻢㻜㻟㻙㻝㻞㻜㻜㻟㻾㼑㼠㼡㼞㼚㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻝㻝㻝㻴㼥㼐㻌㻻㼕㼘
㻜㻤㻠㻢㻜㻟㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻢㻼㻼㻯㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻝㻝㻼㼕㼘㼛㼠㻌㼘㼕㼚㼑
㻝㻢㻝㻜㻞㻝㻙㻜㻜㻜㻡㻡㻻㻙㼞㼕㼚㼓㻝㻝㻼㼕㼘㼛㼠㻌㼘㼕㼚㼑
㻞㻢㻞㻜㻟㻞㻙㻜㻜㻜㻡㻡㻮㼍㼏㼗㻙㼁㻼㻌㻾㼕㼚㼓㻝㻝㻼㼕㼘㼛㼠㻌㼘㼕㼚㼑
㻜㻠㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻟㻜㻜㻢㻯㼛㼙㼜㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻝㻝㻝㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞
㼆㻺㻟㻜㻜㻜㻙㻠㻜㻝㻜㻞㻿㼠㼞㼍㼕㼚㼑㼞㻝㻝㻿㼡㼏㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻥㻣㻜㻠㻙㻝㻟㻝㻜㻞㻼㼞㼕㼙㼍㼞㼥㻌㻱㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠㻝㻝㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻌㻭㼕㼞㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻥㻣㻜㻠㻙㻝㻟㻝㻜㻟㻿㼍㼒㼑㼠㼥㻌㻱㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠㻝㻝㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻌㻭㼕㼞㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻥㻣㻜㻡㻙㻜㻥㻝㻜㻞㻼㼞㼕㼙㼍㼞㼥㻌㻱㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠㻝㻝㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞㻌㻭㼕㼞㻌㼒㼕㼘㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻥㻣㻜㻡㻙㻜㻥㻝㻜㻟㻿㼍㼒㼑㼠㼥㻌㻱㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠㻝㻝㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞㻌㻭㼕㼞㻌㼒㼕㼘㼑㼞
㻜㻤㻤㻡㻜㻠㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻞㻱㼘㼑㼙㼑㼚㼠㻡㻡㻰㼡㼟㼠㻯㼛㼘㼘㼑㼏㼠㼑㼞
㻜㻠㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻞㻜㻜㻞㻿㼑㼜㼍㼞㼍㼠㼑㼞㻝㻯㼛㼙㼜㼞㼑㼟㼟㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼏㼑㼕㼢㼑㼞㻌㼀㼍㼚㼗
㻜㻠㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻞㻜㻜㻣㻳㼍㼟㼗㼑㼠㻝㻲㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼏㼑㼕㼢㼑㼞㻌㼀㼍㼚㼗㻌㻔㻶㻵㻿䚸㻭㻿㻹㻱㻕
㻜㻠㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻞㻜㻜㻤㻳㼍㼟㼗㼑㼠㻝㻲㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼏㼑㼕㼢㼑㼞㻌㼀㼍㼚㼗㻌㻔㻱㼁㻕
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
F u r u k a w a D r i l l i n g B i ts
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
The contents of this sales manual are for the sales persons' understanding of the bits.
Page
Contents 1
1. Sales points for furukawa bits 2
2. Drilling and bits 3
2-1 Roles of bit
2-2 Four basics for drilling, and their adjustment
2-2-1 Percussion energy and drilling
2-2-2 Rotation speed and drilling
2-2-3 Thrust force and drilling
2-2-4 Flushing
2-3 Combination of bit and rod
3. Types and selection of bit 6
3-1 Types of bit and nomenclature of each section
3-1-1 Nomenclature
3-1-2 Types of bit and tip forms
3-2 Tip material and Its selection
3-2-1 Button tip
3-2-2 Chisel tip
3-3 Comparison of button bit with cross bit
3-3-1 Drilling speed
3-3-2 Bit life and number of times of regrinding
3-3-3 Drill hole accuracy
3-3-4 Gauge abrasion
4. Bit regrinding 11
4-1 Significance of regrinding
4-2 Types of grinding machine
4-3 Guidance for regrinding
5. Bit troubles and trouble shooting 13
5-1 Button bit
5-2 Cross bit
6. Reference data 15
6-1 Rock quality and button bit life
-1-
1. Sales points for furukawa bits
The selection and management of the bit is closely related to the drilling costs in drilling and blasting.
It is important to select a bit appropriate for the rock quality and the rock drill in order to efficiently and
correctly drill holes of required diameter and depth.
Furukawa's designs and manufacture of bits for recent powerful rock drills are based on their great
knowledge of everything to do with drilling, including the rock drills.
‫ ۑ‬Arrangement of tip of great rock crushing efficiency which is appropriate for the rock drill
- Based on drilling theory and great experience in actual measured and simulated data
‫ ۑ‬Arrangements in flushing grooves and holes for good cuttings discharge
- Based on FURUKAWA's long experience as rock drill manufacturers and matchings with type of
rock drills
‫ ۑ‬Body metal with high hardness, abrasion proof and high strength
- Based on great technique of processing and heat treatment, the body metal of bit has been
processed.
‫ ۑ‬Stable tip maintenance with accurate hole processing and correct tip insertion
- State of the art high accuracy 5-axis machining centers and automatic shrink fit devices have
been employed.
‫ ۑ‬Providing bits at low cost
- Fully utilizing existing facility and using new equipment.
In addition to the high quality cemented carbide tip, the best quality products are provided with the above
features.
Furthermore, as a rock drill manufacturer, FURUKAWA provides better service because they use existing
production system and sales service networks.
‫ ۑ‬Sales persons are familiar with drilling technology and can be contacted by users at anytime.
- Providing not just bits but also a total know-how of rock drilling.
‫ ۑ‬Perfect service system includes bit regrinding.
- The regrinding service, using a fixed tip grinding machine.
FURUKAWA bits, both in the product and in service, will reduce drilling costs for users.
-2-
Intrusion amount (P)
2. Drilling and bits
To reduce drilling costs, it is necessary to
understand drilling techniques. Correct handling Intrusion force
of the drilling machine will ensure its optimum in (F)
performance and durability and will ensure low
cost drilling.
2-1 Roles of bit

The bit plays the important role in drilling of
Intrusion force (F)

transmitting the percussion force. To do this a
good bit must combine high speed drilling and
hole accuracy. Repulsion
Fig. 2-1 shows the intrusion of the bit into rock. Intrusion
With a large force the bit pushes deep into the
rock; when the force is removed, it is pushed
back by the elasticity of the rock. In these
circumstances the bit's intruded depth refers to
the depth actually drilled. This "intrusion -
repulsion" changes according to bit form and
rock characteristics. Efficient drilling requires a Intrusion amount (P)
Drilled depth
percussion force of the drill adapted to these
characteristics. Fig. 2-1 Intrusion of bit into rock
2-2 Four basics for drilling, and their

adjustment Rotation Thrust
Flushing
The drill's adjustment is important for low
Percussion
cost drilling. The drill has four functions:
percussion, rotation, thrust and flushing, as
shown in Fig. 2-2. Adjusting these four
elements according to rock quality, yields Sleeve
high drilling performance. It also reduces the Bit Rod Shank rod Piston
wear costs and minimizes machine
breakdown. Generally, when the rock is hard,
the percussion energy is greater and the Fig. 2-2 Basic principle of drilling using a drifter
rotation speed lower, and the thrust force
stronger.
On the other hand, when the rock is soft, the
Hard rock
percussion energy is lowered, the rotation
speed increased, and the thrust force
Percussion Rotation Thrust Flushing
reduced (Fig. 2-3). speed
Soft rock
Fig. 2-3 Adjustment of each element

according to rock quality
-3-
2-2-1 Percussion of drifter
In the rock drill, the force to crush the rock is transmitted to the rod by the percussion of the piston and
thence, as percussive stress, to the bit, as shown in Fig. 2-4.
Because the wave form of the percussive stress varies with the piston form, as shown in Fig. 2-5, the
transmission of the percussive stress to the rock varies even though the power is the same. Therefore, by
analyzing the percussive stress wave form and the intrusion characteristics of the bit, a drilling system
which crushes with high efficiency can be designed. In drills of low efficiency, power which could be used to
crush rock is absorbed in the drilling system. That shows as a detrimental tensile stress, which shortens rod
life and wears the threads. An efficient drilling system combines low cost with high performance.
Wave form of
percussive stress Rod Piston
Percussion speed (V)
Pneumatic drill
Compressive stress Wide and short
Almost same diameter
To the bit Transmission speed Thin end

(5100m/sec)
Fig. 2-4 Occurrence of percussive stress Fig. 2-5 Piston form and wave form
and its transmission of percussive stress
2-2-2 Rotation speed

Rotation speeds which are either too fast or too Appropriate
Rotation torque
Rotation torque
slow are inappropriate. If the rotation speed is rotation torque

Drilling speed
Drilling speed
too low the thread can't be fixed and the tip of
rotation speed
the bit can't travel correctly, resulting in Appropriate
decreased drilling speed. If it is too fast, the tip Loosening
࣭ Early wear of bit
hits the hole bottom in the rock bed too and Heating of threads
࣭ Drifter bound
powerfully and causes such trouble as bound Lowering the drilling speed
࣭Heating of threads
Rotation
drifter and tip missing. Also, because it increases speed
the wear of the bit gauge, the bit life will be Fig. 2-6 Appropriate rotation speed
shortened. (Fig. 2-6).
The rotation speed is most economical when it
feels a little bit too slow. Particularly when the
rock includes a large amount of SiO2 then Table 2-1 Bit gauge and appropriate rotation
reduce the rotation speed to reduce the wear on speed
the bit. Bit gauge Cross bit Button bit
Table 2-1 shows the rotation speed reference. (mm) (min-1) (min-1)
However, as the optimum value varies with the ȭ45 230 210
rock quality, take it as only as a guide. ȭ64 165 150
ȭ76 140 125
ȭ89 120 105
ȭ102 105 95
ȭ115 90 85
-4-
With a button bit, results are better if the rotation speed is set to lower than that of the cross (or X) bit as
shown in Fig. 2-1.
2-2-3 Thrust force

To perform stable drilling, a thrust has to be given to the drill to receive repulsion from the rock bed and
secure a reaction to the piston acceleration. The adjustment of the thrust is very important in order to stop
idle blowing and so maintain drilling capability, and avoid hole bend (Fig. 2-7).
Some FURUKAWA crawler drills and drill jumbos have the percussion and thrust automatically adjusted
to the rock changes. Correct adjustment results in good drilling to minimize idle blowing.
Idle blow leads to early rod and bit fatigue. In

that event, because the rod is broken and the
Drilling speed
bit tip is chipped or dropped, costs will rise. It
Appropriate thrust
also leads to early wear of the thread section.
When hole bend occurs, the bending stress
is passed to the rod. That leads to faster rod
fatigue, which might cause breakdown or • Heating due • Hole bend
accident. It also makes uncoupling harder, so to idle blow • Rod breakage
• Breakage due to hole bend
that efficiency is reduced. Also, the hole is and consumption of rod • Excessive screw fastening
and bit
incorrectly positioned, with a deleterious
blasting efficiency. Thrust
2-2-4 Flushing Fig. 2-7 Appropriate thrust

Cuttings crushed by bit must be discharged from the hole as in short time as possible. If the drilling system
including bit does not have a sufficient flushing ability, cuttings, which were crushed once and separated
from the rock bed, are crushed again by bit. This unnecessary secondary crushing will consume the
important percussion energy. The larger the surface area of cuttings crushed and discharged from the hole
is (in other words, the smaller the diameter of a cutting particle is), the more percussion energy is
consumed unnecessarily.
In order to perform drilling efficiently, it is necessary to discharge cuttings early from the hole by flushing. If
discharge of cuttings is not smooth, not only the drilling speed and drilling efficiency are lowered but also
the rock drill itself is adversely affected.
The bit shape must be designed to discharge cuttings efficiently. It is necessary to select and use a bit
appropriate to the working site according to its rock condition.
2-3 Combination of bit and rod

The bit and rod are combined according to the application, as shown in Fig. 2-8.
MF rod Button bit
Guide tube Button retrac bit
Shank rod Cross bit
Sleeve Extension rod Cross retrac bit
Reaming bit
Guide sleeve
Extension rod
Extension rod Guide bit
Bit adapter
Fig. 2-8 Combination of bit and rod
-5-
3. Types and selection of bit
3-1 Types of bit and nomenclature of each section
3-1-1 Nomenclature
Fig. 3-1 shows the name of each section of a button bit and cross bit.
Button tips and chisel tips are built into the button bit and cross bit, respectively.
Face tip
(Chisel) tip
Gauge
tip Reaming Core metal
surface
Blow hole
Thread
Skirt
Fig. 3-1 Name of each section of bit
3-1-2 Types of bit and tip forms

Fig. 3-2 shows the types of bit and their characteristics and Fig. 3-2 shows the tip forms and their
characteristics.
Generally speaking, the combination of a normal type button bit and a ballistic tip is recommended. The
ballistic tip has a sharp end and large projection, so it is more easily broken than the spherical tip.
If breakage occurs on a site where there is very hard rock or if the machine has been treated roughly, we
recommend a spherical or parabolic tip.
-6-
Normal Drop center
Normal bit For soft rock where
a hole bend occurs
easily.
The center of this bit
is dented to prevent
hole bend.
Retrac Guide Cross, X

For fragmental rock Used when the hole Of enduring gauge wear, it
formation. bend is to be is excellent in
The cut-out on the minimized. straight-making holes.
bottom crushes the However, the drilling
fallen-in rock. speed is slow.
Fig. 3-2 Types and characteristics of bit
Button tip Chisel tip
Spherical Parabolic Ballistic Conical

(Semi-ballistic) (Spike, Knuckle)
For X, Cross bit
Hard Rock quality Soft
Fig. 3-3 Chip forms
-7-
3-2 Tip Material and Its selection
3-2-1 Button tip

Table 3-1 shows the cemented carbide material for the button tip and Fig. 3-4 shows the applicable rock
quality.
The standard material is BG2 and is applicable to almost all rock quality.
High abrasion proof G2 type is also
available for rock quality causing easy bit Table 3-1 Cemented carbide material for button tip
wear. As this material has a lower
stiffness than BG2, tip breakage might Abrasion
occur when rock with high compression Material Toughness Remarks
proof
strength is drilled. RB4 is for soft rock
with lower silica content, and for Special material
limestone. Although it has high
toughness and is not easily broken,
Standard material
greatest care is required to avoid
breakage due to snake skin. Early
abrasion of tip occurs when rock with Only for conical type
high silica content is drilled.
Much
Quartzite Chert
abrasion
Hard sandstone
Granite
Diabody
Diorite
Andesite
Silica Sandstone
content
Clay-slate
Shale
Tuff
Less Limestone
abrasion
Compressive strength (MPa)
Fig. 3-4 Rock quality and cemented carbide materials for button tip
-8-
3-2-2 Chisel tip Table 3-2 Cemented carbide material for chisel tip
Table 3-2 shows the cemented carbide
material for the button tip and Fig. 3-5 Abrasion
Material Toughness Remarks
shows the applicable rock quality. proof
The standard material is RB4. Harder
tips, of RB3 and R20, can be provided, Special material
especially for rock where bits are easily
worn because of low tip toughness.
Special material
Standard material
Special material
Much
abrasion Quartzite
Chert
Hard sandstone
Granite
Diabody
Diorite
Andesite
Silica Sandstone
content
Clay-
slate
Shale
Tuff
Less Limestone
abrasion
Compressive strength (MPa)
Fig. 3-5 Rock quality and cemented carbide material types for chisel tip
-9-
3-3 Comparison of button bit with
Button bit Button bit
cross bit (spherical) (ballistic)
The button bit is usually more economical than
the cross (or X) bit. The following is an example
when a hard sandstone is drilled.
Stone quality: Hard sandstone (compressive
strength: 160 - 300 MPa)
X bit 850
Drilling speed (mm/min)
3-3-1 Drilling speed
Fig. 3-6 shows the comparison of drilling
speeds. For example, when 200 m is drilled per Fig.3-6
day, the ballistic type bit takes about 200
minutes for drilling and the X bit takes about
260 minutes. Therefore, the ballistic
type bit saves 60 minutes of working time,
which means savings in fuel and labor costs Ballistic (regrinding 5 times)
(also refer to chapter 6).
3-3-2 Bit life and number of times of

regrinding
Fig. 3-7 shows the comparison of bit lives and X bit (regrinding 7 times)
the number of regrinding times needed. The bit
life of the ballistic type is not only longer than Fig.3-7
that of the X bit, but the interval to the next
regrinding is also longer.
3-3-3 Hole accuracy

When the button bit was first introduced, there were complaints
that "although the drilling speed is faster there is a lot of hole
bend".
One of the causes was that there were many so-called dome Dome type
types in the early button bit. The bits, where the tips are
arranged on the dome type as shown in Fig. 3-8, developed
hole bend. At present the flat type is usual as shown in the
figure and hole bend due to the bit has been reduced, because
of the introduction of such sharp bits as the ballistic and conical
types.
Standard
In order further to prevent hole bend, the drop center type, type
guide bit and retrac bits are available. They can be selected
according to the required level of hole accuracy. Combined use
with tube rod or guide rod is effective.
Fig. 3-8 Dome type and standard type
3-3-4 Gauge abrasion
As the cross bit not only has a lower hole bend rate, but also a lower gauge abrasion, it is effective against
early gauge abrasion: grinding should be frequent when the button bit is used.
When the button bit is used, if gauge abrasion occurs early or if cracking frequently occurs and rotation
resistance fluctuates, a heavy duty type with a one class larger tip than the gauge tip. can be selected.
- 10 -
4. Bit regrinding
4-1 Significance of regrinding
A worn bit reduces drilling speed and increases the load Actually measured value
Drilling speed (m/min)

on the rock drill. Grinding the bit at appropriate intervals Regrinding
can economically extend the bit and rod lives and
maintain the drilling speeds.
Grinding both the cross (or X) bit and the button bit is
necessary. As shown in Fig. 4-1, if drilling is continued Approximate curve
without regrinding the bit, the drilling speed is reduced
and efficiency lowered. On this site the bit life has been
doubled or trebled by frequent grinding of the bit, as
contrasted with performances without such grinding.
If abrasion is let develop too far, it takes time for Drilled length (m)
regrinding and the machine will be damaged. And the
probability that the bit is broken will be increased. Fig. 4-1 Drilling speed reduction
Generally, grinding 3 to 5 times in one drilling maintains before regrinding
good and sharp of the button bit throughout.
4-2 Types of grinding machine

As shown in Fig. 4-2, there are various sizes for the grinding machine, from fixed type to the portable.
There are also cone-cup and disk wheel types of whetstone for the button bit and they are selected
according to the number of bits to be ground.
For button bit For cross bit
Cone-cup type whetstone Disk wheel type whetstone Wheel type whetstone
Fig. 4-2 Bit grinding machine and types of whetstone
- 11 -
4-3 Guidance for regrinding
Fig. 4-3 indicates the times for regrinding.
If abrasion is let develop too far, it takes more time for the whetstone to be used and costs will increase.
Button bit Reaming point

Cross bit
When abrasion width If the abrasion width of

exceeds the 1/2 of the tip the cutting edge
diameter (D), regrinding is exceeds 4 mm,
required. re-grinding is required.
Reverse taper
Flank surface
Do not completely regrind If reverse taper or

the abrased section, but projection of tip occurs,
leave about 2 mm. regrinding is required.
(To prevent reduction of bit
diameter).
Projection
Cutting edge
Chamfering width: 1 mm
Chamfering should be
If the tip has been chipped performed correctly, and
right off, then shave the without making sharp
Reaming edge
protrudent section of the tip chamfering
edges.
completely from the body Width: 1 mm
metal.
Fig. 4-3 Guidance for regrinding time and grinding method
- 12 -
5. Bit troubles and trouble shooting
One of the causes of trouble is idle blowing or excessive percussion without rotation. Appropriate setting of
the drill for the rock quality and site conditions and appropriate instruction to the operator are important.
If trouble does occur, it is important to note the drill settings and the condition of the tip at breakage.
5-1 Button bit

Table 5-1 summarizes trouble description, classification, cause and trouble shooting.
Table 5-1 Button bit troubles and trouble shooting
Description Classification Cause Trouble shooting

The tip is too hard. Re-select tip of suitable
hardness.
The tip is too sharp. Re-select the tip type.
A
The tip has been worn Correct regrinding
Chipping
excessively.
B
Snake skin Early regrinding
Idle blowing Early regrinding

Avoid idle blowing.
–
C Idle blowing Avoid idle blowing
The tip has been worn –

excessively. Early regrinding
Correct regrinding
The body metal has been
worn excessively. Early regrinding
Dropping Correct regrinding
Idle blowing
Avoid idle blowing.
Body metal strength –

lowered due to
abrasion Early regrinding
Chipping of the Correct regrinding
body metal Idle blowing
Avoid idle blowing.
- 13 -
5-2 Cross bit
Table 5-2 summarizes the trouble description, classification, cause and trouble shooting.
Table 5-2 Cross bit troubles and trouble shooting
Description Classification Cause Trouble shooting

A Whether, in regrinding, the included In grinding, note that the included
B angle became too small, the edge angle is appropriate, the edge is
C became too sharp, the chamfering appropriate, the chamfering
D amount became too small, and amount is enough, an
scratches were caused on the tip. appropriate whetstone is used
and regrinding should be
Chipping
careful.
The tip has been worn excessively. Early regrinding
The tip is too hard. Re-select the tip hardness.
Snake skin Early regrinding
Rough collaring Careful collaring
Idle blowing Avoid idle blowing.
In regrinding, the included angle In regrinding, the included angle

became too small, the edge should be appropriate, the
became too sharp and scratches edge should be appropriate, an
Cracks
were caused on the tip. appropriate whetstone should

be used and regrinding should
be careful.
In regrinding, it was over-heated. In regrinding, an appropriate

whetstone should be used.
Snake skin Early regrinding.
A Chipping and cracking. Refer to the chipping and crack

B sections
Defective brazing -
Brazing layer's breakage due to Re-select the bit.
fatigue
Dropping
Idle blowing
C
Avoid idle blowing.
Chipping of Decrease of body metal strength due Early regrinding

body metal to abrasion. Correct regrinding
- 14 -
6. Reference data
6-1 Rock quality and button bit life
Table 6-1 shows variations in the button bit life according to rock quality.
The bit life does vary greatly according to the rock quality. Please regard it only as a guide.
Table 6-1 Rock quality and button bit life example
Life standard Recommended type

Quartzite and granite with high content
150 to 200m Spherical
of SiO2 where the bit is worn easily
Medium hard to hard rock such as hard
300 to 450m Spherical and ballistic
sandstone
Medium hard rock with low content of
700 to 800m Spherical and ballistic
SiO2 such as andesite
Soft rock such as limestone 1500 to 2000m Ballistic and conical
- 15 -
HYDRAULIC
CRAWLER DRILL
MECHANICAL SECTION
Back
FURUKAWA HYDRAULIC CRAWLER DRILL
Rotator Adjustment Procedure
START
Drilling center alignment
Clamp spring adjustment
Roller rotation speed 䇭䇭adjustment
Roller slide backward speed adjustment
FINISH
Rod Changer equipped Rotator

Drilling center Operate the manual switch, then hold
alignment 1 the ROD
Pull up the rotator body

by
Crane etc.
Rod withdrawal
process
Hold the Rod by

Rotator
Required tools
䊶Nylon Sling-small
Manual Operation
Swing
Switch Arm slide Rotator
㪠㪥 IN
slide IN
Roller
Open
Manua
l Arm slide
OUT Rotator
䌏䌎
slide OUT
Drilling center
2 Align the rod (up and down), after hold the rod
alignment
Required tools
䊶30mm spanner
㶎Drilling center of Rod already adjusted.
Adjust by elongated hole located outside of

roller slide cylinder
Roller should be
center
among 3 rollers.
Align the rod for expansion and contraction

3
Adjust in elongated hole of rotator slide
cylinder
Roller A Required tools

䊶17mm spanner
When adjust rod center ,Do not push the

Rod by Roller A.
Clamp spring
adjustment
Adjust spring force of rotator clamp

1 in rod holding position
Required tools
䊶17mm spanner
Rod holding
position
Adjustment nut for Rotator clamp

spring
㪈㫄㫄
Make 1 mm space between

Washer and Holder.
(Spring should be max.
extend)
Roller rotation speed adjustment
1 Adjust roller rotation speed

by Roller slide lever
Manual switch
OFF
Rotator switch
ON
Roller slide lever

UP
5 Rotation Speed䋺㪏㪌㪄㪐㪇㫄㫀㫅㪄
㪈
Measure the rotation

speed
Required tools
䊶Rotation speed meter
Backward while
rotating
6 Adjust roller rotation speed valve
Rod change
control
modular valve
Roller rotation speed adjustment

valve
Clockwise: speed decrease 7 Rotation speed䋺㪏㪌㪄㪐㪇㫄㫀㫅㪄

㪈
Loosen lock nut, then

adjust
Required tools
䇭䊶13mm Spanner
Counterclockwise: speed increase 䇭䊶4mm㩷Hex. Wrench
Roller slide backward speed
adjustment
1 Adjust rod loosening speed
Manual switch
OFF
Rotator switch
ON
Roller slide lever UP䋺loosening

backward
Roller slide lever DOWN䋺Slide

forward
Loosening speed 䋺5 sec (until stroke
end)
5sec. From front end to back end
Rod changer
control
modular valve
Roller slide speed adjustment

valve
(forward)
Roller slide speed adjustment

valve
(Backward)
Upper side:
forward
Lower side䋺
backward
Clockwise: speed decrease Loosening Speed 䋺

6
5 sec. until Stroke End
Loosen lock nut,

then adjust the
speed
Required tools
Counterclockwise: speed increase 䇭䊶13mm㩷Spanner
䇭䊶4mm Hex. Wrench
Rotator switch
ON
Swing IN
Swing OUT
Loosening
Check the movement (Alignment & Loosening)

Slide forward
FINISH !!
Rod Changer Adjustment
STAR FINISH
Alignment Tightening pressure

dj
Clamp level adjustment Adjustment of proximity switch for guide shell
Rod drilling center

Adjustment of proximity switch for arm
Adjustment of
Adjustment of proximity
Magazine rotation speed
Magazine positioning Clamp open

Alignment Preparation
Alignment preparation Operate the drifter to move at the rear-end .
Push the hydraulic cut
1 2
Move the drifter to the rear-end for rod withdraw!
Set the feed lever in the

backward
position to move the feed
Slid
4
Move the drifter to the
rear-end!
Normal
rotation
Manual Operation
㽲Turn the manual switch ON.
㽳Turn on the switch to slide
IN.
㽴Place the rod in the
magazine.
Reverse rotation 㽵Adjust the clamp position by
Rod withdrawal complete
Swing Clamp F Clamp R
Manual
IN open open 㫊㫃㫀㪻㪼㩷㫀㫅
ON Normal
rotation
Manual
operation
switch
Auto
Swing Clamp F Clamp R Slide
Reverse
ON OUT
out close close rotation
5 Manual operation
㽲Turn on the switches to
clamps F and R open.
㽳Turn on the switch to
slide OUT.
㽴Turn on the switches to
clamps F and R close.
Hold the rod by clamp Hold the rod by clamp
Set the rod in the drilling Manual operation

6
㽲Turn on the switches to
clamps F and R close.
㽳Turn on the switch to
Slide IN.
㽴Turn on the switch to
Swing IN.
㽵Turn on the switch to
Slide OUT.
Alignment preparation
Complete * Be sure to check if there are
no misalignment of rods
Clamp Level Adjustment
Operate to clamp close with manual switch.
1 While the adjusting bolt is pushing against
the stopper, fix the adjusting bolts of
clamps
Clamp Clamp
2 After fixing the adjusting bolts, tighten the

stopper plate mounting bolts of clamps F and R.
Under the held condition, push the stopper plate against the rod.
Clamp Clamp
Rod Drilling Center Alignment
For alignment preparation,
loosen the taper section.
㶎This adjustment must be done when the

vertical alignment is
extremely incorrect. For normal alignment, refer
to P.11-20.
By using the M12×90 bolt,
loosen the taper section.
Remove the nut of taper
section.
Required tools: 2
䊶55mm spanner
䊶10mm hex. wrench
㶎This adjustment must be done when the vertical alignment is
extremely incorrect. For normal alignment, refer to P.11-20.
3
Hoist the clamp arm with a crane,
etc.
Loosen the swing cylinder’s oil

4 hose.
Extend the piston rod by about
2mm from
Mark here under the retracted

condition.
Required tools:
䇭䊶Small nylon sling
䊶22mm spanner
㪉㫄㫄
5 Alignment: Set above by about
10mm from the sleeve core and tighten the nut.
Front top &
bottom
alignment 㶎This adjustment must be done when the vertical alignment
is extremely incorrect. For normal alignment, refer to P.11-20.
Set above
by
Alignment vertical
Required tools: Tightening

䊶55mm socket torque:
䊶Torque wrench 1200N·m
㶎This adjustment must be done when the vertical
Front top &
alignment is
bottom
Install the
6 stopper.
Required tools:
䊶24mm spanner
䊶19mm spanner
Adjust the stopper bolt and perform alignment.

7
Front top &
bottom
Magazine side
Drilling center side

Required tool:
䊶24mm spanner
Front top & After Installing the stopper, repeat Swing OUT/IN and
8 Slide IN/OUT
bottom
alignment and adjust the swing distance with bots and nut to fit to the
drilling
Lower (Tighten) the bolt, and the center moves

up.
Adjusting bolt at drilling

center
Heighten (Loosen) the bolt, and the center
Required tool:
䊶24mm offset wrench
Front
Perform alignment by the adjuster
alignment:
9 bolt
right/left
of end bracket.
adjustment
Required tool:
䊶24mm offset wrench
Front
alignment: Arm slide OUT/IN adjustment
1
right/left
adjustment
Slide OUT side: Loosen nut A and catch the end plate
䌁䌂
End
Slide IN side: Loosen nut B and catch the end plate with nut A.
Required tool:
䊶24mm spanner
Adjustment of Shim: Slide arm
10 When slide arm does not move
smoothly
Adjustment When many gaps occur: Insert shims.

of
shim: 8 When movement is not smooth:Remove shims.
Adjustment
of Remove bush and adjust
shim: 8 shims.
㶎Note: When you adjust shims, clamps (F) and (R) may not
operate
at same speed. Adjust to same speed.
Required tool:
䇭䊶17mm spanner
Rod Rear Alignment
Rear top &
bottom
alignment
Loosen the mounting bolt of
Hoist the clamp arm with a crane, the
etc. rear joint pipe.
2By using the bolt’s oval hole, perform vertical

alignment.
Required tools:
䊶Small nylon sling
When alignment is OK, tighten the bolts
䇭䊶24mm spanner
temporarily.
Rear
Perform alignment by the adjuster Required tool:
alignment: 3
right/left
bolt 䊶24mm spanner
of end bracket.
adjustment
Rear
alignment: Adjustment of arm slide IN/OUT
right/left
adjustment
Slide OUT side: Loosen nut A and catch the end plate with nut B.
䌁䌂
End
plate
Slide IN side: Loosen nut B and catch the end plate with nut A.
Magazine Rotation Speed
Remove both connectors of the
1 magazine positioning proximity switch.
Connecto
r
2 Adjust the needle valve to set the magazine rotation speed to 1 turn every 5 seconds.
1 turn: 5
seconds
Magazine rotation
speed adjustment
Rod changer valve
control
modular valve
Manual Norma
ON l
rotatio
Revers
e
rotatio
3 Loosen the lock
nut.
4 Adjust the
adjuster.
Clockwise: speed decrease
Required tools:
䇭䊶13mm spanner
䇭䊶4mm hex. wrench
Counterclockwise: speed increase

Magazine Positioning
Fix the stopper bolt to set the swing
Swing stopper
1 OUT
adjustment
position at the center of magazine guard.
Center
line
Magazine
guard
Required tool:
䊶24mm spanner Neglect the deviation of rod and its loading
position.
Adjustment of magazine reverse rotation First, adjust the position at reverse

2 side.
position
Perform adjustment with the proximity
Proximity switch for switch
detecting reverse Reverse bracket mounting position.
rotation rotation
Normal
Proximity switch for rotation
detecting normal
i
Perform magazine reverse rotation to adjust
Adjustment of magazine reverse rotation
the stop position.
position
3 Move the proximity switch

Proximity switch for
bracket up and down
detecting reverse
for adjustment.
rotation
Reverse rotation
Fit the loading position to

rod.
Required tool:
䊶13mm spanner
Adjustment of magazine normal rotation Perform magazine normal rotation to
position adjust
the stop position.
4 Move the proximity switch at normal

rotation side up and down for
Normal adjustment.
rotation
Fit the loading position to

rod.
Proximity switch for detecting normal

rotation
Required tool:
䊶13mm spanner
Adjustment of proximity switch distance
Adjust distance with the

nut
of switch.
Make sure that the Adjust the range for

green detection:
lamp is lit. 5~8mm
Move magazine IN and OUT several times
6 to make sure that there is no misalignment.
Magazine positioning
adjustment complete
Clamp Open
1
Fit the bolt bottom to the end face of
nut.
Make adjustment with the adjuster bolt
attached to the tooth.
Clamp open adjuster

bolt
There must be no play in tooth with clamp

open.
Required tool:
䊶17mm spanner
Adjustment of Proximity Switch for Arm
Perform slide OUT/IN operation with manual
1 switch to adjust the proximity switch.
Slide OUT detection

switch
Slide IN detection
switch
Make adjustment to set the detection distance of

2 proximity switch 5~8mm.
Slide OUT detection

switch
3 nut of switch.
Slide IN detection
switch
Adjust the range for detection: Make sure that the

5~8mm green lamp is lit.
Adjustment of Proximity Switch for Arm
1 Perform swing IN/OUT operation with
manual switch to adjust the proximity switch.
Proximity switch at swing Proximity switch at swing

IN side OUT side
2 Make adjustment to set the detection

distance of
Adjust the range for detection:

5~8mm

nut
of switch.
4 Make sure that

Adjust the right and left with the
the elongated hole of green lamp is lit.
bracket.
Adjustment of Proximity Switch for Guide Shell Rear-
d
Adjust the closing position of clamp (F) under the
thread
1 Push down the hydraulic cut Operate the drifter for moving forward
lever. and normal rotation, and then, add one rod.
2 Turn on the normal rotation switch.
Turn on the normal rotation switch

once.
Place the feed lever in the

3 forward䇭position.
A rod has been added.
The rod should be slightly screwed

into the front sleeve.
Push the feed lever by 1 stage in backward position
4
while pushing the reverse rotation switch.
Reverse rotation
switch
5 Reverse rotation
switch
Perform thread loosening while

operating the drifter for moving
backward and reverse rotation.
Clamp closing Move backward while loosening thread between the front sleeve and rod.
position 6 Adjust the proximity switch position to close the clamp (F) by turning off
adjustment the switch when there is approx. 20mm clearance for receiving rods.
Adjust the clearance to approx. 20mm •When proximity switch is OFF,

when clamp is closed.
receiving rods.
㪦㪥㸢㪦㪝㪝
Clamp (F) closing

Clamp (F) is position
closed. proximity switch
Adjustment of clamp closing
7
Loosen the
screw.
Make sure that the

green lamp is lit.
8
Required tool:
䊶24mm spanner Adjust the position
within the elongated
hole.
9
Adjust the range for detection:
5~8mm
Adjustment of deceleration
ii
10 Move the drifter backward by By turning on the rear-end proximity

rapid 11 switch, adjust the feed slow speed R/C
swing IN position.
12
Adjust the proximity switch ON

position
to prevent the rod from hitting the
13 Loosen the
Make sure that the
screw.
green lamp is lit.
Adjust the
range
15
for detection:
5~8mm
Required tool:
䊶24mm spanner
Adjust the position

14
within the oval hole.
Tightening Pressure
Valve Location
Rotation modular
valve
View from machine above
Rod changer tightening pressure adjustment

valve
Rotation modular
valve
Install the pressure gauge on the pressure port
1
P2.
2 Perform rod withdrawal

d
Rod withdrawal
procedure:
3 Turn off the manual
switch.
Push down the rod changer tightening
4 switch.
Set the engine rotation

speed to:
1500 - 1700 min-1
5 Adjust the tightening pressure adjustment

valve.
Counterclockwise: Pressure decreases.
6 Remove the cap and loosen the lock

nut.
Required tools:
7 䇭䇭䊶19mm spanner
䇭䇭䊶3/16 inch hex.wrench
Clockwise: Pressure increases.
To pressure setting
Adjust the
adjuster.
Pressure Setting
Model
㪟㪚㪩㪐㪇㪇㪟㪚㪩㪈㪉㪇㪇㪟㪚㪩㪈㪌㪇㪇
Thread
㪫㪊㪏㪈㪇㪤㪧㪸㪏㪤㪧㪸
㪫㪋㪌㪈㪈㪤㪧㪸㪐㪤㪧㪸
㪫㪌㪈㪈㪇㪤㪧㪸㪏㪤㪧㪸

Rod Changer Control Modular Valve
1: Arm swing 2: Magazine rotation 3: Arm slide control

control speed adjustment valve
dj l adj stment al e
1 2 3
Valve
Rod changer control valve

Arm swing control adjustment
valve
Magazine rotation speed

adjustment valve
Arm slide control adjustment

valve
1: Arm swing control

dj l
Adjust speed of the arm swing IN and OUT
Arm swing OUT condition Arm swing IN condition

Arm swing control
adjustment valve
Required tools:
• 13mm spanner
• 6mm hex. wrench
Loosen the lock nut and

adjust the orifice
Clockwise: speed decrease 2

Magazine rotation speed adjustment valve
Adjust the orifice to set the magazine rotation speed to 1 turn every 5 seconds
Magazine rotation speed adjustment

valve
Required tools:
• 13mm spanner
• 6mm hex. wrench
Loosen the lock nut and adjust the

orifice
Clockwise: speed increase
2
Counterclockwise: speed
d
3: Arm slide control adjustment valve
Adjust speed of the arm slide IN and OUT
Arm slide OUT condition Arm slide IN condition
Arm slide control adjustment

valve
1

adjust the orifice
Required tools:
• 13mm spanner
• 6mm hex. wrench
Clockwise: speed decrease
i
Boom Modular Valve
This valve is not
Boom modular
valve
Inside of cover
Upper part of the cover

This valve is not adjustable.
Damper control Valve
1: Damper relief valve

adjustment 1
2: Damper pressure
adjustment
2
Valve Location
Damper Control Modular

Valve
Damper Control Modular

Valve
Damper relief valve
Damper pressure
adjustment valve
1: Damper Relief Pressure
Adj
Damper relief pressure adjustment must be performed while operating

machine.
1 Install a pressure gauge on the damper

pressure port
Recommended pressure gauge: 25MPa
2 Loosen the lock nut and adjust the damper

relief valve
Required tools
• 24mm spanner
• 8mm hex. wrench
Clockwise: Pressure increase
Pressure setting:
12MPa
Increase feed pressure gradually during drilling,

and adjust the damper pressure to 12MPa.
Counterclockwise: Pressure
decrease
2: Damper pressure
Adj
Damper relief pressure adjustment must be performed while operating
machine.
B dj l hil d illi i
1
Install a pressure gauge on the damper pressure
port
Recommended pressure gauge: 25MPa
Required tools
• 24mm spanner
Loosen the lock nut and adjust the • 8mm hex. wrench
2
adjuster
Counterclockwise: Pressure decrease
Factory setting: Damper pressure is

10MPa
when the feed pressure is 4MPa
Adjustment instruction: Adjust the shank rod taper part at 4mm
from the front cap end under drilling condition as shown below.
Drilling Block
1: Feed forward relief 3: Normal rotation relief 5: Boom relief
2: Feed backward relief 4: Reverse rotation 6: Rotation H-mode relief
5 2 1 3 4
6
For each pressure adjustment, set the engine rotation speed in the rated speed shown below:
HCR900: 2500rpm
HCR1200: 2500rpm
HCR1500: 2200rpm
5 1
3 Machine
front
Machine
rear
2 4
1: Feed forward relief pressure

Cautions for
Check these machine functions before attempting to adjust the feed forward relief
pressure.
1. Be sure the rod changer switch is OFF.

2. Be sure the rod changer is NOT in the Swing IN position.
Rod changer manual operation Rod changer Swing IN
1 Plug the hose on the feed forward side.
Backward
side
Required tools:
• 27mm spanner
•㩷22mm spanner
• 12 plug
Forward
Feed motor
side
2 Install a pressure gauge on the P1
Required pressure gauge: 35MPa

3 Push the hydraulic pressure cut
lever down
4 Push the feed lever in 1 stage toward
For each pressure adjustment, set the engine rotation speed in the rated speed shown below:
HCR900: 2500rpm
HCR1200: 2500rpm
HCR1500: 2200rpm
5 Fully close the feed pressure valve

Feed pressure
valve
Clockwise: Close
Counterclockwise:
6 Adjust the feed relief
l
7
Clockwise: pressure
increase
8 Adjust the
Counterclockwise: pressure
Required tools d
• 17mm spanner Pressure setting: View from
• 5mm hex. wrench 16MPa machine
9 Be sure to connect the hose

b k!
Backward
side
Required tools
• 27mm spanner
• 22mm spanner
Forward
side
2: Feed backward relief pressure Caution for
Check these machine functions before attempting to adjust the feed backward relief
pressure.

2. Be sure the rod changer is NOT in the Swing IN position.
Rod changer manual operation Rod changer Swing IN
1 Plug the hose on the backward side.
Backward Required tools

side • 27mm spanner
• 22mm spanner
• 12 plug
Forward
side Feed motor
2 Install the pressure gauge on the pressure

3 Push the hydraulic pressure cut lever
do n
4 Push the feed lever in 1 stage toward

b k d id
For each pressure adjustment, set the engine rotation speed in the rated speed shown below
HCR900: 2500rpm
HCR1200: 2500rpm
HCR1500: 2200rpm
5 Adjust the feed backward

6 Remove the
cap
Adjust the Required tools:
7
adjuster • 17mm spanner
• 5mm hex. wrench
Clockwise: pressure increase
View from
machine rear Setting pressure:
21MPa
Backward
side
Required tools:
• 27mm spanner
• 22mm spanner
3: Normal rotation relief pressure
1 Plug the hose on the normal rotation side
Reverse rotation
side
900 required tools:

• 27mm spanner
• 22mm spanner
• 12 plug
1200 and 1500 required tools:

Normal rotation • 36mm spanner
side • 27mm spanner
• 19mm plug
2 Install a pressure gauge on the P2 pressure
Required pressure gauge:

35MPa
3 Push the normal rotation switch once
Click For each pressure adjustment, set the engine

rotation
speed in the rated speed shown below:
HCR900: 2500rpm
HCR1200: 2500rpm
4 Adjust the normal rotation relief valve

Setting pressure:
14MPa
Required tools:
• 17mm spanner
• 5mm hex. wrench
Counterclockwise: Pressure
6
Adjust the adjuster

View from machine front

b k!
900 required tools:

• 27mm spanner
• 22mm spanner
• 12 plug
1200 and 1500 required tools:

• 36mm spanner
• 27mm spanner
• 19 plug
1 Plug the hose on the reverse rotation
side
Reverse rotation
side
900 required tools:

• 27mm spanner
• 22mm spanner
• 12 plug
1200 and 1500

required tools:
• 36mm spanner
• 27mm spanner
2 Install the pressure gauge on the pressure • 19 plug

35MPa
3 Keep pushing the reverse rotation switch until
Clic
k!
For each pressure adjustment, set the engine rotation

HCR900: 2500rpm
HCR1200: 2500rpm
HCR1500: 2200rpm
4 Adjust the reverse rotation relief 5 Remove the
Setting pressure:
19MPa
Required tools: Counterclockwise: Pressure

Adjust the
• 17mm spanner decrease
• 5mm hex. wrench
6 View from machine rear
1200 and 1500

Required tools: 900 Required tools:
• 36mm spanner • 27mm spanner
• 27mm spanner • 22mm spanner
• 19 plug • 12 plug
5: Boom relief pressure Caution for
dj t t
Check these machine functions before attempting to adjust the boom

relief pressure.

2 Be sure the rod changer is NOT in the Swing IN position
Rod changer manual operation Rod changer swing IN

i h
1 Install the pressure gauge on the pressure port
Guide slide back side

switch
2 Turn on the guide slide back side

switch,
and operate the cylinder for stroke
end.
Guide slide rear
end
For each pressure adjustment, set the engine

rotation
HCR900: 2500rpm
HCR1200: 2500rpm
HCR1500: 2200rpm
3 Adjust the boom relief
Remove the
4
Setting pressure: 21MPa
Required tools:
• 17mm spanner
• 5mm hex. wrench
Counterclockwise: pressure decrease
Adjust the adjuster View from machine front

5
6: Rotation H mode relief pressure adjustment
1 Plug the RFH hose for the rotation modular

valve.
Rotation
modular
Required tools:
•27mm spanner
• 22mm spanner
• 12 plug
2 Install the pressure gauge on the pressure

1

35MPa
3 Push the normal rotation switch
Clic
k! For each pressure adjustment, set the engine
rotation
HCR900: 2500rpm
HCR1200: 2500rpm
HCR1500: 2200rpm
4 Turn on the H mode
switch
For each pressure adjustment, set the engine rotation speed in the rated speed
shown below:
HCR900: 2500rpm
HCR1200: 2500rpm
HCR1500: 2200rpm
Adjust the H mode relief
5 6 Remove the
valve
cap
Setting
pressure:15MPa
Required tools: Counterclockwise: pressure decrease

• 17mm spanner
• 5mm hex. wrench 7 View from machine rear
Adjust the
back!
Required tools:
• 27mm spanner
• 22mm spanner
• 12 plug
Rotation modular valve

Anti-Jamming Modular
Valve
2: Impact Control 2
Adjustment Valve
1: Feed Control 1
Adjustment Valve
Valve Location
Anti-jamming modular
valve
Anti-jamming modular
Feed control adjustment valve
Impact control adjustment valve

1: Feed Control
Proper feed control adjustment varies depend on rock conditions at each work
site.
㪥 mode 1
* Set the rotation mode in the N-mode

ii
Loosen the lock nut and adjust the feed control
2
valve
Required tools:
• 24mm spanner
• 8mm hex. wrench
Clockwise:
feed pressure range
Factory setting: 5-3/4 turns from the full

close
Counterclockwise:
feed pressure range
2.3.1 Feed Pressure Control Adjustment Instruction
Feed pressure control enables to decrease feed pressure when the rotation pressure reaches a
certain point.
Feed pressure range depending on the rotation pressure increase can be adjusted by the feed
pressure control adjustment screw M.
Before adjusting the adjustment screw M, loosen the lock nut
N.
2 1
To increase the feed pressure range (downward) due to the
rotation pressure increase, turn the adjustment screw M
clockwise.
To decrease the feed pressure range (downward) due to the 17 30801 5
rotation pressure increase, turn the adjustment screw M

Control characteristics curve
counterclockwise. Adjusting range (Min.)
Feed pressure (MPa)

The diagram on the right shows the relationship between
rotation pressure and feed pressure.
The feed pressure in the diagram indicates primary side
pressure adjusted by the feed control valve. Adjustment rang e (Max.)
This is different from the feed pressure (bit pressing force)

when the bit touches and is pressed against the rock.
Rotation pressure (MPa)
173 1304 2
2: Impact Control Adjustment
2: Impact Control
Proper feed control adjustment varies depend on rock conditions at each work
site.
To adjust the feed pressure properly,perform the adjustment when drilling rocks.
1
Turn the anti-
j i i h
N mode
* Set the rotation mode in the N-

mode position

2
adjust the impact control
Required tools:
valve
• 24mm spanner
• 8mm hex. wrench
Clockwise: impact pressure range decrease
Factory setting: When the feed pressure is 0

Mpa,
Impact pressure is 15 MPa.
Counterclockwise: impact pressure range increase

2.3.2 Impact Pressure Control Adjustment Instruction
Impact pressure control allows the machine to decrease impact pressure when the feed pressure decreases due
to the rock condition change from hard rocks to soft rocks so that it can drill a straight hole without free impact.
The anti-jamming is used for bad drilling drilling conditions as well as good drilling conditions. Adjust impact and
feed pressure properly
for both conditions.
The impact pressure range depending on the feed pressure decrease can be adjusted by the impact pressure
control adjustment screw 䊶.
Before adjusting the adjustment screw 䊶, loosen the lock nut 䊶.
To increase the impact pressure range, turn the adjustment screw 䊶 counterclockwise.
To decrease the impact pressure range, turn the adjustment screw 䊶 clockwise.
The diagram in the right shows the relationship between rotation pressure and feed pressure.
Feed pressure in the diagram indicates the 2nd stage pressure that pushes the bit to the rock.
The pressure can be checked by the pressure gauge in the cabin.
Factory setting for the impact pressure is 15 MPa when the feed pressure is 0 MPa.
㪟㫀
Max. impact pressure
㪠㫄㫇㪸㪺㫋㩷㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫌㫉㪼㩷㩿㪤㪧㪸㪀
22 11
䋺Soft rocks
䋺Medium
䋺Hard rocks 173
08015
173080
㪣㫆
㪣㫆㪟㫀
㪝㪼㪼㪻㩷㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫌㫉㪼㩷㩿㪤㪧㪸㪀
17313041
Pilot Modular Valve
1: P4 pressure adjustment 2: Boom turtle (slow) mode speed

dj t t
3: Feed backward precise speed adjustment
3
1 2
Pilot modular valve

P4 reducing valve Feed backward precise speed adjustment
Boom turtle (slow) mode speed

dj
P4 pressure port
Pilot modular valve
1: P4 pressure adjustment
Install the pressure gauge on the P4

pressure port
1
Set the engine speed in the rated
2
speed
HCR900:2500 rpm
HCR1200:2500 rpm
HCR1500:2200 rpm
Adjust the P4 pressure reduction

valve
Remove the cap and loosen the lock

nut
Clockwise: pressure
5
Adjust the adjuster
Setting pressure:
4MPa
Required tools:
Counterclockwise: pressure • 19mm spanner
• 3/16 inch hex. wrench
2: Boom turtle (slow) mode speed
dj
FIX boom 1
Set the engine rotation speed in the rated speed

shown below:
HCR900:2500 rpm
HCR1200:2500 rpm
HCR1500:2200 rpm
Turtle Mode
2
Turn the boom speed change switch on for Turtle mode
3 Push the boom swing-right

switch to adjust swing speed
Boom swing-right switch
Setting speed: Adjust to swing

slowly
4
Adjust the boom speed

adjustment valve
Remove the cap and loosen the

lock nut
d
Adjust the adjuster
Required tools:
• 19mm spanner
2: Boom turtle (slow) mode speed adjustment
Extension
Boom
Set the engine rotation speed in the rated speed

1
shown below:
HCR900:2500 rpm Set engine rotation speed in the
HCR1200:2500 rpm rated speed
HCR1500:2200 rpm
Turtle Mode
Turn the boom speed change

switch on for Turtle mode
Push the boom slide-extension

switch to adjust the slide speed
Boom slide-extension switch
Setting speed: Adjust to slide slowly

4
Adjust the boom speed

adjustment valve
Remove the cap and loosen the

lock nut
Clockwise: speed increase 6
Adjust the adjuster
Counterclockwise: speed decrease
Required tools:
• 19mm spanner
3: Feed backward precise speed adjustment
Place the sleeve in the centralizer

and tighten the thread of shank rod
Set the engine rotation speed to:

1500 - 1700 rpm
Reverse
rotation switch
Feed Push the reverse rotation

backward switch while placing the feed
backward lever in one-gear
down, and move the sleeve
out of the shank rod thread
Adjustment procedure: adjust with the reverse rotation

speed
3
Adjust the feed backward

precise speed adjustment valve
Clockwise: speed increase

5
Adjust the adjuster
Counterclockwise: speed decrease
Required tools:
• 19mm spanner
Oscillating Lock Valve
This valve is not adjustable.
Oscillating lock valve

Remote Control 3 Modular Valve
1: Collaring Impact Pressure 2: Drilling Impact Pressure

Adjustment Adjustment
3
2
3: Rod Rotation Speed

Adjustment
Rod rotation speed adjustment
Collaring pressure Drilling impact pressure

adjustment adjustment
1: Collaring impact pressure adjustment
Adjustment procedure
Collaring pressure adjustment requires to perform

adjustment depending on the rock conditions.
To adjust pressure properly, drill rocks when adjusting.
Factory settings for each model are as follows:
HCR900:14 MPa
HCR1200:14 MPa
HCR1500:14 MPa
Push the hydraulic pressure cut

lever down.
2
Impac
t
Push the impact switch and set
the feed lever in one gear to the
forward position
* Perform collaring impact pressure adjustment under drilling

condition
Use the impact pressure gauge in the cab
Loosen the lock dial under the

head
Clockwise: pressure 4
i
Adjust the collaring pressure

adjustment valve
Pressure setting: X < 14MPa

2: Drilling impact pressure adjustment
Drilling impact pressure adjustment requires to perform

Factory settings for each model are as follows
HCR900:17.5 MPa
HCR1200:17.5 MPa
HCR1500:17.5 MPa
Push the hydraulic pressure cut

lever down.
Impac 2
t
Push the impact switch and set the

feed lever in two-gear to the
forward position
* Perform drilling impact pressure adjustment under drilling condition

Use the impact pressure gauge in the
cab
Loosen the lock dial under the

head first
i
Adjust the drilling pressure

adjustment valve
Setting pressure: X < 17.5 MPa

3: Rod rotation speed
Rod rotation speed adjustment requires to perform

Factory settings for each model are as follows:
HCR900:160 rpm
HCR1200:140 rpm
HCR1500:120 rpm
Put a reflecting sticker on

the shank rod
Required tools:
• reflecting
Set the rotation mode in the N

mode.
Click
Push the normal rotation switch

once
For each pressure adjustment, set engine
rotation
speed in the rated speed as follows:
HCR900:2500 rpm
HCR1200:2500 rpm
Measure rotation speed with

a rotation gauge by pointing it
to the reflecting sticker
Required tools
• Rotation gauge
* Perform rod rotation speed adjustment under drilling condition

3: Rod rotation speed adjustment
Clockwise: speed
Adjust the rod rotation speed

adjustment valve
i
Factory setting
HCR900:160 rpm
HCR1200:140 rpm
HCR1500:120 rpm
Rotation Modular Valve
1: H mode rotation speed 2: Rod changer tightening pressure

dj dj
Rotation modular valve

Rod changer tightening pressure
adjustment valve
H mode rotation speed adjustment

valve
1: H mode rotation speed adjustment
Put a reflecting sticker

on the shank rod
Required tools:
• Reflecting sticker
Engine rated rotation speed:

2
HCR900:2500 rpm
HCR1200:2500 rpm
HCR1500:2200 rpm
Push the normal rotation switch

once
4
Turn on the H mode switch
Measure rotation speed with a

rotation gauge by pointing it to
the reflecting sticker
Required tools:
• Rotation gauge
Speed settings:
HCR900: 250 rpm or less
6
Adjust the H mode rotation

speed adjustment valve
Remove the cap and

loosen the lock nut
Clockwise: speed 8
d
Adjust the adjuster
Required tools:
• 19mm spanner

2: Rod changer tightening pressure adjustment
Install the pressure gauge on the

P2 pressure port
Set the rod in the withdraw

condition
Rod withdraw condition: swing

IN
Push down the rod changer

tightening pressure switch
Set the engine rotation speed to:

1700~1800 rpm
Adjust the tightening pressure
adjustment valve
Required tools:
• 19mm spanner
i
Adjust the adjuster
To pressure settings
d
Pressure Settings
Model
Thread size
R. P. Modular Valve
1: Feed Backward Pressure 2: R. P. Pressure Adjustment

Adj t t
NOTIC
This adjustment is not Changed R.P
E
necessary today. pressure䋺10MPa㸢
䋨Refer to Service Sheet 12MPa
䋨Refer to Service
Sheet 4351-022䋩
Valve
Before After
changing changing
R.P. modular valve R.P. modular valve

Feed back pressure
adjustment
R.P pressure
adjustment
Before
After
R.P pressure
adjustment
NO feed back pressure adjustment

1: Feed backward pressure adjustment
Caution for
adjustment
R.P. (Reverse Percussion) will stop 20 seconds after being activated because
of the built-in timer.
If it stops, be sure to place all levers back in the original position before
operate it again.
For each pressure adjustment, set engine rotation speed in the rated speed as follows:
HCR 900:2500 rpm

HCR1200:2500 rpm
HCR1500:2200 rpm
For feed backward pressure

adjustment, the special tee as
shown below is required to install a
025110-03009 adapter
084802-
166092- 084801-
04000 166262-04002
04000 1/2 tee 04000 12
12male union 1/2 X 1/4 bushing
male adapter
adapter
2
Install the special tee
Backward
3
Forward
Install the pressure gauge on
hose fitted on the feed
backward side
4
Turn on the R.P. switch
R.P. (Reverse Percussion) will

stop 20 seconds after being
activated because of the built-in
timer.
If it stops, be sure to place all
levers back in the original position
Impact 5
it h
Turn the impact switch on.
Place the feed lever in one
gear toward the backward-
side to move the drifter to
the guide shell rear end.
Guide shell rear end
position
For each pressure adjustment, set

engine
rotation speed in rated speed as
follows:
HCR900:2500 rpm
HCR1200:2500 rpm
HCR1500:2200 rpm
Loosen the lock nut and adjust

the feed backward pressure
adjustment valve
Required tools:
• 19mm spanner
Pressure setting: 21
MPa
6
Loosen the lock nut and adjust

the feed backward pressure
adjustment valve
Required tools:
• 19mm spanner
Pressure setting: 21
Counterclockwise: pressure decrease MPa
Be sure to connect the hose

2: R.P. pressure
Caution for Adjustment
R.P. (Reverse Percussion) will stop 20 seconds after being activated because
of the built-in timer.
If it stops, be sure to place all levers back in the original position before
operate it again.
For each pressure adjustment, set engine rotation speed in the rated speed as follows:
HCR 900:2500 rpm

HCR1200:2500 rpm
HCR1500:2200 rpm
1 For R.P. pressure adjustment, the special fittings as shown

below are required
to install a pressure gauge
084861-02000 166182-02000
6 male connector 1/4 socket
084802-02000 025110-03009
6 male union adapter
adapter
2
Install the pressure gauge on the

R.P. port of the drifter
R.P. port
Required tools:
• 6mm hex. wrench
• 19mm spanner
Remove the plug and

install the connector
084861-02000 6 male
connector
Install the special fitting

and pressure gauge
Required pressure gauge: 35 MPa

5
Turn on the R.P. switch
R.P. (Reverse Percussion) will stop

20 seconds after being activated
because of the built-in timer.
If it stops, be sure to place all levers
back in the original position before
operate it again.
Turn the impact switch on. Place

the feed
lever in one gear toward the
backward-side
to move the drifter to the guide
shell rear end
Impact
switch
Guide shell rear end

condition
For each pressure adjustment, set engine

rotation speed in rated speed as follows:
HCR900:2500 rpm
HCR1200:2500 rpm
HCR1500:2200 rpm
Befor 7 Clockwise: pressure increase
e
Required tools
Loosen lock nut adjust
Setting pressure䋺䇭䇭䊶19mm spanner
the R.P pressure
12MPa 䇭䇭䊶1/4inch HEX. wrench
valve
Afte
r
Required tools
Setting pressure䋺䇭䇭䊶13mm㩷spanner
12MPa 䇭䇭䊶4mm HEX. Wrench
Be sure to put the plug back!

HYDRAULIC
CRAWLER DRILL
SCHEMATIC FILE SECTION
BACK
䍬䍽䍻䍪䍽䍵䍐䍻 P1䍵䍐䍻 P1 line P3䍵䍐䍻 P3 line
Pump Line
1/2 P2䍵䍐䍻 P2 line 䍨䍽䍐䍹䍍䍢䍵䍐䍻 Pilot line
㪈㪆㪉㪊
䍬䍽䍻䍪䍽䍵䍐䍻
Pump Line
2/2
㪉㪆㪉㪊
㪧㪊䍬䍽䍻䍪䍽䍵䍐䍻䋨䍞䍼䍛䍢䍘䍸䍖䍞㪦㪥䋩
P3 Pump line (Dust collector ON)
㪊㪆㪉㪊
ᛂ᠄࿁〝䋨ⓨᛂ䊶ᧄ⓫ሹ䋩
Impact function 㪋㪆㪉㪊
ᛂ᠄࿁〝䋨䍙䍼䍖䍼䍶䋩
Collaring impact function
㪌㪆㪉㪊
䍪䍆䍎䍢䍼೨ㅴ࿁〝
Feed forward function
㪍㪆㪉㪊
䍪䍆䍎䍢䍼೨
Feed Fowerd 㧔fast ㅍ䉍࿁〝
ㅴᣧmood㧕
㪎㪆㪉㪊
Feed Back SYS
䍪䍆䍎䍢䍼ᓟㅴ࿁〝
㪏㪆㪉㪊
Back 㧔 fast mood㧕
Feed䍪䍆䍎䍢䍼ᓟㅴᣧㅍ䉍࿁〝
㪐㪆㪉㪊
mood
Rotation࿁ォᱜォ࿁〝
㪈㪇㪆㪉㪊
࿁ォᱜォH䊝䊷䊄࿁〝
Rotation 㧔fast mood㧕
㪈㪈㪆㪉㪊
࿁ォㅒォ࿁〝
Retern Rotation
㪈㪉㪆㪉㪊
Travering ㅴ࿁〝㧔slow㧕
⿛ⴕ೨fowerd 䋨䍔䍰䍱䍎䍢䍼䋩䇭1/2
㪈㪊㪆㪉㪊
Travering SYS
⿛ⴕ࿁〝䇭2/2
㪈㪋㪆㪉㪊
⿛ⴕ೨ㅴ࿁〝䋨䍑䍙䍕䍼䍱䍎䍢䍼䋩
Travering fowerd 㧔fast mood㧕
㪈㪌㪆㪉㪊
⿛ⴕᓟㅴ࿁〝
Travering Back
㪈㪍㪆㪉㪊
ടᾲ࿁〝䇭1/3
Heeting 㧿㨅㧿
㪈㪎㪆㪉㪊
Heeting 㧿㨅㧿
ടᾲ࿁〝䇭2/3
㪈㪏㪆㪉㪊
Heeting 㧿㨅㧿
ടᾲ࿁〝䇭3/3
㪈㪐㪆㪉㪊
䊑䊷䊛䊶䊨䉾䊄䉼䉢䊮䉳䊞࿁〝䋨䉦䊜䊝䊷䊄䋩䇭
Boom㧘㧾㨛㨐㨏㨔㨑㨚㨓㨑㨞㧔㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘㧕
㪉㪇㪆㪉㪊
䊑䊷䊛䊶䊨䉾䊄䉼䉢䊮䉳䊞࿁〝䋨䉡䉰䉩䊝䊷䊄䋩䇭
Boom, Rodchenjgge 㧔fast mood㧕
㪉㪈㪆㪉㪊
䉻䊮䊌䊷࿁〝
Danper SYS
㪉㪉㪆㪉㪊
䉝䊮䉼䉳䊞䊚䊮䉫㸉࿁〝
Anti㧙jamming No,㧟㪉㪊㪆㪉㪊
HYDRAULIC
CRAWLER DRILL
ERECTRONIC SECTION
BACK
No Impact
Is there impact?
No Impact Pressure Yes, but Low Pressure
↓ ↓
Start Operation Oil Heating
Check Thermo Switch L Input Check Wire #131 Check P1 Pump Check/Replace Drilling Block
NO → NO →
CPU ch111.09 Check/Replace Thermo Switch Max. Exhaust Pressure 27MPa P1 Relief Valve
Check LS Pressure 1.2MPa Check/Replace P1 Pump
↓ YES
↓ YES
Check R/C Arm Swing Adjust/Replace Proximity SW
YES →
Proximity Switch SW Input Check Wire #308 Check Full Impact Input Check Wire #202
NO →
CPU ch141.13 CPU ch100.02 Adjust/Exchange Proximity Switch
↓ NO ↓ YES
Check Impact Switch Check Wire #209 At Full Impact Position Check Wire #282
NO →
CPU ch100.09 (Input) Check/Replace Switch Check Collaring Impact SL-PZ Voltage 24V → Check/Replace I/O Relay
Wire #282 Check/Replace Collaring Impact SOL-PZ
↓ YES
↓ NO
Check CPU Output Check/Replace
NO →
ch110.10 MD215 Input/Output Unit Check If Pressure Rise with
YES → Check Drifter
Drifter Impact
↓ YES
High Pressure Horse Plugged In
Check Impact SOL-PH Voltage Check Wire #284
NO → ↓ NO
Wire #284 Check/Replace I/O Relay
Check If Pressure Rise
↓ 24V YES → Check/Replace AJ Block
with AJ Block AJPr Port Plugged In
Check & Replace
↓ NO
Impact SOL-PH
↓ NO YES → Check/Replace Dumper Modular Valve
with Dumper Modular Valve
Check Drilling Block Impact Spool P Port Plugged In
Check P1 Pump Pressure
↓ NO

YES → Check/Replace R.P Modular Valve
with R. P Modular Valve
P Port Plugged In
↓ NO
Check/Replace
Remote Control Valve (3)
↓ NO
Check Drilling Block

Impact Pressure Compensator
Replace Pressure Compensator Spring
Check Drilling Block Impact Spool
↓ NO
Check P1 Pump & Measure
Flow Amount, or Replace
No Rotation
No Rotation Weak or Slow Rotation
↓ ↓
Check Rotation Switch Input Check Wire #210 & Check/Replace Switch (Normal)
NO → Check P4 Pressure NO → Adjust/Replace Pilot Pressure Reduce Valve
CPU ch100.10 (Normal), ch100.11 (Reverse) Check Wire #211 & Check/Replace Switch (Reverse)
↓ YES ↓ 4MPa
Check CPU Output (Normal) ch120.03 Check SOL-RF Voltage (Normal) Wire #243 Check Wire #243 & Check/Replace I/O Relay
NO → Check/Replace OD215 Output Unit NO →
Check CPU Output (Reverse) ch120.04 Check SOL-RR Voltage (Reverse) Wire #244 Check Wire #244 & Check/Replace I/O Relay
↓ YES ↓ 24V
Check SOL-RF Voltage (Normal) Wire #243 Check Wire #243 & Check/Replace I/O Relay Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace SOL-RF
NO → NO →
Check SOL-RR Voltage (Reverse) Wire #244 Check Wire #244 & Check/Replace I/O Relay Pilot Modular Valve RF1, RR Line Check/Replace SOL-RR
↓ 24V ↓ 4MPa
Check Normal Rotation Relief Pressure14MPa Check/Replace Rotation Relief Valve

Check P4 Pressure NO → Adjust/Replace Pilot Pressure Reduce Valve Check Reverse Rotation Relief Pressure 19MPa NO → Check/Replace P2 Relief Valve
↓ 4MPa ↓ YES
Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace SOL-RF Check Max. Rotation Speed by

NO →
Pilot Modular Valve RF1, RR Line Check/Replace SOL-RR Completely Loosen Rotation
Speed Adjustment Valve in Cabin
↓ 4MPa
↓ NO
Check Rotation Relief Pressure
Normal 14MPa, Reverse 19MPa
Check A/J Block with RF Port Plugged In YES → Check/Replace A/J Block
Check/Replace Drilling Block P2 Relief
Check Drilling Block Rotation Spool
↓ NO
Check with Rotation Modular Valve Check/Replace SOL-RFH

YES →
RF & RR Port Plugged In Check/Replace Rotation Modular Valve
↓ NO
Check/Replace Rotation Motor
↓ NO
Check P2 Pump & Measure Flow Amount,

or Replace
Rotation H Mode Does Not Operate or Slow
Check Rotation H Mode SW Input Check Wire #229

NO →
CPS ch101.12 Check/Replace Switch
↓ YES
Check Drilling center ON Condition Input Adjust/Check R/C Arm Slide Extend Proximity SW
YES →
CPS ch141.10, 141.08 Adjust/Check R/C Arm Swing In Proximity SW
↓ NO
Check H Mode Pilot, RFH Output

NO → Check/Replace MD215 Input/Output Unit
CPS ch䠍20.09, 120.12
↓ YES
Check SOL-RFHO Voltage Check Wire #249 & Check/Replace I/O Relay
NO →
Check SOL-RFH Voltage Check Wire #252 & Check/Replace I/O Relay
↓ 24V
Check P4 Pressure NO → Adjust/Replace Pilot Pressure Reduce Valve
↓ 4MPa
Check Pilot Pressure

NO → Check/Replace SOL-RFHO
Pilot Modular Valve RFHO Line
↓ 4MPa
NO →
Check Rotation H Mode Relief Pressure
↓ 15MPa Check/Adjust H Mode Relief Valve
Check SOL-RFH Operation NO → Replace SOL-RFH ↓ NO
Check with Rotation Modular Valve Check/Replace Boom Modular Valve

↓ YES YES →
RFHB Port Plugged In Check 'Check Valve' at
Boom Modular Valve P Line
Check/Replace Rotation Modular ↓ NO
Check with A/J Block RF Port Plugged In YES → Check/Replace A/J Block
↓ NO
Check by Directly Connecting

YES → Check/Replace Rotation Modular
RFH and RF Line
↓ NO
Replace H Mode Relief Valve

No Tramming
No Tramming Weak or Slow Tramming
↓ ↓
Check Hydraulic Cut Lever Input Adjust/Replace Proximity SW Turn On Tramming Rabbit SW Check/Replace Switch
NO → NO →
CPS ch100.05 Check Wire #205 Check SOL-TR Voltage Check Wire #242
↓ YES ↓ 24V
Check Tramming Input Adjust/ReplaceProximity SW

NO → Check P4 Pressure NO → Adjust/Replace Pilot Pressure Reduce Valve
CPS ch100.12 Check Wire #212
↓ YES ↓ 4MPa
Check Feel Lever is at Neautral Move Feed Lever to Neautral Check P1 Pump Max. Exhaust Pressure 27MPa Check/Replace Drilling Block P1 Relief Valve
NO → NO →
Check Impact/Rotation Switch Input Turn Off Impact/Rotation Switch Check LS Pressure 1.2MPa Check/Replace P1 Pump
↓ YES ↓ YES
Check Tramming Inter Lock Operation Check Wire #241

NO → Cancel Tramming Inter Lock Condition Check SOL-TP Voltage NO →
(Only Equipped Machine) Check/Replace I/O Relay
↓ YES ↓ 24V
Check Tramming Pilot Output Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace SOL-TP

CPS ch120.01 Tramming Pilot Valve P Line Check/Replace Shuttle Valve
↓ YES ↓ 4MPa
Check Wire #241 Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace Tramming Pilot Valve
Check SOL-TP Voltage NO → NO →
Check/Replace I/O Relay Pilot Modular Valve TRFP, TRLP, TRRP, TLRP Line Check/Replace Pilot Modular Valve
Pilot Modular Valve TR1, TR2 Line Check/Replace SOL-TR
↓ 24V
↓ Over 1.7MPa
Adjust/Replace Pilot
Check P4 Pressure NO →
Pressure Reduce Valve
Check Boom Relief Pressure
↓ 4MPa
↓ 21MPa
Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace SOL-TP
NO →
Tramming Pilot Valve P Line Check/Replace Shuttle Valve Try Out and Tram with Boom Relief Operation Check/Replace P1 Pump Regulator
YES →
(Guide Slide etc.) Check/Replace P1 Pump Regulator
↓ 4MPa
↓ NO
Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace Tramming Pilot Valve
NO →
Pilot Modular Valve TRFP, TRLP, TRRP, TLRP Line Check/Replace Pilot Modular Valve Check/Replace P1 Pump Regulator
Check/Replace P1 Pump
↓ Over 0.6MPa
↓ YES
Check Drilling Block Tramming Spool
Check/ReplaceTramming Motor
↓ YES
Check/Replace Tramming Motor

No Feed
↓䚷
Does Normal
Feed Operate?
Yes, Normal Feed Operates
No, Normal Feed Does Not Operate
No Rapid Feed or Slow Feed
↓ ↓
Check Hydraulic Cut Lever Input Check Wire #205

NO → Check P4 Pressure NO → Adjust/Replace Pilot Pressure Reducing Valve
CPU ch100.05 Adjust/Replace Proximity Switch
↓ YES ↓ 4MPa
Check Feed Lever Input Adjsut/Replace Prox. SW, Check Wire #200 (Forward) Check P1Pump Max. Exhaust Pressure 27MPa Check/Replace Drilling Block P1 Relief Valve
NO → NO →
CPU ch100.00䠄Forward䠅ch100.01䠄Backward䠅 Adjsut/Replace Prox. SW, Check Wire #201 (Backward) Check LS Pressure 1.2MPa Check/Replace P1 Pump
↓ YES ↓ YES
Check Drilling Pilot CPU Output Check Feed Relief Valve Pressure Check/Replace Feed Relief Valve
ch120.00 Forward 16MPa, Backward21MPa Check/Replace Feed Pressure Valve & Speed Adjustment Valve
↓ YES ↓ YES
Check SOL-DP Voltage Check Wire #240 Check Feed Lever Input Adjsut/Replace Prox. SW, Check Wire #203 (Forward)
NO → NO →
Wire #240 Check/Replace I/O Relay CPU ch100.03 (Forward). ch100.04 (Backward) Adjsut/Replace Prox. SW, Check Wire #204 (Backward)
↓ 24V ↓ YES
Check If Feed Pressure Valve is Tight (In Cabin) Check CPU Output
Check If Feed Speed Adjustment Valve ch120.05 (Forward), ch120.06 (Backward) NO → Check/Exchange OD215 Output Unit
is Tight (In Cabin)
↓ YES
↓ NO
Check SOL-FF Voltage (Forward) Wire #245 Check Wire #245 & Check/Replace I/O Relay (Forward)
NO →
Check SOL-FR Voltage (Backward) Wire #246 Check Wire #246 & Check/Replace I/O Relay (Backward)
Check P4 Pressure NO → Adjust/Replace Pilot Pressure Reduce Valve
↓ 24V
↓ 4MPa
Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace SOL-FF, SOL-FR
NO →
Check Pilot Pressure, Feed Pilot Valve P Line Check/Replace SOL-DP Pilot Modular Vlave FFPI, FRPI, FFPO, FRPO Line Check/Replace Feed Lever Pilot Valve
NO →
or Open Emergency Valve Check/Replace Shuttle Valve Check/Replace Pilot Modular Valve
↓ Over 1.7MPa
↓ 4MPa
Check with Dumper Modular Valve
YES → Check/Replace Dumper Modular Valve
Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace Feed Pilot Valve FF Port Plugged In
NO →
Pilot Modular Valve FFPI, FRPI, FFPO, FRPO Line Check/Replace Pilot Modular Valve
↓ NO
↓ Over 0.6MPa
Check with AJ Block FP Port Plugged In YES → Check/Replace AJ Block
Check Oil Hose Line
Pilot Modular Valve FPI, FPO Line
↓ NO
↓ YES
Check Driling Lock Feed Pressure Compensator
YES → Replace Drilling Block
Check/Replace SOL-FP Check Drilling Block Feed Spool
Check/Replace Feed Pressure Valve
↓ NO
and Speed Adjustment Valve
↓ NO Check/Replace Feed Motor
Check Feed Relief Pressure Forward

↓ NO
16MPa, Backward 21MPa
Check Drilling Block Pressure Compensator Check P1 Pump & Measure Flow Amount
Check Drilling Block Feed Spool or Replace
Engine Does Not Start
Does it Crank?
No Cranking Crank but Does Not Start Start but Stop Immediately
↓ ↓ ↓
Check If Engine Emergency Cancel Emergency Stop Button

Check Battery Voltage NO → Recharge/Replace Battery Check Fuel Level NO → Put Fuel In YES →
Button is On (In Cabin) Check Wire #109
↓ 24V ↓ YES ↓ NO
Supply Fuel by Mnaual Pump Take Air Out from Fuel Check If There Is CE Wire Push Cancel Switch
Check F7 Fuse NO → Replace Fuse YES → YES →
Take Air Out from Fuel Clean Hose & Screen (If Applicable) Check Wire #110 & #166
Check Fuel Hose for Clogging
↓ YES ↓ NO
↓ NO
Check Starter SW B Terminal Voltage Check Wire #PC1 Check Engine Over Heat Sensor Input Check/Replace Sensor (a Contact Point)
Check Starter Switch Continuity NO → Check/Replace Starter Switch Check Wire #112 CPU ch111.03 YES → Check Wire #125
Check Relay ST1 Operation NO →
Check/Replace Relay
↓ 24V ↓ NO (Right After Start)
↓ YES
Check Wire #PC00 & Relay Check Operation Oil Level Sensor Input Check/Replace Sensor (a Contact Point)
Check Relay ESA Opration NO → YES →
Check Meter Panel Lamp On Check Wire #105 CPU ch111.11 Check Wire #133
Check Stop Solenoid Operation NO →
Check/Replace Stop Solenoid
↓ YES ↓ NO (3 Seconds Input)
↓ YES
Check Wire #112 Check Exhaust Air Temperature Sensor Input Check/Replace Sensor (b Contact Point)
Check Relay ST1 Operation NO → YES →
Check/Replace Relay Does Not Start CPU ch111.08 Check Wire #130
YES → Equip Fuel Pre-Heater (OP)
Due to Cold Climate
↓ YES ↓ NO (3 Seconds Input)
↓ NO
Check Wire#105 Check Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Input Check/Replace Sensor (b Contact Point)
Check Stop Solenoid Operation NO → YES →
Check/Replace Stop Solenoid Check/Adjust Fuel Injection Timing CPU ch111.02 Check Wire #124
Check/Adjust Valve
↓ YES ↓ NO(6 Seconds Input)
(Ask Dealer Cummins)
Check Wire #101 Check Damage on ERZ Relay
Check Battery Relay Operation NO → YES → Replace Relay
Check/Replace Battery Relay Check Damage on ST1 Relay
↓ YES ↓ NO
Check Starter Relay Operation Check Wire #PC01 & E Check Wire #105
NO → Check if Stop Solenoid Stops YES →
(at Starter SW Start Point) Check Wire #103 & 104 Check Stop Solenoid
Check/Replace Starter Relay
↓ YES ↓ NO
Check Wire #PC1 & 104 Air Is In Fuel Eliminate Fuel Air
Check Starter Motor Operation NO → YES →
Check Ground Wire Check Fuel Hose for Clogging Clean Hose and Screen
Check/Replace Starter Motor
↓ YES ↓ NO
Disassemble Starter Motor and Check/Adjust Fuel Injection Timing

Check if Gear is not Damaged (Asl Dealer Cummins)
No Boom Operation
No Boom Operation Only Certain Cylinder Fails Weak or Slow Boom Operation
↓ ↓ ↓
Check Rotation SW Turn Off Rotation SW Check CPU Input Check CN8-1 & CN8-2 Cable Check Rabbit Mode SW
NO → NO → NO → Turn On Rabbit Mode SW
Check Rotation H Mode SW Turn Off Rotation H Mode SW See Beow Chart 1 Check/Replace Remote Control Box CPU Output 120.11
↓ YES ↓ YES ↓ YES
Check Boom Main SW Input Turn On Boom Main SW Check CPU Output Check Boom Speed (H) & Check Wire #251
NO → NO → Check/Replace MD215/OD215 Output U NO →
CPU Input ch101.08 Check Wire #225 See Below Chart 2 SOL-BS Voltage Wire #251 Check/Replace I/O Relay
↓ YES ↓ YES ↓ 24V
Check Each Solenoid Valve Voltage Check Each Wire (See Chart 2)
Check CN8-1 & CN8-2 Cable YES → Replace CN8-1 & CN8-2 Cable NO → Check P4 Pressure NO → Adjust/Replace Pilot Pressure Reduce Valve
See Below Wire # in Chart 2 Check/Replace Each I/O Relay
↓ NO ↓ 24V ↓ 4MPa
Check/Replace Remote Control Check if Each Cylinder Has Check P1 Pump Check/Replace Driling Block P1 Release Valve
Box Irregular Operation YES → Replace Remote Control Box Hydraulic Pressure NO → Check/Replace Each Solenoid Valve Max. Exhaust Pressure 27MPa NO → CheckReplace P1 Pump
Check LS Pressure 1.2MPa
↓ NO ↓ YES
↓ YES
Check Boom Rod Changer Check/Replace Each NO →
NO → Check/Replace OD215 Output Unit
Hydraulic Output Cylinder and Check Valve
Check Boom Relief Valve Pressure
CPU ch120.10 Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace SOL-BLO
Pilot Modular Valve BLO Line NO → Check/Replace SOL-BS
↓ YES ↓ 21MPa
Check/Adjust/Replace PressureReduce
↓ 4MPa
Boom Rod Changer Hydraulic Pressure Check Wire #250 Valve for Boom Turtle Mode
NO → Check Drilling Block Boom Spool
Check SOL-BLO Voltage Line 250 Check/Replace I/O Relay
Check/Adjust Boom Relief Valve
↓ 24V
↓ NO
Adjust/Replace Chart 1
Check P4 Pressure NO →
Pilot Pressure Reduce Valve Input ch Correspondent Boom Input SW Line # Boom Remote Control Correspondence SW Check with Boom Modular Valve Check/Replace Boom Modular Valve Block
YES →
130.00 Guide Rotary Left, Guide Swing Left 148 4, C P Port Plugged In Check/Replace Each Solenoid Valve
↓ 4MPa
130.01 Boom Swing Left, Guide Rotay Right 147 5, D
↓ NO
Check P1 Pump Pressure 27MPa 130.02 Boom Swing Right, Boom Slide Extend 146 6, E
NO → Check/Replace P1 Pump
Check LS Pressure 1.2MPa 130.03 Guide Tilt Up, Oscillating Down 145 7, F Check with Rotation Modular Valve Check/Replace
YES →
130.08 Guide Slide Extend, Guide Swing Right 0, 8 RFHB Port Plugged In Rotation Modular Check Valve
↓ YES
130.09 Boom Lift Down, Guide Slide Retract 1, 9
↓ NO
Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace SOL-BLO 130.10 Boom Lift Up, Boom Slide Retract 2, A
NO →
Pilot Modular Valve BLO Line Check/Replace SOL-BS 130.11 Guide Tilt Down, Oscillating Up 3, B
Replace Boom Relief Valve
Check/Adjust/Replace Pressure Reduce
↓ Over 0.6MPa
Valve for Boom Turtle Mode Chart 2
Check Boom Relief 21MPa Output c Correspondent Boom Operation Line #
Check Drilling Block Boom Spool 121.00 Oscillating Up 256
121.01 Oscillating Down 257
121.02 Guide Swing Left 258
121.03 Guide Swing Right 259
121.04 Guide Slide Extend 260
121.05 Guide Slide Retract 261
121.06 Guide Tilt Down 262
121.07 Giude Tilt Up 263
121.08 Boom Swing Left 264
121.09 Boom Swing Right 265
121.10 Boom Lift Down 266
121.11 Boom Lift Up 267
121.12 Boom Slide Retract 268
121.13 Boom Slide Extend 269
140.12 Guide Rotary Left 347
140.13 Guide Rotary Right 348
㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻌㻺㼍㼙㼑
㼙㼍㼞㼗㻌㼛㼒㻌㼑㼘㼑㼏㼠㼞㼕㼏㻌㼏㼕㼞㼏㼡㼕㼠
㻭㼐㼐㼞㼑㼟㼟㻌㼛㼒㻌㼏㼛㼙㼜㼡㼠㼑㼞㻌㼕㼚㻌㼑㼘㼑㼏㼠㼞㼕㼏㻌㼎㼛㼤
㼑㼘㼑㼏㼠㼞㼕㼏㻌㻮㼛㼤
㻵㼙㼜㼛㼞㼠㼍㼚㼠
㻯㼛㼙㼜㼡㼠㼑㼞㻌㻭㼐㼞㼑㼟㼟㻝㻠㻝㻚㻜㻤
㻌㻌㻌
㻝㻠㻝㻻㻤
㻺㼛㻌㼙㼑㼍㼚㻺㼛㻠㻌㼡㼚㼕㼠㻞㼏㼔㻭㼐㼞㼑㼟㼟㻌㻺㼛㻌㻜㻤㻌㻌㻯㼛㼙㼜㼡㼠㼑㼞
㻯㼛㼙㼜㼡㼠㼑㼞㻌㻭㼐㼞㼑㼟㼟㻝㻝㻜㻚㻜㻡
㻝㻝㻜㻻㻡
㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻺㼛㻘㻠㼁㼚㼕㼠㻌㻺㼛
㻺㼛㻌㼙㼑㼍㼚㻺㼛㻝㻌㼡㼚㼕㼠㻝㼏㼔㻭㼐㼞㼑㼟㼟㻌㻺㼛㻌㻜㻡㻯㼔㻌㻝㻯㼔㻌㻺㼛

㻝㻞㻟㻠㻡㻢㻣㻤
㻥㻝㻜㻝㻝㻝㻞㻝㻟㻭㼐㼞㼑㼟㼟㻌㻺㼛
㻯㼔㻞
㻝㻞㻟㻠㻡㻢㻣㻤
㼅㼛㼡㻌㼏㼍㼚㻌㼟㼑㼑㻌㼟㼙㼍㼘㼘㻌㼞㼑㼐㻌㼘㼕㼓㼔㼠㻌㼛㼚㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㻭㼐㼞㼑㼟㼟㻌㻺㼛㻥㻝㻜㻝㻝㻝㻞㻝㻟
㼣㼔㼑㼚㻌㼟㼣㼕㼠㼔㻌㻻㻺㻌㼠㼔㼑㻌㼏㼛㼚㼠㼍㼏㼠㻌㼜㼛㼕㼚㼠㻌㼛㼒㻌㼕㼚㼟㼕㼐㼑㻌㼏㼛㼙㼜㼡㼠㼑㼞㻚
㻼㼛㼕㼚㼠㻌㻺㼡㼙㼎㼑㼞㻞㻟㻞㻠䞉䞉䞉䞉䞉䞉䞉䞉㻡㻤
㻼㻯
㻹㻰㻞㻝㻡
㻌㻌㻌㻌㻱㻺㻾㻞㻝㻝㻝㼏㼛㼙㼜㼡㼠㼑㼞㻌㼁㼚㼕㼠
㼏㼛㼚㼠㼍㼏㼠㻌㼜㼛㼕㼚㼠㻌㼛㼒㻌㼞㼑㼘㼑㼥㻝㻝㻝㻞㻝㻟
㻷㼀㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻷㼀
㻌㻌㻌㼀㼕㼙㼑㼞
㻌㼏㼛㼚㼠㼍㼏㼠㻌㼜㼛㼕㼚㼠㻌㼛㼒㻌㼠㼕㼙㼑㼞
㻷㼀㻷㼀㻌㻩㻌㻴㼑㼍㼠㻌㼏㼛㼚㼠㼞㼛㼘㻌㼟㼔㼕㼓㼚㼍㼘
㼍㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㼎㼍㻌㻩㻌㻺㼛㼞㼙㼍㼘㻌㻻㼜㼑㼚㻌㼏㼛㼚㼠㼍㼏㼠㻌㼜㼛㼕㼚㼠
㻝䞊㻡㻤㼎㻌㻩㻌㻺㼛㼞㼙㼍㼘㻌㻯㼘㼛㼟㼑㻌㼏㼛㼚㼠㼍㼏㼠㻌㼜㼛㼕㼚㼠
㻝㻙㻡㻤㻌㻌㻩㻌㻱㼘㼑㼏㼠㼞㼕㼏㻌㼓㼛㻌㼠㼛㻌㻝㼜㼍㼓㼑㻌㻺㼛㻡㻤㻌㼜㼛㼕㼚㼠
㻹㻰㻞㻝㻡㻌㻩㻌㼏㼛㼙㼜㼡㼠㼑㼞㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀㻌㼚㼍㼙㼑
㻝㻝㻝㻌㻩㻌㻺㻻㻝㻌㼡㼚㼕㼠㻌㻌㻞㼏㼔
㻝㻞㻌㻩㻌㻯㼛㼙㼜㼡㼠㼑㼞㻌㼍㼐㼐㼞㼑㼟㼟㻌㻺㻻㻘㻝㻞
㻞㻡㻤㼣㼕㼞㼑㻌㼚㼡㼙㼎㼑㼞㻝㻞㻜㻾㼑㼘㼑㼥㻌㼚㼡㼙㼎㼑㼞

㻻㻤㻾㼑㼘㼑㼥㻌㻭㼐㼐㼞㼑㼟㼟
㻱㼘㼑㼏㼠㼞㼕㼏㻌㼡㼚㼕㼠㻌㻔㻮㼛㼤㻕
㻿㼛㼘㻌㻿㼛㼘㻌㼚㼡㼙㼎㼑㼞
㻯㻠㻠㻝㻝㻜㻝㻞㻜
㻝㻞㻝㻝㻠㻜
㻔㼍㻌㻿㻻㻸㻕㼚㼛㼞㼙㼍㼘㻌㻌㼛㼜㼑㼚㻌㼟㼛㼘
㻰㻯㻛㻰㻯
㻔㼎㻌㻿㻻㻸㻕㼚㼛㼞㼙㼍㼘㻌㼏㼘㼛㼟㼑㻌㼟㼛㼘
㻯㼛㼙㼜㼡㼠㼑㼞㻌㼁㼚㼕㼠
HYDRAULIC
CRAWLER DRILL
DRIFTER SECTION
Assembly &Disassembly Go
Function Go
Back
Hydraulic Drifter
HD700 Series
SERVICE MANUAL
volume I
Function and
Construction
WARNING
When disassembly/reassembly and

maintenance are performed, be sure to
consult our sales office or distributor near
you even if the operating procedures are
described in the manual.
Introduction
This manual describes the disassembly/reassembly, inspection, repair and maintenance

procedures for HD700 series hydraulic drifter.
Be sure to read and understand the contents of this manual before carrying out the
disassembly/reassembly, inspection, repair and maintenance, even if you are familiar with the
handling of a drifter.
For specification and numerical values in this manual, International System of units (SI) is
adopted.
Some of the specifications, pictures and illustrations may change because of improvements on the
product.
If there are any ambiguities within this manual, please contact our sales office or distributor.
WARNING
Wrongly performing the disassembly/reassembly, inspection, repair or maintenance of the
drifter may cause an accident leading to serious injury or death.
x The drifter consists of many precision hydraulic parts. When reassembling, make sure you
ask our sales office or distributor near you.
x This manual should be put in the right place of the base machine such as crawler drill on
which the drifter is mounted and be handy for reference as needed.
x To request the manual, please contact our sales office to distributor.
x This manual is prepared in accordance with Japanese rules or regulations related to the
drifter. If the drifter is used outside Japan, please obey the appropriate country’s rules or
regulations.
㻌
Contents
VOLUME I FUNCTION AND CONSTRUCTION
Introduction
Section 1 Main Component Parts
Section 2 Function and Construction
1 Percussion
1.1 Piston and Valve
1.2 Accumulator
1.3 Stroke Adjuster
2 Rotation
3 Flushing
4 Forced Lubrication
5 Dual Damper
6 Reverse Percussion (RP)
Section 3 Principles of Percussion Operations
㼕㻌
HD700ᡴᧁసືཎ⌮ㄝ᫂ᅗ
Cpf Apf Piston Cpr Apr Cpf Apf Piston Apr Cpr
Cvf Cvr Cvf Cvr

SS SS
SL SX Avf Avr SL SX Avf Avr
Shank rod Shank rod

Hv Lv L1(PL) L1(PL)
Hv Lv
Valve Valve
H1(PH) H1(PH)
Acc.H Acc.L Acc.H Acc.L
Stage1
Stage1 Stage2
Stage2
Stage4
Stage4 Stage3
Stage3
Cpf Apf Piston Cpr Apr Cpf Apf Piston Apr Cpr
Cvf Cvr Cvf Cvr
SS SS
SL SX Avf Avr SL SX Avf Avr
Shank rod Shank rod

Hv Lv L1(PL) Hv Lv L1(Pl)
Valve Valve
H1(PH) H1(PH)
Acc.H Acc.L Acc.H Acc.L

4351-
F05A
00.04.11 P.4/4
2 Rotation
The rotating action shifts the tip of the bit from one place to another new, un-drilled face of the rock
and provides the impact of repeated blows efficiently, and at the same time helps to prevent the
shank rod, sleeve, rod, and bit, which are all joined with screws, being loosened.
The rotating power generated by the rotation motor (1) is reduction-transmitted to the chuck drive (3)
through the drive gear (2) and further transmitted to the shank rod through the chuck (4).
Note: Reduction ratio of the rotating mechanism is approx 1:2.
The ball bearing (6) is used for the drive gear (2), and the plain bearing F (7) and the plain bearing
RC (8) are used for the chuck drive (3).
The shank rod (5) is supported with the front bush (9) and the chuck (4).
The chuck driver bush (10), which transmits thrust between the dual damper and the shank rod,
engages with the rear portion of the chuck drive (3), using the plain bearing RB (11).
The rotation of the shank rod is forward (turning counter-clockwise viewed from the rear) when the
high-pressure oil is supplied to the port A, and it is reverse (turning clockwise viewed from the rear)
when the high-pressure oil is supplied to the port B as shown.
2 6 1
A
7
5 B
9
4
3 17713011
10
11 8
17713009
3 Flushing
If stone cuttings resulting from drilling rock are put between the bit and the drill hole, the drilling
cannot be performed properly because the bit strikes those cuttings repeatedly.
The flushing is performed to remove stone cuttings from the drill hole. With the result, the tip of the
bit constantly strikes the new, un-drilled face of the rock to enhance drilling efficiency.
The flushing air from the hose line connected to the port (A) is supplied to the tip of the bit through
the water hole route along the front cover (1), front cap (2), swivel body (3), and shank rod (4).
The contacting surface of the front cover (1) and the front cap (2) is sealed with O-rings. And the
engaging portions of the swivel body (3), front cap (2), and shank rod (4) are sealed with U-packings
(5), (6).
A 17713007
1
2
4
3 17713011
6
6
3
17713009
Section 2 Function and Construction
The four factors percussion, rotation, thrust, and flushing are important for drilling holes by the
rock drill machine. The rock drilling cannot be performed if any of the four factors is missing. Also,
the proper adjustment to the specific rock types, rock structures, and formations must be needed to
obtain an ideal drilling finish.
1 Percussion Mechanism
Percussion is an energy generation source necessary for drilling rock. The percussion energy from
the act of a reciprocating hydraulic-operated piston striking a rotating rod (shank rod) is used to
directly break rock.
The high-pressure hose line for percussion is connected to port A and the low-pressure hose line for
percussion is connected to port B of the cylinder as shown. To prevent hose lines being
misconnected markings of H (high-pressure side) and L (low-pressure side) on the ports of the
cylinder are provided.
17713007
1.1 Piston and Valve
The percussion mechanism consists of the two sliding parts, piston (1) and valve (2).
The piston operating mechanism has the two pressure receiving cavities in the front and rear sides.
Of those two, the front cavity maintains high pressure, and the rear cavity changes pressure from
high to low and vice versa, using “a rear cavity pressure alternately changing system.”
The piston (1) reciprocates with the valve located under the cylinder that forces the rear cavity to
change pressure from high to low and vice versa.
The valve (2) reciprocates with the bush (3) and the plug (4) being used as a guide, which are
located on both sides of the cavity.
The cavity of the valve is sealed with the O-rings and the backup rings that are fitted to the plug.
17713008
4
3
2 17713009
The piston (1) reciprocates with the bush F (5) and the seal retainer R (6) being used as a guide.
The piston slide portion is sealed with the step seals (8) and (9), O-rings, and backup rings, which
are fitted to the seal retainer F (7) and the seal retainer R (6), the O-ring, to prevent oil from leaking.
In addition, the glide rings (10) and (11) are fitted to the seal retainer F (7) and the seal retainer R
(6).
17713008
7
10 11
6
5
8 9
17713009
1.2 Accumulator
Two accumulators with different charged gas pressure are installed to the cylinder. The
high-pressure accumulator (1) stores the discharging oil from the pump when the oil consumption is
low in the piston stroke and discharges the stored oil when a lot more oil is needed, that is, the
discharging oil from the pump is adjusted.
Also, this absorbs pressure variations generated from the piston and valve operations and to prevent
the hose line on the oil supply side from running out or heating up.
The low-pressure accumulator (2) absorbs pressure variations on the oil return side and to protect
the hose line.
1 17713007
The accumulator is divided into two chambers by the diaphragm (made of rubber). One chamber is
filled with nitrogen gas, and the other chamber is designed to allow the hydraulic oil to flow into or
out through the screen. The entrance for nitrogen gas is constructed of the valve (4), cap (5), and
plug (6), which are fixed with O-rings to prevent gas from leaking.
To prevent accumulators being mis-installed, markings of H (high-pressure side) and L (low-pressure

side) on the ports of the cylinder are provided.
The high-pressure and low-pressure accumulators each have the same component parts so the
accumulator can be used for the specific purpose of high or low pressure by changing the charged
gas pressure.
Nitrogen Gas
Hydraulic Oil Route
17313007
1.3 Stroke Adjuster
The optimum piston striking force and number of percussions can be selected by changing the piston
reciprocation stroke. A device to adjust this piston stroke is the stroke adjuster (1). With the stroke
adjuster screwed into or opened after loosening the fixing nut (2), the throttled flow of the selector
port is changed so that the optimum long or short piston stroke is obtained.
In addition, the screw is sealed with the seal washer (3).
17313017
17213008
Refer to Fig. 1. The piston stroke is set to “long” by fully tightening the stroke adjuster, and the piston
stroke is set to “short” by opening the stroke adjuster up to the upper surface of the nut. The piston
stroke is factory-set to “long,” fully tightening when shipping. For the relationship between short and
long piston strokes, see the table below. The rock types applicable are quoted as a reference. Finally,
however, the proper adjustment to the specific rock types on the real spot will be needed.
Piston stroke Short Long
Striking force Small Large
No. of percussions Large Small
Rock types (reference) Soft rock Hard rock

Stroke adjuster is fully screwed Stroke adjuster is fully opened
(fully tightened) (fully loosened)
o Long piston stroke is set. o Short piston stroke is set.
Fig. 1
4 Forced Lubrication
The rotating power transmitting mechanism is oil-mist-forced-lubricated. Oil mist is that the oil is
mixed with compression air inside the lubricator on the base machine of the crawler drill, and it is
supplied to the main body of the drifter, using hose lines.
The oil mist once supplied to the port A of the front cylinder (1), using the lubrication hose line,
lubricates each part of the slide portion, and then discharges from the lubrication discharge port (2)
(for standard drifter) or (3) (for drifter with RP).
1 17713007
17713008
Standard Drifter
2 2 2
17713012
3 3 3 Drifter with RP (Reverse Percussion)

3 3
5 Dual Damper
The dual damper dampens or reduces the rebound impact of blows to the rock spreading out through
the rods to stabilize the drifter.
Also, since a mechanism is provided on the drifter that directly provides the thrust to the rods,
contact of the bit to the rock surface is increased and energy transmitting efficiency to the drilling
rock is improved. At the same time the service life of the consumable parts is lengthened.
The main components of the dual damper are a total of three, i.e. the front cylinder (1), the damping
piston (2), and the pushing piston (3).
The damping piston (2) engages with the pushing piston (3) on the same axis inside the front
cylinder. The damping piston (2) has the large pressure receiving cavity, and the pushing piston (3)
has the small pressure receiving cavity, and each of those moves front and rear.
The slide portion of the front cylinder (1), damping piston (2), and pushing piston (3) is sealed with
glide rings (4), (5), and (7).
The hose line to supply damper pressure is connected to the port A.
17713007
2 1
3
17713011
7 6
5 4 17713009
6 Reverse Percussion (RP)
The reverse percussion mechanism maintains hydraulically/forcibly the striking pont of the shank rod.
With this mechanism, the shank rod moves back quickly, while aiming at the striking point, and
together with the rod being stuck by means of hydraulic force, the shank rod moves forwars quickly
again to strike the target.
This is useful for clearing jamming obstacles. Stone cuttings are removed easily from the drill hole.
The main components of the reverse percussion mechanism are the front cap (1), the damping
piston (2), and the seal retainer (3).
The two pressure receiving chambers facing each other are provided on the front and rear of the
damping piston (2).
The rear chamber, which uses the hose line connected to the low-pressure port, provides low
pressure for blowing. Normally, this low pressure makes the damping piston (2) to position at front
end of the stroke so that the shank rod is not affected with the damping piston.
Once the reverse percussion function works, the front chamber high pressure makes the damping
piston (2) to stop at rear end of the stroke so that the shank rod is kept at the striking point.
The damping piston (2) is supported with the plain bearing that is equipped with the seal retainer (3)
and the front cap (1).
3 2 4 17713013
The slide portion of the damping piston (2) is sealed with the glide rings (5), (6), which are fitted to
the front cap (1) and the seal retainer (3).
The engaging portion of the seal retainer and the front cap is sealed with O-rings and backup rings.
17713013
2
3 17713014
6 5
Section 3 Principles of Percussion Operations
Percussion is an energy generation source necessary for drilling rock. The percussion energy from
the act of a reciprocating hydraulic-operated piston striking a rotating rod (shank rod) is used to
directly break rock.
The sliding parts of the percussion mechanism are only two parts, piston and valve.
The piston operation uses a rear chamber high to low pressure and vice versa changing system, that
is, of the two front and rear pressure receiving chambers located facing each other, the front
chamber maintains high pressure, and the rear chamber changes pressure from high to low and vice
versa by means of the valve in the drifter.
The principles of the percussion operations are described by the following four stages, and lastly the
stroke adjuster operations are described, referring to the illustrations of the principles of percussion
operations for HD700 series.
Stage 1
The stage 1 shows a condition the piston is at rear dead point.
The high-pressure oil being fed by the pump is constantly supplied to the piston front chamber C PF ,
and at the same time the high-pressure oil from the high-pressure port H1 flows into the piston rear
chamber C PR , using the valve high-pressure port Hv.
At this time if the pressure receiving areas where the high-pressure P H applies to the piston are A PF
on the front chamber and A PR on the rear chamber, and the relationship between A PF and APR is:
A pr ! A pf
If the direction of the force applied to the piston in the forward direction (left direction) is positive and
the force applied to the front and rear chambers are F PF and F PR , the force FP applied to the piston is:
Fp Fpr Fpf PH (A pr A pf ) ! 0
Thus the piston moves faster and forward. And the high-pressure oil by the pump is supplied from
the high-pressure port H1 to the valve rear chamber.
Assume that the variable throttle of the valve selector port SS is close, where the piston front
chamber C PF is interconnected with the valve front chamber C VF by means of the valve selector port
SL.
If the pressure receiving areas where the high-pressure P H applies to the valve are A VF on the front
chamber side and A VR on the rear chamber side, the relationship between A VF and AVR is:
A vf ! A vr
If the direction of the force applied to the valve in the forward direction is positive and the force
a pplied to the valve front and rear chambers are F VF and F VF , the force FV applied to the valve is:
Fv Fvr Fvf PH(A vr A vf ) 0
Thus the valve is pressed in the rear direction and the condition in the stage 1 is maintained.
Stage 2
On the stage 2 the piston moves faster and forward and is ready to strike the rod, where the valve
front chamber C VF is disconnected from the piston front chamber C PF and at the same time that is
interconnected with the low-pressure port L1, using the valve selector port SX. If the oil pressure of
the low-pressure port L1 is PL 0 , the force FV applied to the valve is:
Fv Fvr Fvf PH A vr PL A vf PH A vr ! 0
Thus the valve starts moving in the forward direction, where the oil consumption to advance the
piston forward is beyond the oil quantity largely supplied from the pump so the high-pressure
accumulator AccH solves the shortage and contributes to operating efficiency.
Stage 3
The stage 3 shows a condition that is immediately after the piston strikes the rod. Kinetic energy
applied to the piston by means of oil pressure is converted into stress (strain) wave energy as the
piston strikes the rod, and it is transmitted to the tip of the bit through the rod to instantaneously
provide the concentrated load to the rock with which the tip of the bit comes into contact and drill the
rock.
On completion of the striking by the piston, the valve moves forward by means of applied force as
shown in the step 2 and the selector operation is finished.
With the valve selector operated, the piston rear chamber C PR is disconnected from the valve
high-pressure port H V and the high-pressure port H1, and at the same time that is interconnected
with the low-pressure port L1, using the valve low-pressure port L V.
At this time the force FP applied to the piston is:
Fp Fpr Fpf PL A pr PH A pf PH A pf 0
Thus the valve starts moving faster in the reverse direction, where the oil in the rear chamber C PR is
discharged but the low-pressure accumulator stores the discharged oil temporarily to restrain
discharge resistance and pulsation and improve operating efficiency and reduce load to the hose
line.
Stage 4
The stage 4 shows a condition the piston moves faster in the reverse direction, where the valve front
chamber C VF is disconnected from the low-pressure port L1 interconnected using the selector port
SX, and at the same time that is interconnected with the high-pressure H1 again, using the valve
s elector port SL. At this time the force F V applied to the valve is:
Fv Fvr Fvf PH(A vr A vf ) 0
Thus the valve selector changes to the rear again. With the valve selector operated, the piston rear
chamber C PR is disconnected from the valve low-pressure port L V and the low-pressure port L1, and
at the same time that is interconnected with the high-pressure port H1, using the valve high-pressure
port H V. At this time the force FP applied to the piston is:
Fp Fpr Fpf PH(A pr A pf ) ! 0
Thus the piston moves slower and back to the rear dead point and returns to the condition in the
stage 1.
The stroke of the piston as described above is repeated to constantly supply the striking energy.
In the stroke the piston moves slower and back, the high-pressure oil in the rear chamber C PR being
returned by means of inertia force by the piston is stored in the high-pressure accumulator AccH,
and energy is collected and at the same time, pulsation is restrained and load to the hose line is
reduced.
Stroke Adjuster
Assume that the variable throttle of the valve selector port SS is open, where as in the stage 3 the
piston front chamber C PF is interconnected with the valve front chamber C VF when the piston is
moving back, and the valve selector operating timing is short because the time the piston passes
between the selector port SS and SL is eliminated.
As a result, the piston goes into the deceleration mode more quickly and the piston stroke is stroke.
Also, the piston striking cycle is short and the number of strikes per hour becomes large.
The piston stroke is steplessly adjustable by setting the variable throttle of the valve selector port SS
between fully close and fully open.
The piston striking energy (kinetic energy) is in proportion to the piston stroke, and the number of
strikes is in inverse proportion to the piston stroke to the power of one-half. Thus the relationship
between piston stroke and striking energy/number of strikes is shown below:
Piston Stroke
Long Short
Striking Energy Large Small
No. of strikes Small Large
Generally, the long piston stroke is applicable to hard rock types that require great amount of striking
energy, while the short piston stroke is applicable to soft rock types that require small amount of
striking energy.
Safety Warnings
Most of the accidents come from neglect of basic safety precautions or rules or pre-operation inspection or
maintenance. Those accidents could be prevented if possible hazards are well understood and right
measures are taken.
To safely and correctly perform the disassembly/reassembly, inspection, repair or maintenance of the drifter,
read and understand the safety warnings as well as the operating procedures in this manual.
The safety warnings are classified as follows:
DANGER
Indicates an extremely hazardous situation, which, if not observed and handled properly, will result in
death or serious injury (the urgent risk of a death or serious injury).
WARNING
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which, if not observed and handled properly, could result
in death or serious injury (the possibility of a death or serious injury).
CAUTION
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which, if not observed and handled properly, may result in
minor or moderate injury. Also, indicates a warning against doing a wrong, dangerous habit.
NOTICE
Indicates precautions directly or indirectly related to personal safety or property protection.
NOTE
DANGER and WARNING: these are used when not property damage but hazardous situation is
predicted.
CAUTION and NOTICE: these are also used when only property damage is predicted.
The preventive measures to avoid danger are included in the safety warnings.
Actually, it is impossible for us to predict when and where and how hazardous situations would occur.
If you perform the operation in a different manner other than the described in this manual, be sure to take the
safety measures yourself, which is all your responsibility.
Introduction
This manual describes the disassembly/reassembly, inspection, repair and maintenance

procedures for HD700 series hydraulic drifter.
Be sure to read and understand the contents of this manual before carrying out the
disassembly/reassembly, inspection, repair and maintenance, even if you are familiar with the
handling of a drifter.
For specification and numerical values in this manual, International System of units (SI) is
adopted.
Some of the specifications, pictures and illustrations may change because of improvements on the
product.
If there are any ambiguities within this manual, please contact our sales office or distributor.
WARNING
Wrongly performing the disassembly/reassembly, inspection, repair or maintenance of the
drifter may cause an accident leading to serious injury or death.
x The drifter consists of many precision hydraulic parts. When reassembling, make sure you
ask our sales office or distributor near you.
x This manual should be put in the right place of the base machine such as crawler drill on
which the drifter is mounted and be handy for reference as needed.
x To request the manual, please contact our sales office to distributor.
x This manual is prepared in accordance with Japanese rules or regulations related to the
drifter. If the drifter is used outside Japan, please obey the appropriate country’s rules or
regulations.
㻌
Hydraulic Drifter
HD700 Series
SERVICE MANUAL
volume II
Disassembly/Reassembly and
Maintenance
WARNING
When disassembly/reassembly and

maintenance are performed, be sure to
consult our sales office or distributor near
you even if the procedures are described in
the manual.
Contents
Introduction
Safety Warnings and Symbols
1 Safety Precautions
2 Preparations for Disassembly/Reassembly and Maintenance
2.1 Precautions for Disassembly/Reassembly and Maintenance
2.2 Tools
2.2.1 Common Tools
2.2.2 Special Tools
3 Disassembly/Reassembly and Maintenance
3.1 Front Cap
3.1.1 Changing U-Packing
3.1.2 Changing Front Bush
3.2 Front Cover
3.2.1 Changing Plain Bearing
3.3 Fronthead
3.3.1 Changing Plain Bearing (Fronthead side)
3.3.1 Changing Plain Bearing (Chuck Driver side)
3.4 Front Cylinder
3.4.1 Changing Glide Ring
3.4.2 Inspection of Poppet and Reducer
3.5 Cylinder
3.5.1 Disassembly of Cylinder
3.5.2 Changing Piston Seals
3.5.3 Inspection of Valve/Plug
3.5.4 Other Inspections
3.6 Accumulator
3.6.1 Disassembly and Maintenance of Accumulator
3.6.2 Nitrogen Gas Charging and Pressure Adjustment
3.7 Installation for Reverse Percussion (RP)
3.7.3 Installing to Drifter (Standard specifications)
3.8 Reassembly of Drifter (Standard specifications)
3.8.1 Reassembly of Cylinder (Front side)
a) Installation of GPF Plug
b) Reassembly of Cylinder
c) Installation of Accumulator
(continued)
3.8.2 Front Portion (Front Cap, Front Cover and Fronthead)
a) Reassembly of Fronthead
b) Reassembly of Front Cover
c) Installation of Front Cap
3.8.3 Installation of Front Cylinder
3.8.4 Reassembly of Cylinder (Rear side)
a) Installation of Cylinder
b) Installation of Piston/Valve
3.8.5 Installation of Backhead
3.8.6 Torque Control for Bolts, Fittings etc
3.9 Orbital Motor
3.9.1 Motor Construction and Main Components
3.9.2 Changing Shaft Seals
a) Disassembly
b) Changing Shaft Seals
c) Reassembly
3.9.3 Motor Whole Body
a) Disassembly
b) Reassembly
3.9.4 Checking of Rotating Direction
3.9.5 Rotation-required Oil Quantity Chart by Drifter Model (Reference)
3.10 Cylinder Inside Bush Repairing and Replacing Procedure
Memo
Sales Office Address
3 Disassembly/Reassembly and Maintenance
3.1 Front Cap
3.1.1 Changing U-Packing
NOTICE Change the U-packing every 300 hours of engine operation. Especially if the water
detergent is used, leaving an air (water) leak may cause trouble to the piston and
other inside parts.
1. Remove the front cap (D) by loosening the through bolt or

bolt (when Reverse Percussion incorporated).
2. Using the tool (see table below), remove the swivel body
with the front bush.
Model Part No. Part Name

HD709 HD709-09010 Knocker
3. Using a common screwdriver etc, remove the U-packings (A)

inside the swivel body (B).
A
4. Remove the U-packings (C) inside the front cap in the same
manner.
5. When installing the new U-packins (A), be aware of the

direction of the U-packings, and fit those into the grooves of the A
swivel body (B). At this time be careful not to deform the
U-packings. B
M172
NOTICE Use a tool to easily install the U-packing, which can be made by bending the front
portion of a common screwdriver and forming a round corner.
M17213001
6.㻌Check that no U-packing in the swivel body protrudes from the
grooves. D
7. Install the U-packings (two) to the front cap (D) in the same
manner. When installing, be aware of the direction of the
U-packings, and be careful not to deform those packings.
M17213023
8. Check that no U-packing in the front cap (D) protrudes from

the grooves.
C
C
D
M17213002
9. Apply grease over the inner and outer edges of the swivel
body. Insert a centering rod in the swivel body, and install it in
the front cap.
NOTICE When installing, the two flushing air pass holes of the swivel body and the front cap
must be in line with each other.
10. Hitting the end face of the swivel body evenly with a plastic
M172130
hammer, center the swivel body carefully so as not to
damage the U-packings on the front cap side, and put the
end of the swivel body being flush with the end of the front
cap. The installation is completed.
M17213003
3.1.2 Changing Front Bush
NOTICE Change the front bush every 600 hours of

engine. Or change it immediately if
excessive wear is found (referring to the
attached maintenance standards).
Continued use without repair may cause
early wear to the chuck or damage to the
shank rod.
1. Install the knocker (tool) in the front bush, and pressing or

hitting with a hammer, remove the front bush with the swivel
body as described on item 3.1.1.

2. Using an expansion fitting tool, fit the new front bush into the
front cap. The same knocker as above may be used instead
of the expansion fitting tool.
3. When changing the front bush and the U-packings

simaltaneously, first change the front bush, then the
U-packings.
3.2 Front Cover
NOTICE If excessive wear (especially one-sided), scuffing etc is found in the plain bearing
(see the attached maintenance standards), change it immediately. Continued use
without repair may cause early wear to the chuck or damage to the shank rod.
1. Remove the front cover by loosening the set bolts and

socket bolts installed to fasten the rotation motor.
2. Set the claw of the half-block (tool) into the notch of the
plain bearing and insert the rod (tool). Pressing or hitting
with a hammer, remove the plain bearing.

HD709 HD709-09002 Half-Block (9F)
Common 090011-01336 Rod
3. Using an expansion fitting tool, fit the new plain bearing into the front cover. If no
expansion fitting tool is available, heat the front cover side to approx 130qC, and shrink- or
press-fit the plain bearring. Do not hit the plain bearing roughly with a hammer. Failure to
observe this may cause damage or deformation to the plain bearing.
3.3 Fronthead
3.3.1 Changing Plain Bearing (Fronthead side)
1. Remove the fronthead with the bolts by loosening the nuts installed to fasten the front
cylinder and cylinder. Use a hex wrench to remove the bolts.
2. Remove the rotation motor and the chuck driver bush. Hitting the drive gear with a brass rod,
remove it with the ball bearing towards the front. At this time be careful not to hit the ball
bearing.
3. Remove the chuck driver.
4. Set the claw of the half-block (tool) into the notch of the
plain bearing, and insert the rod (tool). Remove the plain
bearing by pressing or hitting it with a hammer.

HD709 HD709-09001 Half-Block (9R)
Common 090011-01336 Rod
5. Using an expansion fitting tool, fit the new plain bearing into the fronthead. If no expansion
fitting tool is used, heat the fronthead to approx 130qC, and shrink- or press-fit the plain
bearring. Do not hit the plain bearing roughly with a hammer. Failure to observe this may
cause damage or deformation to the plain bearing.
3.3.2 Changing Plain Bearing (Chuck Driver side)
1. Set the claws of the block (tool) into the four notches of
the chuck driver, and install the rod (tool). Remove the
plain bearing by pressing or hitting it with a hammer.

HD709 HD709-09003 Block
HD712 HD712-09003 Block
HD715 HD715-09006 Block
Common 090011-01336 Rod
2. Using an expansion fitting tool, fit the new plain bearing into the chuck driver. If no
expansion fitting tool is used, heat the chuck driver to approx 130qC, and shrink- or
press-fit the plain bearring. Do not hit the plain bearing roughly with a hammer. Failure to
observe this may cause damage or deformation to the plain bearing.
3.4 Front Cylinder
NOTICE Change the damper glide ring every 600 hours of engine operation. Especially if the
groove in the center of the glide ring wears out or if the glide ring protrudes or breaks,
change it immediately.
1. Remove the front cylinder by loosening the bolts and

nuts installed to fasten the fronthead and cylinder.
2. Using a round rod, remove the pushing piston (2)

from the rear of the front cylinder. At this time be
careful not to damage the glide ring or inner 2
1
periphery of the damping piston.
3. In the same manner as described above, remove the

damping piston (3) being installed on the outside of
the pushing piston. At this time handle a tip of the
round rod carefully so as not to damage the glide ring
or inner periphery of the damping piston.
4. Remove the two glide rings (4) on the damping piston side with Section of Damping Piston
a common screwdriver, pin etc. Remove the outside O-rings
too.
Glide Ring
NOTICE The glide ring and O-ring are used as a set
of component parts so change these as a O-ring
whole unit. In addition, these must not be
re-used.
M17213082
5. Remove the two glide rings (5) on the front cylinder side with
Section of Front Cylinder
a common screwdriver, pin etc. Remove the outside O-rings
too.
NOTICE The glide ring and O-ring are used as a set

of component parts so change these as a
whole unit. In addition, these must not be
re-used.
5 M17213083
6. Wash up the damping piston. Fit each glide ring into

the grooves on the front and rear sides (for size of glide ring,
see table below).
x Apply hydraulic oil over the O-ring, and fit it into the groove
of the damping piston. Also, apply hydraulic oil over the
glide ring, and fit it, making a heart (see figure).
NOTICE To easily fit the glide ring, soak it in oil or

water heated to approx 80q in advance.
x Return the fitted glide ring to its original shape. At this time 17313014
be careful not to damage the seal with your

fingernails.
Front side (Large) Rear side (Small)

Model
Part Name Part Name
HD709 62.5 Glide Ring 60 Glide Ring
HD712 70 Glide Ring 67 Glide Ring
7. After fitting the front and rear glide rings, re-size the seals,
using the tool (see table below). If re-sizings* are not
carried out properly, the glide rings may damage or oil
leaks may occur when installing the pushing piston.
* Restore the seals, using the suitable tool.

HD709 HD709-09007 Seal Re-sizing Tool
8. Wash up the front cylinder. Fit each glide ring into the grooves
on the front and rear sides (for size of glide ring, see table
below).
Perform the operations in the same manner as described in the
damping piston.
Front side (Large) Rear side (Small)

Model
Part Name Part Name
17313014
9. After fitting the front and rear glide rings, re-size the seals,
using the tool (see table below). If re-sizings* are not
carried out properly, the glide rings may damage or oil
leaks may occur when installing the damping piston.

10. Apply hydraulic oil over the inner edge of the front
cylinder (1).
11. Apply hydraulic oil over the outer edge of the damping
piston (3), and carrying out the centering, install it in the
3
front cylinder. Be aware of the installing direction: the
two-step portion with a small diameter must be the lower 1
side.
M17213025
12. Apply hydraulic oil over the outer edge of the pushing
piston (2). Making the centering, install it on the damping
2
piston.
M17213026
13. Hitting the end face of the pushing piston with a plastic
hammer, install the damping piston and the pushing
piston simultaneously. (The pushing piston may be
installed in the damping piston in advance.)
M17213029
3.4.2 Inspection of Poppet and Reducer
NOTICE To maintain the optimum damper pressure, the 9 male connector (throttle connector)
and the poppets (checks) are installed to the damper pressure inlet and the reducer
(throttle) installed to the damper pressure outlet. If a problem occurs in these parts,
the damper will not function properly.
1. Theȭ1.5 (mm)-throttle connector (1) is installed to the

damper pressure inlet. The inner periphery must be free of
dust etc. If foreign matter is stuck, clean it.
2. The two poppets are already installed (see figure). Remove

the poppets by loosening the plugs (3). To easily remove
those, put the front cylinder in a horizontal direction, and hit
the opposite side with a plastic hammer. If cannot be put in a
2
horizontal direction, use a magnet to remove the poppets.
3
3. Check that no scuffing, dents etc are found in the outer 1
peripherals of the poppets, the inner peripheral of the front
cylinder or the end faces of the plugs. If such a symptom is
found, change the poppets and plugs.
4. The reducer (4) is already installed on the end of the front

cylinder. The reducer uses aȭ1.0(mm) throttle. Check that
no dust, dirt etc is stuck to the inner peripheral of the reducer.
If foreign matter is stuck, clean it.
M17213024
5. When these parts are to be installed again, wash up the front cylinder in advance,
otherwise a problem such as scuffing may occur in the damper inside parts.
3.5 Cylinder
3.5.1 Disassembly of Cylinder
NOTICE To easily disassemble the cylinder inside parts, loosen the plugs at striking ports (H,
L) on the top of the cylinder in advance.
1. Remove the cylinder as a whole unit by loosening the nuts (four) installed to fasten the
fronthead and cylinder, the bolts (four) installed to fasten the backhead, and the socket
bolts (eight) installed to fasten the accumulators (for both high and low pressure).
2. Remove the valve and the plug on the rear end of the
cylinder by moving the sliding hammer (tool) back and
forth and hitting the socket bolt collar backwards.

Common 102032-05100 5 Socket Bolt
Common HD715-09014 Sliding Hammer
3. Remove the seal retainer R on the rear side of the cylinder backwards by moving the
piston back and forth by hand and hitting the seal retainer R or hitting the striking
surface of the piston with a plastic hammer etc.
4. Remove the seal retainer F on the front side of the cylinder, together with the bush F,
frontwards by moving the piston back and forth by hand and hitting the seal retainer R
or hitting the rear end face of the piston with a plastic hammer etc.
5. Remove the stroke adjuster by loosening the nuts and then the adjuster with a
common screwdriver.
3.5.2 Changing Piston Seal
NOTICE Change piston step seals and glide rings every 1000 hours of engine operation.
However, change those immediately if they protrude or break.
1. Remove the step seal and glide ring for the seal retainer F that is already removed on
item 3.5.1, using a common screwdriver, pin etc. Remove the O-ring too.
NOTICE The step seal and glide ring are used as a set of component parts including O-ring so
change these as a whole unit. In addition, these must not be re-used.
2. Remove the step seal and glide ring for the seal retainer R that is already removed on
item 3.5.1, using a common screwdriver, pin etc. Remove the O-rings too.
NOTICE The step seal and glide ring are used as a set of component parts including O-ring so
3. Wash up the seal retainer F (1). Install the glide ring (2) on the
front side and the step seal (3) on the rear side. (For size of
these parts, see table below.)
of the seal retainer F. Also, apply hydraulic oil over the step
seal and glide ring, and fit those each. To easily fit the glide
ring, make a heart (see figure).
NOTICE To easily fit the step seal and the glide ring,
17313014
soak those in oil or water heated to approx
80q and make those soft in advance.
x Return the fitted step seal and glide ring to their

original shape. At this time be careful not to damage
the seals with your fingernails.
x Be aware of the position and direction of these seals.

2
3
Front side Rear side
Model
Part Name Part Name
HD709 41 Glide Ring 41 Step Seal 1
HD712 47 Glide Ring 47 Step Seal
HD715 52.3 Glide Ring 52.3 Step Seal
4. After fitting the front and rear seals, re-size those seals,
using the tool (see table below). If re-sizings are not
carried out properly, the seals may damage or an initial
problem may occur when installing the piston.

5. Wash up the seal retainer R (4). Install the step seal (5) on the
front side and the glide ring (6) on the rear side. (For size of
these parts, see table below.)
of the seal retainer R. Also, apply hydraulic oil over the step
seal and glide ring, and fit those each. To easily fit the glide
ring, make a heart (see figure).
NOTICE To easily fit the step seal and the glide ring,
soak those in oil or water heated to approx 17313014
80q and make those soft in advance.
x Return the fitted step seal and glide ring to their original
shape. At this time be careful not to damage the seals
with your fingernails.
5
x Be aware of the position and direction of these seals. 6
Front side Rear side

Model
Part Name Part Name 4
HD709 35 Glide Ring 35 Step Seal
6. After fitting the front and rear seals, re-size those seals,
using the tool (see table below). If re-sizings are not carried
out properly, the seals may damage or oil leak may occur
when installing the piston.

7. Change the O-rings (7), (9) and backup rings (8), (10) which are installed on the outer
edges of the seal retainers F and R. Be aware of the direction of the O-rings and
backup rings. After fitting, apply grease over the entire edges of those parts.
10
7 M172130420 M17213094
3.5.3 Changing Valve and Plug
1. Inspect the valve (1) and the plug (2) that are removed on item 3.5.1.
1 2
2. Check that no damage such as scuffing is found in the valve. Especially inspect the shaft
and its surrounding on the plug side. Replace it with the new valve immediately if damage
etc is found.
3. Inspect the inner edge of the plug and the end face on the valve side. Replace it with the
new plug immediately if damage such as scuffing is found.
4. If any scuff mark is found in the inner edge of the bush on the cylinder side and the valve
shaft and its surrounding, repair or change it. (For repair and changing, refer to item 3.10.)
3.5.4 Other Inspections
Piston
1. Check the striking surface of the piston (1), which is
removed on item 3.5.1, for abnormalities such as
crack and crushing. Also, check the outer edge and
the seal sliding area for any damage or scuffing.
2. The top end of the new piston has corners with a radius. If wear or crushing is large
enough to find no radii (as a reference), replace it with the new piston immediately.
3. If abnormality occurs earlier in the top end of the piston, although no problem such as
damage is found in the inside parts, the following may be the cause:
x Slanted striking because of abnormal wear in the front bush.
x Slanted striking because of abnormal wear in the chuck.
x Water entering the striking surface because of damage to the swivel seals
when the water detergent is specified.
For the above critical parts, periodic inspections are needed.
Stroke Adjuster
1. The stroke adjuster (2) that is removed on item 3.5.1
3
seals oil from cylinder inside, using the seal washer
(3) and the nut (4). In the maintenance, make sure 4 2
these are replaced with the new parts.
2. To install the new seal washer, press it in the screw of

the stroke adjuster (turn it along the thread by hand).
Do not press it forcibly. Failure to observe this may
cause damage to the seal washer, resulting in oil
leak.
3.6 Accumulator
3.6.1 Disassembly and Maintenance of Accumulator
NOTICE When disassembling the accumulator, be sure to discharge the inside nitrogen gas
completely in advance. Otherwise a serious problem (accident) may occur.
1. Discharge the inside nitrogen gas by loosening the

Nitrogen Gas Charging/Discharging Port
cap and the plug to the accumulator and then
loosening the valve (1) with a hex wrench. Discharge
it until the discharge sound is not heard.
1
M17213074
2. Prepare the suitable tool (see table).

HD612-09001 Accumulator Holder
HD709
090011-01322 Striking Bar
HD712
090011-01322 Striking Bar

HD715
HD715-09003 Striking Bar
3. Grip the accumulator holder in a vise, set the accumulator

on it, and put in the striking bar (2) diagonal to the bolt
holes of the accumulator. Hold the striking bar and the
accumulator holder, using the vise. 2
M17213066
4. Hit the striking bar in a counterclockwise direction and the accumulator cover will be
loosened.
5. Remove the accumulator main body from the accumulator cover, where the
diaphragm inside is found.
NOTICE Change the diaphragm every 600 hours of engine operation. But if any crack, pinhole
or deterioration is found, change it immediately, regardless of the given periods.
6. Perform the reassembly of the accumulator, the charge of the nitrogen gas, and the
adjustment of the pressure in the following manner.
7. Wash up the accumulator cover and the accumulator main body.
3
8. Install the diaphragm (3) in the accumulator cover. Apply
grease over the flange (seal) on the outer edge of the
diaphragm beforehand (see figure).
Apply Grease
M17213080
M17213070
9. Apply Never-Seize over the thread of the accumulator

main body (4).
NOTICE Do not apply Never-Seize over the

contacting surface to the diaphragm.
M17213072
10. Fit the accumulator main body into the accumulator cover.
M17213064
11. Grip the accumulator holder in a vise, set the accumulator

on it, and put in the striking bar (3) diagonal to the bolt
holes of the accumulator. Hold the striking bar and the
accumulator holder, using the vise. 3
M17213066
12. First using a pipe, turn the striking bar in a clockwise direction until it stops, then hit the
striking bar two or three times with a hammer and tighten it. Tightening torque for
reference: 600(N࣭m).
13. Check that the end face of the accumulator main body is
a little inside from the end face of the accumulator cover.
The clearance for reference is a 0.5 (mm) or less. If larger
than this, the O-rings sealing the end faces of the
accumulator and the cylinder may damage or break
earlier.
M17213081
3.6.2 Nitrogen Gas Charging and Pressure Adjustment
DANGER Charging gas other than nitrogen may cause explosion. Make sure
the nitrogen gas is used to charge into the accumulator.
DANGER The nitrogen gas cylinder is filled with the high-pressure nitrogen
gas. Do not put it near a fire or give it the impact. Failure to observe
this may cause burst. Handle it carefully.
WARNING The high-pressure nitrogen gas may come out. Always wear
protection eyeglasses when charging or discharging the nitrogen gas
or making the pressure adjustment.
WARNING The accumulator valve may spring out. Do not loosen the valve by
one turn or more after charging the nirogen gas into the accumulator.
CAUTION When charging the nitrogen gas or making the pressure adjustment,
be sure to use the intake three-way valve. Directly charging the
nitrogen gas from the cylinder into the accumulator may cause
damage to the diaphragm.
1. On completion of the reassembly of the accumulator, charge the nitrogen gas into the
accumulator, using the suitable tools, in the following manner.
NOTICE Both high and low pressure accumulators have the same component parts, so the
accumulator can be changed from high pressure to low pressure or vice versa by
changing the charged nitrogen gas pressure. For the charged gas pressure, see
table below.
Charged Gas Ambient Temperature

Kinds of
Pressure When Charging
Accumulators
(MPa) (qC)
High Pressure 6.0 25s5
Low Pressure 0.3 25s5
2. Place the intake three-way valve.
NOTICE Two kinds of pressure gauges, high

pressure and low pressure, are available.
Select the suitable pressure gauge
according to the required gas pressure to be
charged into the accumulator.
NOTICE The current intake three-way valve may be

M17213077
different from the shape in the picture.
Model Part No. Part Name Remarks

HB20G-92104 Intake Three-Way Valve With Relief Valve
907320-90030 Adapter (A) With O-ring
Common
269141-02015 Pressure Gauge For Low Pressure (1.5MPa)
269141-02150 Pressure Gauge For High Pressure (15MPa)
3. Apply grease over the O-ring, and fit it into the valve (1).
O-Ring
M17213069
4. Using a hex wrench, first tighten the valve up to the A

position of the accumulator cover, then loosen it by one
䠞
turn.
A
M17213067
5. Tighten the intake three-way valve with the high-pressure
(or low-pressure) gauge to the B position of the 䠟
accumulator and also tighten the relief valve (C).
M17213068
6. Connect the charge hose (D) between the intake

three-way valve and the nitrogen gas cylinder, and open
the cock slowly.
NOTICE Charge the nitrogen gas until the pressure 䠠

gauge points to approx 7MPa (approx
0.5MPa for low pressure), and close the
cock.
NOTICE At that time, open the relief valve to fully M17213073
remove the charged gas (bleed the air

inside).
NOTICE Re-charge the nitrogen gas until the pressure gauge points to approx 7MPa (or
approx 0.5MPa for low pressure), and close the cock
7. Tighten the valve.

8. Loosen the relief valve to remove the nitrogen gas inside the charge hose. Remove
the charge hose, and tighten the relief valve.
9. Next, adjust the charged nitrogen gas pressure. Loosen

the valve by one turn.
10. Check the charged pressure with the pressure gauge.

Loosen the relief valve slowly so that the charged
pressure is a 6MPa (or 0.3MPa for low pressure).
11. After the pressure gauge has pointed to the specified

value, tighten the valve.
M17213075
12. On completion of the adjustment, loosen the relief valve to fully remove the nitrogen
gas inside the intake three-way valve. Check that the pressure gauge points to 0
(zero). Remove the intake three-way valve.
13. To detect a gas leak, spray the oil (rust prevention oil, Intake Three-Way Valve Tightening Position
soapy water etc) over the valve (1) screw surrounding

area and the intake three-way valve tightening
position, and check that no gas is leaking from the
accumulator.
1
M17213074
14. Turn the accumulator upside down, and inspect the

Accumulator Main Body
accumulator main body tightening position for any gas leak
in the same manner as the previous step 13.
M17213038
15. Make the installation surfaces of the accumulator main

body and the accumulator cover flush. Polish the surfaces
with an oilstone as needed.
M17213039
16. Apply grease over the O-rings, and fit those into the plug (2)
and the cap (3).
NOTICE Specified torque for both parts: 60(Nm).

2
NOTICE On completion of the gas charging, to

identify the high pressure (H) or low
pressure (L), mark ‘H’ or ‘L’ on the
accumulator cover, using a white Magic
Marker. 3
M17213078
3.7 Installation for Reverse Percussion (RP)
NOTICE Change the glide ring for Reverse Percussion (RP) every 600 hours of engine
operation. Especially if the groove in the center of the glide ring wears out or if the
glide ring protrudes or breaks, change it immediately.
1. Remove the hydraulic hose connected to the cover of

the front cap for RP. Next loosen the bolts (2) and
nuts (3), two each, installed to fasten the front cap (1) 1
and the front cover, and remove these parts. 4
2. Loosen the socket bolts (4), two, installed to fasten

the cover of the front cap for RP in advance. 3
2
M17213131
3. Remove the front cap on the top end first and then the front
cap for RP (5). To easily remove this, force the shank rod (6)
to move up and down, while fastening it to the chuck.
4. Remove the cover of the front cap for RP now separated as a 5

unit. 6
M17213129
5. Remove the thrust washer, seal retainer and damping piston by hitting a holding metal
plate that is applied from the damping piston side.
6. Remove the glide ring of the front cap for RP, using a common screwdriver, pin etc.
Remove the O-ring too.
NOTICE The glide ring and O-ring are used as a set of component parts so
7. Remove the glide ring of the seal retainer, using a common screwdriver, pin etc.
Remove the O-ring too.
NOTICE The glide ring and O-ring are used as a set of component parts so
8. Wash up the front cap for RP (5). Install the glide ring (6) in
the seal groove. (For size of glide ring, see table below.)
x Apply hydraulic oil over the O-ring, and fit it into the groove.
Also, apply hydraulic oil over the glide ring, and fit it,
making a heart (see figure).
NOTICE To easily fit the glide ring, soak it in oil or

water heated to approx 80q and make it soft
in advance.
17313014
x Return the fitted glide ring to its original shape.

At this time be careful not to damage the seal with
your fingernails. 6
Model Part Name 5

HD709 70 Glide Ring
HD712 80 Glide Ring
HD715 90 Glide Ring
9. After fitting the glide ring, re-size the seal, using the tool
(see table below). If re-sizing* is not carried out properly,
the glide ring may damage or oil may leak in the initial
stage when installing the damping piston.

10. Wash up the seal retainer (7). Fit the glide ring into
the seal groove. (For side of glide ring, see table
below.) The procedure is the same as the front 8
cylinder RP side.
Model Part Name
HD709 63 Glide Ring

HD712 70 Glide Ring
HD715 80 Glide Ring 7
11. After fitting the glide ring, re-size the seal, using the tool
(see table below). If re-sizing* is not carried out properly,
the glide ring may damage or oil may leak in the initial
stage when installing the damping piston.

12. Apply hydraulic oil over the inner edge of the front
cap for RP.
13. Apply hydraulic oil over the outer edge of the damping
9
piston (9). Making the centering, install it in the front cap. Be
aware of the installing direction: the two-step large diameter
side is downside.
M17213145
14. Apply hydraulic oil over the inner and outer edges of the
seal retainer (7). Making the centering, install it in the
damping piston. When installing, apply a holding metal 7
plate to the end face of the seal retainer, and hitting it with a
hammer.
M17213139
15. Lastly, apply grease over the thrust washer, and

install it.
without repair may cause scuffing or damage to the damping piston.
1. Separate the front cap for RP according to the steps on item 3.7.1.
2. Install the half-block (tool) and the rod (tool) to the

plain bearing. Remove the plain bearing by pressing
or hitting the rod with a hammer. (Set the claw of the
half-block into the notch of the plain bearing and
insert the rod.)

Common 090011-01336 Rod
3. Using an expansion fitting tool, fit the new plain bearing into the front cover for RP. If no
expansion fitting tool is available, heat the front cover side to approx 130qC, and shrink- or
press-fit the plain bearring. (If shrink-fitting is chosen, remove the glide ring beforehand.)
Do not hit the plain bearing roughly with a hammer. Failure to observe this may cause
damage or deformation to the plain bearing. Both parts must be washed up in advance.
3.7.3 Installing to Drifter (Standard specifications)
1. Loosen the through bolts A (2), two, installed to fasten the

front cap (1), and remove those with the nuts (3).
2
M17213126
2. Remove the thrust washer (4).
M17213127
3. Apply grease over the spline of the shank rod for RP (5),
and passing through the front cover (6), install it to the 6
drifter main body.
NOTICE The shank rod for RP must be prepared.
5
M17213128
4. Tie a nylon sling to both ends of the cover (8) being

installed to the front cap for RP (7), and lift it with a crane.
7
Grease Applied
8 M17213140
5. Apply grease over the end face of the front cap (7) and the
insertion area. Making the centering, pass the shank rod (5)
through the front cap (7).
6. Check that the O-ring installed to the end face of the front
cover (6) is not slipped off. Install the front cap for RP (7) to
the front cover (6). Remove the nylon sling.
7
5
M17213129
7. Apply grease over the inner and outer edges of the thrust
washer B (9).
Insert the shank rod (5), and fit the thrust washer B into the
front cap for RP (7).
7
9
M17213130
8. Check that the O-ring is installed properly to the end face of

1
the front cap for RP (7).
Making the centering, pass the shank rod (5) through the
front cap (1), and align it with the front cap for RP (7). 5
M17213132
9. Apply Never-Seize over the thread of the bolt (10), and
pass it through the front cap (1). Install the nuts (3), and
temporarily tighten the bolts (10), two, and finally tighten 1
those to the specified torque value.
Specified Torque
Model Screw Size (Nm)
3
HD709 M24 480
HD712 M27 680 10
M17213131
HD715 M27 680
10. Tighten the socket bolts (11), two, to the specified torque 8
12
value, which are installed to fasten the cover (8).
Specified Torque
11
Common M18 200
11
11. Install the connectors (12).

12
M17213133
12. Place a large drain pan under the accumulator (13). Using a
hex wrench, remove the socket bolts (14), four, which are
installed to fasten the accumulator (13).
14
13. Remove the GPF plug (15) with a hex wrench.
15
13
M17213134
14. Tighten the nut (17) fitted to the elbow connector (16) to the
maximum (turning stopped). 16
17
15. Securing the elbow connector (16) with a wrench, tighten the
nut (17) fitted to the elbow connector.
M17213135
16. Check that the O-ring installed to the accumulator (13) is not O-Ring
slipped off.
Install the accumulator (13) to the cylinder, and tighten the
socket bolts (14) temporarily.
17. Tighten the socket bolts (14) to the specified torque value in a 13
13 14
crisscross sequence.
M17213136
Specified Torque
HD709 M20 280

HD712 M20 280
HD715 M24 480
18. Tighten the oil hose line connectors (19) fully to the end one
is connected to the connector (12) installed to the cover (8)
and the other is connected to the elbow connector (16)
installed to the cylinder.
19 8
12
M17213137
19
16
M17213138
19. The installation for the RP mechanism is completed.

3.8 Installation of Drifter (Standard specifications)
3.8.1 Reassembly of Cylinder (Front side)
a) Installation of GPF Plug
Install each GPF plug in the cylinder main body. When installing, make sure the O-rings for plugs
are coated with hydraulic oil.
The GPF plugs and specified torque values for HD700 series drifters are shown below.
Kinds of GPF Plugs Specified Torque (Nm)

1/8 GPF Plug 25
1/4 GPF Plug 45
3/8 GPF Plug 80
1/2 GPF Plug 120
3/4 GPF Plug 200
1 GPF Plug 300
M17213041
b) Reassembly of Cylinder
1. Apply hydraulic oil over the O-rings for the male and 2
female union adapters (1), and install those parts in the
cylinder (2) and tighten them temporarily.
1
1
M17213050
2. Apply hydraulic oil over the thread of the stroke adjuster

(3). Install the stroke adjuster in the cylinder (2) and
tighten it fully with a common screwdriver.
3
2
M17213053
3. Loosen and remove the stroke adjuster (3) once fully
tightened.
Check that a contact mark (lines around the top end)
exists on the stroke adjuster (3).
Contact Mark
4. Re-tighten the stroke adjuster (3) to the maximum, using

a common screwdriver.
㻌 3
M17213054
5. Apply grease over the seal washer (4), and turning it along
the thread of the stroke adjuster, install it.
4
4 3
M17213055
6. Screw the nut (5) onto the stroke adjuster (3), and tighten it
to the specified value.
Specified Torque
Model Screw Size
(Nm)
Common M12 60 3
5
M17213056
7. Expansion-fit the bush F into the cylinder. If no expansion-fitting tool is available,

use the tool (see table), and fit it by pressing or hitting it with a hammer.

Common HD715-09007 Insert Tool
8. Install the seal retainer F (6) in the cylinder (2). To
6
facilitate the installing, hit the end face of the seal retainer
F with a plastic hammer. The seal retainer F must be
protruded a little from the edge of the cylinder.
When installing the seal retainer F, check that it is

aligned with the cut surface of the backup ring.
2
M17213052
9. Apply grease over the O-ring (11), and install it in the end
11
face of the cylinder (2).
M17213043
c) Installation of Accumulator
1. Apply grease over the O-ring (1), and install it in the
accumulator (2).
1
2
M17213058
2. Apply grease over the accumulator installing surface of

the cylinder (3).
Grease Applied
M17213057
3. Apply Never-Seize over the thread of the socket bolts (4) to
fasten the accumulator.
4
4. Join the accumulator (2) and the cylinder (3), and srew in
the socket bolts (4), four. 3
Tighten the socket bolts (4) temporarily with a wrench to 2
hold the accumulator (2).
M17213059
5. Install the high-pressure or low-pressure accumulator to

the cylinder and hold it with the socket bolts tightened
temporarily in the same manner on steps 1 to 4.
3.8.2 Reassembly of Front Parts (Front Head, Front Cover, and Front Cap)
a) Reassembly of Front Head
1. Apply grease over the end of the ball bearing (2), and
putting the stamping surface of the ball bearing downside, 2
install it in the front head (1).
2
1
3
M17213016
2. Making centering on the front head (1), hit the end face of
the ball bearing (2) lightly and evenly with a brass bar etc
(until the hitting sound changes) to install it.
Be careful not to carelessly hit the balls of the ball bearing.
3. Apply grease over the inner surface of the plain bearing RA

(3) being expansion-fitted.
4. Apply grease over the teeth of the chcuk driver (4) and the
inner surface of the plain bearing RB (5) expansion-fitted to
the chuck driver.
Install rhw chuck driver (4) in the front head (1).
5
4
M17213019
5. Apply grease over the teeth of the drive gear (6), and putting
the part number marking surface of the driver gear upside,
install it in the front head (2). 6
Hitting the end face of the drive gear evenly with a brass bar
etc (until the hitting sound changes), install it.
1
M17213013
6. Apply grease over the end face of the ball bearing (2), and
putting the stamping surface of the ball bearing upside, install
it in the drive gear (6). 6
Hitting the end face of the ball bearing evenly with a brass bar 4 2
etc (until the hitting sound changes), install it.
M17213015
7. Apply grease over the teeth of the chcuk driver (4) and the
inner surface of the plain bearing RB (5) expansion-fitted to
the chuck driver.
Turn the chuck driver by hand, and check that it turns
smoothly. If not turned smoothly or abnormal sound is
heard, the teeth of the chcuk driver or drive gear may be
deformed or damaged.
8. Apply grease over the contact surface of the front head (1)
7
and the inner and outer eedges of the check driver (4).
9. Apply grease over the outer edge of the chuck (6), and
putting the part number making surface upside, install it in the 4 7
chuck driver (4).
Apply grease over the inner edge of the chcuk and also the
M17213012
end face of the chuck driver.
b) Reassembly of Front Cover

On completion of the reassembly of the front head, install the front cover (1) to the front head in
the following manner.
1. Apply grease over the inner surface of the plain bearing F (2)
expansion-fitted to the front cover (1).
Apply grease over the end face and inner edge of the front
cover to align with the front head. 1
2
M17213017
2. Align the front cover (1) with the front head. Apply
Never-Seize over the threads of the set bolts (3), four, 3
and insert and tighten those bolts temporarily to hold the 3
front cover.
1
M17213018
3. Apply grease over the end face and inner edge of the front
4
cover (1).
4. Apply grease over the thrust washer (4), and putting the part
number making surface upside, install it in the front cover.
1
M17213011
5. Apply grease over the O-rings (5), (6), and install those in the
front cover (1). 5
6. On completion of the reassembly of the front head and the 6

front cover, install the front cap in the following manner.
6
1
M17213014
c) Reassembly of Front Cap
1. Align the front cap (1) with the front cover (2).
2. Apply Never-Seize over the threads of the through bolts A (3), 1

two. Pass each through bolt A through the front cap and
tighten the nut temporaily to hold the front cap.
4 2
M17213020
3. Apply hydraulic oil evenly over the O-rings and the threads of
the GPF plugs (5), and install those parts in both sides of the
front cap and tighten those to the specified toque value. 5
5
㻌
M17213022
3.8.3 Installation of Front Cylinder
Install the front cylinder and the orbital motor in the reassembled front head in the following manner.
1. Apply grease over the inner surface of the front head (1) and
also the contacting surface of the front cylinder.
2. Wash the chuck driver bush (2), using flusing oil, and blow the
air to dry it.
2
3. Apply grease over the outer surface of the chcuk driver bush,
and install it in the front head. 2
1
Turn the chuck driver bush by hand, and check that it turns M17213030
smoothly.
Apply grease over the end face and inner surface of the
chuck driver bush.
4. Apply Never-Seize over the threads of the bolts (3), four, on

both sides, and screw those bolts in the front head. 3
Tighten those to the maximum, using a hex wrench.
M17213031
5. Install the front cylinder (4) on the bolts (3).

3
M17213032
6. Apply grease over the contact surface to the shaft of the
rotation motor (1).
2
Install the rotation motor in the front head (2).
1
M17213034
7. Apply Never-Seize over the threads of the socket bolts (3).

Put washers on the socket bolts and install those from the
front cover side.
One-sided inner area of the washer is radius-shaped, so
align it with the seat of the socket bolt.
3
4 3
M17213035
8. Install the nuts (5) from the rotation motor side. Tighten the
4
socket bolts, four, evenly and temporarily.
M17213036
3.8.4 Reassembly of Cylinder (Rear side)
WARNING Getting caught or crushed may result. When lifting the cylinder, be careful not to
rapidly tilt or drop it.
a) Installation of Cylinder
1. Lift the reassembled cylinder, and install it on the side of the 3
front cylinder (3).
1
4 2
M17213020
3
M17213063
2. Apply grease over the end face of the cylinder.
3. Tie a nylon sling around the cylinder, and lift it, keeping
a balance.
Mass of cylinder: approx 5070kg.
Grease Applied
1
M17213062
4. Insert the bolts (3) being tightened on the front head, and fit
the convex part into the front cylinder (3).
1
At this time, do not slip off the O-rings installed to the
end of the cylinder.
3
5. Taking care not to pry the cylinder away, align the cilinder with 2
the front front cylinder.
Prying the cylinder away may cause damage to the M17213060
O-rings installed to the end of the cylinder.
6. Remove the nylon sling.
7. After aligning the cylinder, tighten the nuts (4) on the bolts
temporarily to hold the cylinder.
M17213061
b) Installation of Piston and Valve
Install the piston, valve etc from the side of the contacting surface of the cylinder backhead.
NOTICE When installing the piston and valve, prepare nonflammable cleaner (or flushing oil)
and hydraulic oil in the containers.
1. Apply grease over the O-rings, and fit those into the upper Backup Ring
1
and lower grooves of the plug (1).
2. Apply grease over the backup rings, and fit those into the
grooves of the plug.
When fitting, align the cut surface of the backup ring.
O-Ring
The recent, new plug has no backup ring on the upper
groove, so it’s a non-backup-ring type if the width of the
upper groove is different from that of the lower groove.
Backup Ring㻌
M17213095
3. Soak the piston (2) in flushing oil in a container. Wash up the

piston by bare hand, checking for damages, scratches etc.
4. After washing the piston, blow the air to dry it.
5. Soak the whole body of the piston in hydraulic oil in a

container. 2
M17213088
6. Making centering on the cylinder, install the piston.

7. Soak the seal retainer R (3) in hydraulic oil. Making centering
on the piston, install it in the cylinder with the tool (4).

Common HD715-09007 Insert Tool
3
Never hit the end of the seal retainer R directly with a
hammer etc. Failure to observe this may cause it to deform,
2
resulting in the difficulty of installing in the backhead. M17213090
8. Check that the cut sirface of the backup ring is aligned. Apply
the tool to the end face of the seal retainer R, and drive it, hitting
with a plastic hammer.
1
4
M17213089
9. Soak the valve (5) in hydraulic oil. Making centering on the

cylinder, install the valve from its part number marking side.
Moving the installed valve back and forth, check that it
functions properly.
5
M17213091
10. Soak the plug (1) in hydraulic oil. Check that the cut surface of
the backup ring is aligned. Put the plug in the cylinder, and
drive it, hitting lightly with a plastic hammer. 1
1
M17213092
3.8.5 Installation of Backup
On completion of the installation of the piston and the valve, install the backhead (1) to the cylinder
in the following manner.
1. Apply Never-Seize over the threads of the bolts (2) installed

to fasten the backhead.
Tighten the four bolts temporarily to hold the backhead to the
cylinder.
1
M17213084
2. Apply hydraulic oil over the thread of the GPF plug (3) and
also the O-ring, and tighten those to the specified torque
value.
3
1
M17213086
3.8.6 Torque Control for Bolts, Connectors etc
WARNING Getting caught or crushed may result. When lifting the drifter, be careful not to
rapidly tilt or drop it.
On completion of the reassembly of the drifter, lift the drifter, and put it on a work bench, where the
bolts, nuts, connectors etc are tightened to the specified torque value.
1. Tie a nylon sling around the front cap and backhead of the
drifter, and lit it, keeping a balance. The nylon sling must be
strong enough to withstand the mass of the drifter (see table).
Model Standard (kg)* With RP (kg)*

HD709 185 210
HD712 230 260
HD715 265 300
* Exclusive of Shank Rod
M17213114
2. Put the drifter on a special work bench.
M17213113
3. Using the C clamps (1), secure the drifter to the work bench Front side
by four places on the front and rear sides of the drifter.
4. The front side of the drifter must be secured firmly. However,

the rear side of the drifter be secured slightly, where the
component parts can move and they can be fastened
together firmly when the bolts and nuts are tightened.
1
NOTICE Do not secure the rear side of the drifter
M17213107
firmly, which results in the addition of extra
force to the connections of the parts,
Rear side
causing distortions.
M17213106
5. Tighten the nuts (2) to the specified torque value in a

crisscross sequence, which are installed to fasten the front
cylinder and the cylinder.
Specified Torque
HD709 M20 280

2
HD712 M22 370
HD715 M24 480 M17213099
6. Tighten the bolts (3) to the specified torque value in a

crisscross sequence, which are installed to fasten the
backhead.
Specified Torque
HD709 M22 370

2
HD712 M24 480
HD715 M24 480 M17213099
7. Tighten the set bolts (4) to the specified torque value in a
crisscross sequence, which are installed to fasten the front
cover and the fronthead.
Specified Torque
HD709 M18 200

4
HD712 M20 280
M17213101
HD715 M20 280
8. Tighten the socket bolts (6) to the specified torque value in a

crisscross sequence, which are installed to fasten the
accumulator (5).
6
The accumulators (5) are installed on both sides of the
cylinder.
Specified Torque
HD709 M20 280 5

M17213111
HD712 M20 280

HD715 M24 480
9. Tighten the through bolts A (7) to the specified torque value,

which are installed to fasten the front cap and the front cover.
Specified Torque
HD709 M24 480

HD712 M27 680
7
HD715 M27 680
M17213102
10. Tighten the male connectors (8) installed to the front cover to
the specified torque value. 8
Then screw in the union caps.
9
Specified Torque
HD709 G 3/4 200

HD712 G1 300 M17213104
HD715 G1 300
11. Tighten the male and female union adapters (10) on the top of
the cylinder to the specified torque value.
Specified Torque 10
Model Screw Size (Nm) 10
HD709 G 3/4 200
HD712 G 3/4 200
HD715 G1 300 M17213108
12. Tighten the male connector (11) on the left side of the front
cylinder to the specified torque value.
Then screw in the union cap (12).
Specified Torque
Common G 3/8 80
11 12
M17213110
Rotation Motor Torque Control
First secure the rotation motor to the fronthead and install the elbow adapter for connecting the oil
hose line, then make the torque control for rotation motor in the following manner
1. Using a hex wrench, tighten the bolts (1) installed to fasten the
rotation motor to the specified torque value in a crisscross
sequence.
Specified Torque
Model Screw Size 1
(Nm)
HD709 M12 60
HD712 M14 95
HD715 M14 95 M17213098
2. Holding the elbow connectors (2) with a wrench, tighten the

elbow connector nut (3) to the specified torque value.
The male and female adapter for HD709 is a straight type.
Specified Torque
3
HD709 7/8 UNF 100 2
HD712 15/16 UNF 150
M17213100
HD715 15/16 UNF 150
3. Wash up the male and female adapter (4), using flushing oil,
and blow the air to dry it.
Fit the O-ring into the male and female adapter.
These parts, however, are not used for HD709.
4
O-Ring
M17213112
4. Install the O-ring fitted male and female adapter (4) to the
totation motor, and tighten it to the specified torque value.
6
Specified Torque
HD712 15/16 UNF 150

5 4
HD715 15/16 UNF 150
5. Tighten the nut (6) for the elbow connector (5) to the
maximum, and apply hydraulic oil over the O-ring (7).
Screw in the male and female adapter. 7 6 M17213103
6. Screw in the elbow connector fully (until it doesn’t turn)

by hand once and then loosen it a little to fix the
direction of the elbow connector.
7. Holding the elbow connector with a wrench, tighten the

nut to the specified torque value.
The reassembly of the drifter is completed. Now the drifter can be mounted on a
carriage on the base machine such as the hydraulic crawler drill, where the necessary
hose lines should be connected.
3.9 Orbital Motor
3.9.1 Motor Construction and Main Part Names
(Figure 1 shows the section for 2000 series but the section for 4000 series is basically the same.)
䐟㻌䐠㻌䐡䐢㻌䐣䐤䐥䐦
䐭㻌䐯䐬䐫䐮㻌
䐟㻌 Output Shaft 䐨㻌 Balancing Plate

䐠㻌 Dust Seal 䐩㻌 Inner Face Seal
䐡㻌 Oil Seal (Shaft Seal) 䐪㻌 Outer Face Seal
䐢㻌 Bearing Housing 䐫㻌 Valve Plate
䐣㻌 Wear Plate 䐬㻌 Geroller Set
䐤㻌 Drive 䐭㻌 Shaft Face Seal
䐥㻌 Valve Drive 䐮㻌 Ball
䐦㻌 Valve 䐯㻌 O-Ring
䐧㻌 Valve Housing
Fig. 1
(The hose side port type is shown in Fig. 1, and the construction for the rear port type is basically the
same.)
3.9.2 Changing Shaft Seal
If oil leak occurs at the output shaft, change the oil seal. Prepare the shaft seal kit for changing (see
table below) that includes all the parts (2), (3), (15), and (17) in Fig. 1. The other seals are included in
the motor rear seal kit.
Part
Motor Rear Seal Kit Shaft Seal Kit
Name Motor series
Model Part No. Part No.
HD709 007210-60102 007210-60103 2000
HD712 HD500-06157 HD500-06158 4000
HD715 n n n
The same seal kits are available for high-torque motor specifications.
a) Disassembly
1. Putting the motor shaft downside, grip the bearing housing flange in a vise.
2. Loosen the bolts, four, on the motor rear side and valve housing (they are tightened to the
specified torque value, 4954Nm). Remove the bearing housing with the shaft remained
installed by lifting the portion upper from the wear plate. Remove the O-ring from the bearing
housing, while leaving the bolts installed.
O-Ring㻌
O-Ring
Bearing
Housing
Fig. 2 Fig. 3㻌
3. Remove the bearing from the bearing housing by hitting the shaft with a plastic hammer (the
outer edge of the bearing is fitted firmly to the housing hole).
Bearing
Fig. 4
4. Remove the oil seal inside the bearing housing. If the dust seal outside is damaged, remove it
with a common screwdriver.
Bearing
Housing
Dust Seal
Oil Seal
Fig. 5
5. Turning the shaft and the bearing of the bearing sub-assy by hand, check that no problem occurs
in the bearing. Check the shaft seals for wear and also the spline area for damage, and replace
the shaft sub-assy if necessary. The proper width of the retaining ring is selected so that the
bearing is given pre-load, therefore replace this shaft sub-assy when changing the bearing or
shaft.
Bearing Spacer
Bearing
Housing
Retainer Ring
Fig. 6
b) Changing Shaft Face Seal
Remove and change the shaft face seal on the inner edge of the wear plate.
c) Reassembly
1. Wash up the disassembled bearing housing (spacer) and the shaft sub-assy, using non-
petroleum solvent or lamp oil. Remove metal chips, foreign matter, oily dirt etc.
2. Install the new dust seal and oil seal in the bearing housing. Apply grease thinly over the lip of the
seals.
3. Press-fit or drive shaft sub-assy into the bearing housing, using a plastic hammer (see Fig. 6).
4. Apply grease over the new O-ring, and install it in the bearing housing.
5. Grip the flange of the bearing housing in a vise again. Fill the output shaft inside and the bearing
clearances with hydraulic oil.
6. Install the portion upper from the wear plate once removed on step 2, item a). Install the portion
between the wear plate and the valve housing, holding it by hand so as not to allow the O-rings
for the wear plate, geroller, valve plate and valve housing to slip off the grooves. Make the spline
of the drive to engage with the spline of the shaft inner edge, and tighten the bolts evenly to the
specified torque value, 4954Nm, using a torque wrench. If the spring pin is equipped, be aware
of the joining of the bearing housing, wear plate and geroller.
3.9.3 Disassembly and Reassembly of Motor
Generally, for the disassembly and repairs on a spot, only the shaft seal (previously described) may be
changed. But if the motor has been disassembled unintentionally or it malfunctions, perform the
disassembly, inspection and reassembly in the following manner.
In addition, if it’s difficult to perform the repairs on a spot, contact us.
a) Disassembly
Prepare the seal kits necessary for changing.
1. Clean the exterior of the motor.
2. Putting the motor shaft downside, grip the bearing housing flange in a vise. Loosen and remove
the bolts (four) on the motor rear side and valve housing.
3. Remove the valve housing, balancing plate, valve, valve plate, valve drive, geroller set, drive,
wear plate and bearing housing (with the shaft) in a sequence. Also, remove the O-rings installed
between those parts.
4. Remove the plugs (two) from the valve housing, using a hex wrench, and take out the balls (two).
Remove the pins and springs for balancing plate (two each) and also the drain plug.
5. Remove the outer and inner face seals from the balancing plate.
6. Remove the shaft face seal from the wear plate.
7. Remove the shaft and the bearing sub-assy from the bearing housing, hitting with a plastic
hammer, and remove the oil seal and the dust seal.
8. Wash up each detached part, using non-petroleum solvent, and remove metal chips, foreign
matter or oily dirt etc. The geroller set should be washed up without disassembling.
9. Check for abnormal wear, seizure etc. Repair burrs, dents etc on the contacting and mating
surfaces of the parts, using an oilstone.
b) Reassembly
Prepare the seal kits necessary for changing. Basically the seals such as oil seals, O-rings and face
seals must be replaced at this reassembly.
1. According to the procedures described in the previous item ‘3.9.2 Changing Shaft Seal,’ install
the dust seal and the oil seal in the bearing housing, and press-fit the shaft sub-assy.
2. Install the shaft face seal in the wear plate hole.
Shaft Face Seal
Wear Plate
Fig. 7
3. Fit outer and inner face seals into the balancing plate. Be careful no to damage the outer and
inner surfaces of the seals.
Outer Face Seal Inner Face Seal
Balancing Plate
Fig. 8
4. Install the balls (two) in the valve housing. Screw in the plugs with O-rings, fit the springs and
pins for balancing plate (two each) into the hole, and aligning the notches with the pins, install the
balancing plate.
5. Grip the flange of the bearing housing being installed with the shaft sub-assy in a vise, putting the
output shaft downside. Fill the output shaft inside and the bearing clearances with hydraulic oil.
6. Install the O-ring on the end face of the bearing housing. Mount the wear plate with the shaft face
seal, and align the bolt holes.
7. Fit the large and small seal rings (two) into the wear plate. At this time, apply grease over the
seals to firmly stick those.
8. Install the drive, making it to engage with the spline of the output shaft inside.
9. Align the bolt holes with the drain holes, making the geroller set to engage with the drive.
10. Install the valve drive into the inside spline of the geroller set. Mark an arrow with a Magic Marker
where the tip of the tooth of the spline of the valve drive is aligned with the outside tooth of the
geroller star as shown in figure 9.
Valve Drive
Valve
Geroller Star
Outside Tooth Cross Hole
Fig. 9 Timing of Geroller and Valve
㻌
Valve Drive
Geroller Star
Fig. 10
11. Apply grease over the large and small O-rings (two), and fit and stick those to the seal grooves
for the valve plate, and aligning the bolt holes with the drain holes, install the valve plate.
12. Fit the valve into the spline of the valve drive where the tooth of the spline of the valve drive
marked the arrow shifts in position of 15q from the cross hole of the valve (turn the valve 15q
counterclockwise) so that it is set on the center of the motor. (These steps are important to
decide the timing of the motor turning direction.)
Valve
Valve Drive
Valve Plate
Fig. 11
13. Stick the large and small O-rings (two) coated with grease into the valve housing sub-assy
reassembled on step 4. Holding the balancing plate with a brass or bamboo stick inserting
through the port, install the valve housing to the valve.
Valve Housing
Balancing Plate
Fig. 11
14. Install the bolts (four), and tighten those by hand temporarily, adjusting the position of each part.
And tighten those evenly to the specified torque value, 4954Nm, using a torque wrench. Be
careful that the seal rings between those parts are not pinched.
15. Take the motor out of the vise, and the reassembly is completed.
3.9.4 Checking Turning Direction
a) Side Port Type (viewed from the output shaft)
㻻㼁㼀
Turning Clockwise 㻵㻺
IN
OUT
Turning counterclockwise㻌
b) Rear Port Type (viewed from the output shaft)
OUT
Turning Clockwise㻌 IN
IN
Turning counterclockwise㻌 OUT
On completion of the installation, check the oil flow and the turning direction, referring to the
illustrations above.
3.9.5 Graph of Required Amount of Turning Oil by Drifter Model (Reference)
Graph of Required Am ount of Turning Oil by Drifter Model

䝗䝸䝣䝍ྛᶵ✀ᚲせᅇ㌿Ἔ㔞⥺ᅗ
HD㻴712
㻰㻣㻝㻞㧗䝖䝹䜽䠙㻴㻰㻣㻝㻡
High Torque = HD715
㻝㻝㻜
H㻴D712 Standard
㻰㻣㻝㻞ᶆ‽
㻝㻜㻜
㻥㻜
Amount of Turning Oil (l/min)
㻤㻜
㻴㻰㻣㻜㻥㧗䝖䝹䜽
HD709 High Torque
ᅇ㌿Ἔ㔞㻔㼘㻛㼙㼕㼚㻕
㻣㻜
㻢㻜
㻴㻰㻣㻜㻥ᶆ‽
㻡㻜 HD709 Standard
㻠㻜
㻟㻜
㻞㻜
㻝㻜
㻜
㻜㻞㻡㻡㻜㻣㻡㻝㻜㻜㻝㻞㻡㻝㻡㻜㻝㻣㻡㻞㻜㻜㻞㻞㻡㻞㻡㻜㻞㻣㻡
㻙㻝
䝻䝑䝗ᅇ㌿㏿ᗘ㻔㼙㼕㼚
Rod Turning Speed (min-1)㻕
3.10 Repairing and Changing Procedure for Cylinder
Inside Bush
3.10.1 Repairing Cylinder Inside Bush
If scuffing occurs in the cylinder inside bush and valve and it is relatively small, buff the bush
inner surface. For the air tool for buffing, see table below.
Model Shaft with Grindstone Grinder

HD709 HD709-09011 HD715-09018
HD712 HD712-09010 HD715-09018
HD715 HD715-09015 HD715-09018
3.10.2 Changing Cylinder Inside Bush

If scuff mark in the valve cannot be removed, although the repairs have been carried out, change
the cylinder inside bush in the following manner.
1. Prepare the new bush. For part numbers of cylinders and bushes, see table below.
Model Cylinder/Bush Cylinder Bush

HD709 HD709-01001 HD709-01021 HD709-01009
HD709-01022 HD709-01023 HD709-01009
HD712 HD712-01001 HD712-01021 HD712-01009
HD712-01022 HD712-01023 HD712-01009
HD715 HD715-01024 HD715-01025 HD715-01027
HD715-01033 HD715-01034 HD715-01027
2. Remove all the built-in parts, plug etc from the cylinder.
3. Cut off an extra metal filling of the bush in the valve cavity of the cylinder by electric
discharge machining to reduce the fastening force to the cylinder. For electric discharge
machining, see the drawings on the table.
Model Electric Discharge Machining

Drawings
HD709 HD709-01020
HD712 HD712-01020
HD715 HD715-01020
4. According to the specifications in the table, screw a top-end-threaded stick with a suitable
length into the thread of the bush, and remove the bush slowly from the cylinder.
Model Screw Size Screw Length (mm)

HD709 M12x1.5
HD712 M12x1.5 15 or more
HD715 M16x1.5
5. Buff the valve cavity inside surfaces of the cylinder lightly.
6. Wash up the cylinder, especially the valve cavity inside.
Note: With the operations on steps 5 and 6, any particles produced by electric discharge
machining and stuck to the cavity inside surfaces are removed. If not removed
completely, scuffing may occur in the valve and cylinder and bush.
7. According to the specifications in the table, cool the new bush, and heat the cylinder.
Part Name Maintaining Temperature (qC) Maintaining Periods (min)

Cylinder 180 10
Bush 150 10
8. Screw the stick on step 4 into the bush as soon as the bush is cooled and the cylinder is
heated to the specified values on step 7, and install the bush slowly in the cavity inside. At
this time, put the vertical groove on the periphery of the bush upside.
9. Wash up the cylinder again, especially the valve cavity inside.

HYDRAULIC
CRAWLER DRILL
SHOP MANUAL SECTION
BACK
Service Manual!
Contents
1 Emergency Stop Circuits (FURUKAWA)

1-1 Discharge Air Temperature Abnormality (Compressor)
1-2 Hydraulic Oil Level Drop
2 Emergency Stop Circuits (CUMMINS)

2-1 Engine Water Temperature Abnormality
2-2 Engine Oil Pressure Abnormality
2-3 Intake Temperature Abnormality
3 Engine Stopper
4 Gauges and Meters

4-1 Oil Temperature Gauge
4-2 Engine Water Temperature Gauge
4-3 Air Temperature Gauge (Compressor Discharge Air)
4-4 Fuel Gauge
4-5 Tachometer
4-6 Hour Meter
5 Indicator Lamps
5-1 Testing of Lamps
5-2 Oil Temperature Rise Lamp
5-3 Compressor Oil Filter Lamp
5-4 Return Oil Filter Clogging Lamp
5-5 Air and Cleaner Clogging Lamp
5-6 Oil Temperature Drop Lamp
5-7 Charging Lamp
6 Safety Lock Lever

1 Emergency Stop Circuits
(FURUKAWA)
1-1 Discharge Air Temperature Abnormality

(Compressor)
Normal:
The N/C contact for the discharge air temperature
sensor (SN-AT) is ON at all times so the 11108 of
address 1-54 is ON.
Abnormal:
If discharge air temperature is over 110qCr2qC, the
sensor goes OFF, and the 11108 of address 1-54 is
OFF, where a discharge air abnormality is known.
At this time, the relay/AT goes OFF. The output from
the PC makes the 11000 of address 2-52 ON and
the relay/ERZ of address 4-35 ON. And the N/C
contact on the relay/ERZ of address 1-24 becomes
OFF, and the relay/ST1 for the stop solenoid
becomes OFF, and the ECM keyswitch input is
interrupted, and the engine is stopped.
Temperature can be checked with the air
Discharge Air
temperature gauge. Temp. Sensor
Go ON
SN-AT
㪤㪛㪉㪈㪌㩷㪤㪛㪉㪈㪌㩷
㪩㪬㪥㩷㪩㪬㪥
㪚㪥㪈㩷
㩷
㪇㩷㪈㩷㪉㩷㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎㩷
㪚㪥㪈
㪏㩷㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㩷㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌㪏㩷㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㩷㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌
㪚㪥㪉㩷
㩷
㪚㪥㪉
㪇㩷㪈㩷㪉㩷㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎㩷 Go OFF
㪏㩷㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㩷㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌㩷㪏㩷㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㩷㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌
Compressor
㪤㪘㪚㪟㪠㪥㪜㩷㪤㪘㪚㪟㪠㪥㪜㩷
㪈㪥㫆㪅㩷㪈㪥㫆㪅㩷
Go ON Normal Abnormal
Relay ERZ
Relay AT
Air Temp. Gauge

1-2 Hydraulic Oil Level Drop
Normal condition:
If hydraulic oil is over the specified level, the oil level
sensor (SN-OFT) goes OFF.
Hydraulic oil level drop:

In this condition the oil level sensor (SN-OFT) of
address 1-67 goes ON, and the relay/OFT of
address 1-68 ON. And the N/O contact on the
relay/OFT of address 1-57 is closed, and the 11111
goes ON, where the hydraulic oil level drop is
known.
The output from the PC makes the 11000 of address
2-52 ON and the relay/ERZ of address 4-35 ON.
Also, the N/C contact on the relay/ERZ of address
1-24 becomes OFF, and the relay/ST1 for the stop
solenoid becomes OFF, and the ECM keyswitch
input is interrupted, and the engine is stopped,
where the oil level drop lamp is lit.
The self-retaining circuits are adopted for the oil
level drop circuits so the engine could not be
re-started unless the keyswitch is turned to the OFF
position after the engine stop lamp has been lit.
are the self-retaining type so
Go ON
㪤㪛㪉㪈㪌㩷㪤㪛㪉㪈㪌㩷
㪩㪬㪩㪬
㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㪌㪍㪎㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㪌㪍㪎
㪚㪥㪈㩷㪚㪥㪈㩷
㪏㪐㪈㪇㪈㪈㪏㪐㪈㪇㪈㪈
㪚㪥㪉㩷
㩷
㪇㩷㪈㩷㪉㩷㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎
㪚㪥㪉㩷
㩷
㪇㪈㩷㪉㩷㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎 Oil Level
Sensor
㪏㪐㪈㪇㪈㪈㪏㪐㪈㪇㪈㪈 SN-OFT
㪈㪥㫆㪅㩷㪈㪥㫆㪅㩷
Relay ERZ
Go ON Relay OFT
Control Board
2 Emergency Stop Circuits
(CUMMINS)
2-1 Engine Water Temperature

Abnormality
If engine water temperature rises above 104qC, fuel

starts to be controlled in five seconds. And if it rises
abruptly, the start of controlling fuel is earlier,
depending on the situation.
If it continues rising and exceeds 113qC, the
Water Temp. Gauge
countdown to the engine stopping starts. And if it still
not below 113qC, engine stops in 30 seconds, where
the red lamp flashes and warms the operator.
The activation of the engine stop solenoid is
controlled in the ECM.
Check temperature with the temperature gauge.
The error code 146 is recorded. The code is
checked with the lamp check switch (SS-LT2) turned
to ON position and the orange lamp on the throttle
switch box.
2-2 Engine Oil Pressure Abnormality
Error Code Check Lamp
If engine oil pressure switch is below Warning Lamp
6PSI (0.42kg/f/cm2), the red lamp is lit Lamp Check Switch SS-LT2
in five seconds, and if oil pressure is not

returned, engine stops in 30 seconds, where the red
lamp flashes and warms the operator.
The error codes 143 and 415 are recorded. The
codes are checked with the lamp check switch
(SS-LT2) turned to ON position and the orange lamp
on the throttle switch box.
2-3 Intake Temperature Abnormality
If intake temperature rises above 96qC, fuel starts to

be controlled in five seconds. And if it rises abruptly,
the start of controlling fuel is earlier, depending on
the situation.
If it continues rising and exceeds 102qC, the
countdown to the engine stop starts. And if it still not
below 102qC, engine stops in 30 seconds, where the
red lamp flashes and warms the operator.
Check temperature with the temperature gauge.
The error code 488 is recorded. The code is
checked with the lamp check switch (SS-LT2) turned
to ON position and the orange lamp on the throttle
switch box.
Error Code Check Lamp

Warning Lamp
Lamp Check Switch SS-LT2

3 Engine Stopper
The engine stopper operation circuits are the

controls from the ECM but here they represent the
circuits to send power to the ECM.
If engine keyswitch is turned to the ON position, the
relay/ESA of address 1-16 goes ON. And the N/O
contact on the relay/ESA of address 1-24 is ON, and
the relay/ST1 ON, where the signal of keyswitch ON
is sent to ECM (the N/O contact on relay/ST1 of
address 5-79 is ON).
The engine stopper goes ON or OFF as a DC24V is
sent or not to A terminal of the ECM, A.
Relay ST1
Relay ESA
Relay ESB
ECM
4 Gauges and Meters
4-1 Oil Temperature Gauge
Sensor resistance variations are shown on the

gauge.
Std. indication (qC) 30 85

Sensor resistance 362.5 44.4
value (:)
Allowable error (q) r6 r3.75
Oil Temp. Gauge
Oil Temp. Gauge Sensor

4-2 Engine WaterTemperature Gauge
Sensor resistance variations are shown on the gauge.
Std. indication (qC) 50 (80) (100) 103 (120)

Sensor resistance 153.9 (51.9) (27.4) 24.9 (16.1)
value (:)
Allowable error (q) r3.75 r3.75
Water Temp. Gauge
Water Temp. Gauge Sensor

4-3 Air Temperature Gauge (Compressor Discharge Air Temperature)
Std. indication (qC) 50 (80) (100) 103 (120)

Sensor resistance 153.9 (51.9) (27.4) 24.9 (16.1)
value (:)
Allowable error (q) r3.75 r3.75
Air Temp. Gauge
Air Temp. Gauge Sensor
Compressor
4-4 Fuel Gauge
Std. indication F 1/2 E

Sensor resistance 10 (38) 90
value (:)
Allowable error (q) 7.5 0
0 7.5
P1
Fuel Gauge
Air Temp. Gauge Sensor

4-5 Tachometer
The number of gear teeth of flywheel is counted with

the tachometer sensor (magnetic pickup), which is
installed in the gear case of the engine, and shown
on the tachometer.
The ratio of rotation of flywheel gear to tachometer is
a 127-pulse to 3-pulse per revolution.
The pulse sensed by the tachometer sensor is input
into a pulse counter and is converted into the ratio of
rotation to the tachometer.
4-6 Hour Meter
If N/O contact on the engine operation signal relay/ENR2 is closed, the hour
meter starts to count down.
The hour meter is a tachometer-built-in type
Std. indication (min-1) 1000 2500

Allowable error (min-1) r40 r60
Pulse Counter
Hour Meter Tachometer Sensor

(Magnetic Pickup)
Control Board
Relay ENR2
5 Indicator Lamps
5-1 Testing of Lamps
If the keyswitch is turned to the ON position, each

indicator lamp is lit and in a time (five seconds) the
lamp test timer/LT is set, it is darkened.
Check whether the lamp bulbs are functioning.
Timer LT Set
5 Seconds
5-2 Oil Temperature Rise Lamp
If oil temperature rises above 85qC, the

thermo-switch (H) of address 1-56 is closed, and the
lamp (PL3) of address 1-66 goes ON. If this lamp is
lit, striking (percussion) is disabled.
For details, refer to the percussion circuits.
㪤㪛㪉㪈㪌㩷
㪩㪬㪥㩷
㪚㪥㪈㩷
㪏㩷㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌
㪚㪥㪉㩷
㪏㩷㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌㩷
㪤㪘㪚㪟㪠㪥㪜㩷
㪈㪥㫆㪅㩷
Go ON
Thermo-switch (H)
5-3 Compressor Oil Filter Lamp
If clogging of compressor oil filter is detected, the

lamp is lit, where the compressor oil filter indicator
(SN-COF) of address 1-50 is ON, and also the PC
card 11104 and the lamp PL5 of address 1-69 ON.
㪤㪛㪉㪈㪌
㪩㪬
Go ON
㪚㪥㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㪌㪍
㪏㪐㪈㪇㪈㪈
㪏㪐㪈㪇㪈㪈
㪥㫆㪅㩷
Compressor
Oil Filter Indicator
5-4 Return Oil Filter Lamp
If clogging of hydraulic oil filter is detected, the lamp

is lit, where the return oil filter indicator (SN-ROF) of
address 1-52 is ON, and also the PC card 11106 and
the relay/ROF ON. And the N/O contact on the
relay/ROF of address 1-72 is closed, and the lamp
PL6 goes ON.
㪤㪛㪉㪈㪌㩷
㪩㪬㪥㩷 Go ON
㪇㩷㪈㩷㪉㩷㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㪎
㪚㪥㪈㩷
㩷
㪏㪐㪈㪇㪈㪈
㪇㩷㪈㩷㪉㩷㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㪎
㪚㪥㪉㩷
㪏㪐㪈㪇㪈㪈
㪤㪘㪚㪟㪠㪥㪜
㪈㪥㫆㪅㩷
Return Oil Heater Indicator

5-5 Air Cleaner Lamp
If clogging of engine and compressor air cleaner is

detected, the lamp is lit, where the PC card 11107
goes ON, and the relay/EA ON. And the N/O contact
on the relay/EA of address 1-73 is closed, and the
lamp PL7 goes ON.
㪤㪛㪉㪈㪌 Go ON
㪩㪬
㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㪌㪍
㪚㪥
㪏㪐㪈㪇㪈㪈
㪏㪐㪈㪇㪈㪈
㪈㪥㫆㪅㩷
Relay EA
Air Cleaner Indicator

5-6 Oil Temperature Drop Lamp
If hydraulic oil temperature drops below 25qC, the

contact of thermo-switch (L)T1 of address 1-55 goes
OFF so the relay/TL does not turn ON. And the N/C
contact on the relay/TL of address 1-74 is still closed
so the oil temperature drop lamp PL8 goes ON. In
this condition, the INPUT signal is not sent to the PC
card 11109 so striking (percussion) is disabled.
If oil temperature rises above 25qC by heating
operation, the thermo-switch (L) T1 of address 1-55
is closed, and the PC card 11109 goes ON, and the
relay/TL ON. And the N/C contact on the relay/TL of
address 1-74 is opened, where the oil temperature
drop lamp is darkened.
㪤㪛㪉㪈㪌 Go ON
㪩㪬㪥㩷
㩷
㪇㩷㪈㩷㪉㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎㩷
㪚㪥㪈㩷
㪏㩷㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㩷㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌
㩷
㪇㩷㪈㩷㪉㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎㩷
㪚㪥㪉㩷
㪏㩷㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㩷㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌㩷
㪈㪥㫆㪅㩷
Relay TL
Thermo-switch (L)
5-7 Charge Lamp
If engine does not start, no power is generated in the

alternator so the relay/ENR2 does not go ON.
Therefore, the N/C contact on the relay/ENR2 of
address 1-75 is closed, and the charge lamp PL9
goes ON.
If engine starts and power is generated in the
alternator, the relay/ENR2 goes ON, and the N/C
contact on the relay/ENR 2 is opened, and the
charge lamp PL9 goes OFF. The engine start signal
from the alternator is a DC24V.
Before Start After Start
Relay ENR2
Alternato
6 Safety Lock Lever
If safety lock lever on the control box (LH) in the

cabin is moved towards you, the pilot pressure
operation (CLS-P) of address 2-6 goes ON, and the
PC card 10005 ON. By this operation, traveling,
drilling and rod changing are enabled.
Go ON
㪠㪛㪉㪈㪌㩷
㪩㪬㪥㩷
㩷
㪚㪥㪈㩷
㩷
㪚㪥㪉㩷
㪤㪘㪚㪟㪠㪥㪜㩷 Locked
㪇㪥㫆㪅㩷
Unlocked
Pilot Pressure Operation

7. Dust Collector And Oil Cooler Control
7-1. Dust collector control
7-2. Oil Cooler Control
7-3. Circuit Diagrams
8. Reverse Percussion Control

8-1 Dial Switch
9. Throttle Control
9-1. Blow Switch
9-2. Computer Control
10. Centralizer
10-1. Centralizer Open
10-2. Centralizer Close
11. Boom Control

11-1. Boom Control Box
11-2. Pressure Oil Adjustment to 21Mpa
11-3. Return Oil line
7 Dust Collector And Oil Cooler Control
7-1 Dust Collector Control
When the switch lever marked on the right is moved to the
upper position (SW-S08) or lower position (SW-S07), both
the dust collector and the air flushing operate simultaneously.
When it is moved to the right position, only the dust collector
operates. When turn on the switch in each direction, the
sequencer INPUT (upper position: 101.03, lower position:
101.01, and right position: 101.02) is energized, and the red
light is light.
And when the signal for SOL-DC is sent out from the 120.14
or the signal for SOL-EXS is sent out from the 110.03 on the
sequencer OUTPUT, the electric circuit is off.
SW-S08 (101.03)
With each signal, the contact of relay terminal 120-14 turns
ON and the solenoid valve/SOL-DC (10-2) is energized,
therefore the dust collector is activated and the oil pressure is
supplied. SW-S07
And when the contact of relay terminal 110-03 turns ON and (101.02)
the air solenoid (SOL-EXS) for dust collector exhaust shutter
is energized, the exhaust shutter is activated.
SW-S06ާ101㧚01ި
7-2 Oil Cooler Control
As the <10-2> solenoid valve/SOL-DC is energized, the
pressure oil from the P3 pump (gear pump) is adjusted to a
21Mpa with the relief valve (10-1) and supplied to the
solenoid valve /SOL-DC (10-2).
The oil from the solenoid valve/SOL-DC (10-2) is adjusted
to the oil flow required for the setting dust collector motor’s
rpm by the fan motor speed adjustment needle valve (10-3),
and the remaining oil is come out of the oil cooler port (OC).
The pressure oil is supplied to each fan motor.
The reverse flow prevention valves (10-4), (10-5) are provided
on the oil line to the oil motor to prevent the oil from entering
the dust collector motor when the dust collector is not
functioning.
The oil with 21Mpa from the dust collector modular (DC port)
turns the dust collector motor, and flows into the check valve
(10-6) on the motor side, by which the motor reverse running is
prevented.
The oil from the check valve joins the oil from the dust collector
modular OC port, and the joined oil is adjusted to the oil flow
required for the setting oil cooler motor’s rpm by the oil cooler
motor speed adjustment needle valves #18, #38.
The oil each turns the respective oil motors and then joins together, and if the oil is heated up to
65qC or more, it passes through the return filter and then returns to the tank. But if the oil is
heated below 65qC, it directly returns to the tank without passing through the filter.
Needle Valve (10-3)
Relief Valve (10-1)

7-3 Circuit Diagrams
8 Reverse Percussion Control
8-1 Dial Switch
When the dial switch in the cabin is set to the RP
position (CS-RP), the sequencer
INPUT/OUTPUT unit 101.07 goes ON. When the
green lamp for relay RP is lit, the SOL-RP (34-1)
is energized.
The SOL-RP (34-1) separates the pressure oil

for blows discharged from the drilling block PH.
The oil from the PH has the same pressure for
blows, which is reduced to an 11Mpa by the RP
modular reducing valve (34-2).
The pressure oil from the RP modularRPD0 port
enters the drifter RP, and pushes the shank rod
up to the piston striking point.
9 Throttle Control
9-1 Blow Switch
When the blow switch (SW-PH) is turned ON, the sequencer 100.09
goes ON.
When the blow flow switch (SN-BF) is turned ON, the sequencer 111.05
goes ON.
The flow switch turns ON when the flow goes beyond 3m3/min, and the
sequencer 111.08 goes ON.
9-2 Computer Control

The engine has an electric dial type engine throttle, and
engine’s rpm is controlled with the computer incorporated
in the engine.
With the relay 120.15 turned ON, the INPUT signal is sent
to the ECM”B”, which instructs the injection pump to raise
engine’s rpm.
10 Centralizer
10-1 Centralizer Open
When the lever switch in the cabin is set to the
left position (Open) SW-R15, the sequencer
101.10 goes ON, and the green lamp for relay
terminal 121.14 is lit.
The SOL-R13 feeds the oil from the B-port to
the cylinder rear chamber for centralizer, and
the centralizer goes Open.
10-2 Centralizer Close

When the lever switch in the cabin is set to the
right position (Close) SW-R25, the sequencer
101.11 goes ON, and the green lamp for relay
terminal 121.15 is lit.
The SOL-R23 feeds pressure oil from the A-port
to the cylinder front chamber for centralizer, and
the centralizer goes Close.
11 Boom Control
11-1 Boom Control Box
When any switch on the boom control box is
pressed, the signal is sent to the sequencer by
which the electricity is supplied to the relevant
solenoid valve.
With the solenoid valve activated, the pressure
oil in the P1 pump is supplied to the relevant
cylinder.
11-2 Pressure Oil Adjusted to 21Mpa

The pressure oil for boom is supplied from the
P1 pump.
The pressure oil is supplied to the relief valve in
the drilling block, where it is adjusted to a
21Mpa.
The adjusted pressure oil is constantly supplied
to the entrance of the solenoid valve, and it
flows into the cylinder immediately after the
solenoid valve is actuated.
11-3 Return Oil

The return oil from the cylinder flows through
the T line of the solenoid valve into the hydraulic
tank.
11-4 Arrangement of Solenoid Valves
2Ჩ
ᴾ
12. Pilot Main Pressure

13 Travel
13-1 Interlock
13-2 Speed Change
13-3 Left Forward (Example of Single
Operation)
13-4 Reverse (Example of Compound Operation)
14 Oscillating
14-1 Travel (Float)
14-2 Interlock
15 Feeding (When “Push” Drilling by Lever
Operation)
15-1 Forward Fine Feeding
15-1-1 Electrical
15-1-2 Pilot Line
15-1-3 LS Line
15-1-4 Main Line
15-1-5 Pressure Control
15-2 Forward Quick Feeding
15-2-1 Electrical
15-2-2 Pilot Line
15-2-3 Main Line
15-3 Reverse Fine Feeding
15-3-1 Electrical
15-3-2 Pilot Line
15-3-3 Main Line
15-4 Reverse Quick Feeding
15-4-1 Electrical
15-4-2 Pilot Line
15-4-3 Main Line
15-5 Deceleration Function
16 Drifter Rotation
16-1 Neutral
16-2 Normal Rotation (N Mode)
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
ᴾ
12 Pilot Main Pressure
The pilot main pressure is used for the following:

x Pilot Valve 1 7!
x Pilot Valve 2 8!
x Drive Motor Speed Change
x Oscillating Lock Release
x Rod Turning Pilot
x Heating Pilot
And the pressure is set to a 4Mpa.
The pilot pressure supplied to the pilot valve 2 8!

comes from the P3 pump 4!.
The pressure oil out of the P3 pump 4! is forced to
the dust collector modular 10!/port P3, and the
pressure oil out of the dust collector modular
10!/port P4 is forced through the pilot filter 37!
and to the pilot modular 2!/port P4.
The pressure oil is reduced to a pilot pressure,
4Mpa, by the reducing valve 2-1!.
The reduced pressure oil becomes the pilot main
pressure, which is forced with the relevant solenoid
valve to perform each operation.
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
13 Travel
The source of oil pressure for travel is the P1 pump

3!.
13-1 Interlock
To release the travel lock, first move the safety lock
lever to the front position and at the same time move
the travel lever for pilot valve 2 8! to the front or
back position, then return the travel lever within five
seconds. The travel lock, however, remains even if
the travel lever is returned after five seconds or
more have passed.
The travel lock also functions if the machine is in a
dangerous posture (For conditions on travel lock,
refer to the material HCR1500-F03A). Go ON
If the switch/SS-D01 in the control board is
turned ON, the lock is released. 㪤㪛㪉㪈㪌㪦㪛㪉㪈㪌
㪩㪬㪥㪩㪬㪥㩷
By turning ON the switch/SS-D01,
the sequencer INPUT/15108 and 㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㪌㪍㪎
㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪈㩷
Go ON
OUTPUT/12001 go ON, and the 㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㩷㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌
relay 120-01 ON.
㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㪌㪍㪎
㪚㪥㪉㪚㪥㪉㩷
And the solenoid valve 2-3! /SOL-TP is
㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㩷㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌
energized, and the lock is released.
㪌㪥㫆㪅㩷㪉㪥㫆㪅㩷
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
ᴾ
13-2 Speed Change
By turning ON the switch/SW-TR, the solenoid
valve 2-2!/SOL-TR is energized, and the
pressure oil out of the pilot modular 2!/port 䌏䌎
䌏䌆䌆
TR1 and TR2 is forced to their respective drive

motor L <11> and R <12>.
The pressure oil works on the swash plate of the
17110010
control piston in the motor, and reduces the
motor volume.
The reduced motor volume increases the
motor’s rpm, and the feeding speed becomes
high.
By turning OFF the switch/SW-TR, the motor
volume is increased, and the feeding speed
becomes low.
SW-TR Speed Torque

ON High Small
OFF Low Large
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
13-3 Left Forward (Example of Single Operation)

If the safety lock lever is moved to the front position
and at the same time the travel left lever for pilot
valve 2 8! is moved to the front position, the
proximity switch/CLS-TLF for lever position
detection goes ON (in case of left forward), and the
relay/FD goes ON.
With the relay FD ON, the sequencer INPUT/10012
and OUTPUT/12001 go ON, and the relay/120-01
ON.
And the solenoid valve 2-3!/SOL-TP is energized,
and the pressure oil out of the pilot modular 2!/port Go ON Go ON
TP is forced through shuttle valve 39-1! and to the
pilot valve 2/port P 8!. 㪠㪛㪉㪈㪌㪦㪛㪉㪈㪌
㪩㪬㪩㪬
With the pilot control valve 8-1! activated, the
pressure oil is reduced to a pressure in proportion to 㪚㪥㪈
㩷
㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎
㪚㪥㪈
㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㪌㪍㪎
㪏㪐㪈㪇㪈㪈㪏㪐㪈㪇㪈㪈
a specific tilting angle of lever, and it is forced to the
drilling block 1!/port a2, where the spool 1-9! is 㪚㪥㪉
㩷
㪇㪈㪉㩷㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎㪚㪥㪉
switched to the forward position. 㪏㪐㪈㪇㪈㪈㪏㪐㪈㪇㪈㪈
With the spool 1-9! operated, the pressure oil is 㪤㪘㪚㪟㪠㪥㪜㩷㪤㪘㪚㪟㪠㪥㪜
0 㪥㫆㪅㩷㪉㪥㫆㪅㩷
forced to the LS line.
The pressure oil is forced through the shuttle valve
1-11!, shuttle valve 1-15!, orifice 1-38! and
orifice 3-5!, and to the P1 pump 3!/port X.
The P1 pump 3! starts to send a pressure that is
1.2Mpa greater than the LS line pressure.
The pressure oil out of the P1 pump 3!/port A1 is
forced to the drilling block 1!/port P1, and through
the pressure compensation valve 1-8! and spool
1-9!, it is forced out of the drilling block 1!/port
A2 and to the drive motor 11!/forward port.
The pressure oil switches the operation of the
counterbalance valve and brake release valve, and
works on the brake release piston to release the
mechanical brake. And the motor turns forward.
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
13-4 Reverse (Example of Compound Operation)

and at the same time the travel left and right levers
for pilot valve 2 8! are moved to the back position,
the proximity switch/CLS-TLR and CLS-TRR for
lever position detection go ON (in case of travel
reverse), and the relay/RD goes ON. With the relay
FD ON, the sequencer INPUT/10012 and
OUTPUT/12001 go ON, and the relay/120-01 ON.
And the solenoid valve 2-3!/SOL-TP is energized,
and the pressure oil out of the pilot modular 2!/port Go ON
Go ON
TP is forced through shuttle valve 39-1! and to the
pilot valve 2 8!/port P.
㪠㪛㪉㪈㪌㪦㪛㪉㪈㪌
With the pilot control valves 8-1! and 8-2! 㪩㪬㪥㪩㪬㪥
activated, the pressure oil is reduced to a pressure
㪚㪥㪈
㩷
㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎㩷
㪚㪥㪈
in proportion to a specific tilting angle of lever, and it
㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㩷㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌㩷㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌
is forced to the drilling block 1!/port b2 and b3,
where the spools 1-9! and 1-15! are switched to 㪚㪥㪉
㩷
㪚㪥㪉
the reverse position. With the spools 1-9! and 㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㩷㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌㩷㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌
1-15! operated, the pressure oil is forced to the LS 㪤㪘㪚㪟㪠㪥㪜㩷㪤㪘㪚㪟㪠㪥㪜㩷

line. The pressure oil out of the spool 1-15! is
forced through the shuttle valve 1-17! and to the
shuttle valve 1-11!. Also, the pressure oil out of the
spool 1-9! is forced to the shuttle valve 1-11!,
where the higher-pressure oil is selected, and is
forced to the shuttle valve 1-5!. The pressure oil is
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
ᴾ
forced through the orifices 1-38! and 3-5! and to
the P1 pump 3!/port X. The P1 pump 3! starts to
send a pressure that is 1.2Mpa greater than the LS
line pressure. The pressure oil out of the P1 pump
3!/port A1 is forced to the drilling block 1!/port P1
and relevant each section to turn the drive motor
reverse (for details of drive motor, refer to section
1-4 Left Forward). At this time, each flow of oil into
the spools 1-9! and 1-15! is determined by the
amount of spool opening (a specific tilting angle of
travel lever for pilot valve 2 8!), and with the
pressure compensation valves 1-8! and 1-14!
activated, the travel speed is maintained constant,
regardless of load to the drive motor.
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
ᴾ
14 Oscillating
Oscillating of the machine in travel is maintained

with the oscillating valves in a float mechanism (the
function to minimize the machine posture variations)
that allows the pressure oil to freely flow from and
into both left and right oscillating cylinders. And if
the machine is not in travel, the two-way free flow of
the pressure oil is blocked to maintain a stable
machine posture.
14-1 Travel (Float)

and at the same time if the travel lever for pilot valve
2 8! is operated, any of the proximity
switch/CLS-TLF, CLS-TRR, CLS-TRF, and
CLS-TRR for lever position detection goes ON, and
the relay/FD or RD goes ON, where the solenoid
valve 2-5!/SOL-OL is energized, and the pressure
oil out of the pilot modular 2!/port OL is forced to
Electrical Circuit
the oscillating lock valve 21-1!/port PP.
The pressure oil works on the pilot check valve
21-1! to open the circuit, and the oscillating lock is
released so the oil flows freely between each port of
the oscillating cylinders, making the track unit to
follow a bumpy surface.
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
14-2 Interlock
Oscillating lock is performed when the machine is in
a dangerous posture (for the conditions on the lock 㪤㪛㪉㪈㪌㩷
Go ON
function, refer to the material HCR1500-F03A). 㪩㪬㪥㩷
If a machine hazardous posture is detected, the

㪚㪥㪈㩷
㩷
sequencer OUTPUT/15014 goes ON, and the 㪏㩷㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㩷㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌
relay/OLL goes ON, and the wire no. 297 line shuts
down. 㪚㪥㪉㩷
Because the relay/OL does not go ON even if the
relay/FD or RD goes ON, oscillating lock is 㪤㪘㪚㪟㪠㪥㪜㩷
㪌㪥㫆㪅㩷
maintained.
Electrical Circuit
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
15 Feeding (When “Push” Drilling by Lever

Operation)
The source of oil pressure for feeding is the P1

pump 3!.
15-1 Forward Fine Feeding

15-1-1 Electrical
and at the same time the control grip for pilot valve 1
7! is moved to a one or two step of the front
position, the proximity switch/CLS-PF for lever
position detection goes ON, and the sequencer
INPUT/10000 and OUTPUT/12000 ON, and the
Go ON
relay/120-00 ON, where the solenoid valve Go ON
2-4!/SOL-DP is energized.
㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎㩷㪇㩷㪈㪉㪊㪋㪌㪍㪎
㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪈㩷
㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌㩷㪏㩷㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌
㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎㩷㪇㩷㪈㪉㪊㪋㪌㪍㪎
㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌㩷㪏㩷㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌
Electrical Circuit
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
ᴾ
15-1-2 Pilot Line
With the solenoid valve 2-4!/SOL-DP energized,
the pressure oil out of the pilot modular 2!/port DP
is forced to the pilot valve 1 7!/port P through the
shuttle valve 39-2!.
pressure oil is reduced to a pressure (lever one step
position: 1.72Mpa, two step position: 2.84Mpa), and
the pressure oil out of the 7! pilot valve 1/port 2 is
forced to the pilot modular 2!/port FFPI1 and
remote control 2 modular 5!/port FFPI.
The pressure oil once put in the pilot modular
2!/port FFPI1 is forced to the solenoid valve
2-11! but does not flow more because the circuit is
blocked.
The pressure oil once put in the remote control 2
modular 5!/port FFPI is forced to the reducing
valve 5-1!, where it is reduced to a pressure for
fine feeding, and out of the remote control 2 modular
5!/port FFPO.
The pressure oil is forced to the pilot modular
2!/port FFI, and through the solenoid valves
2-11! and 2-10! it is forced out of the pilot
modular 2!/port FFPO.
The pressure oil is forced to the drilling block
1!/port a4, where the spool 1-21! is switched to
the forward position. At this time, the spool stroke is
set by flow volume for forward fine feeding.
The forward fine feeding is determined by the
amount of stroke of spool 1-21!, depending on the
pressure set with the reducing valve 5-1!.
<5-1> Valve <1-21> Spool Forward

Set Pressure Stroke Feeding
High Large Quick
Low Small Slow
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
ᴾ
15-1-3 LS Line
With the spool 1-21! operated, the pressure oil is
forced to the LS line.
The pressure oil is forced to the P1 pump 3!/port X
through the shuttle valve 1-23!, shuttle valve
1-17!, shuttle valve 1-11!, shuttle valve 1-5!,
orifice 1-38!, and orifice 3-5!.
The P1 pump 3! starts to send a pressure that is
1.2Mpa greater than the LS line pressure.
15-1-4 Main Line

The pressure oil out of the P1 pump 3!/port A1 is
forced to the drilling block 1!/port P1, and through
the pressure compensation valve 1-20! and spool
1-21!, it is forced out of the drilling block 1!/port
A4 and to the reducing valve 41!.
With the reducing valve activated 41!, the
pressure oil is reduced to a pressure for forward
feeding (see section 4-1-5), and is forced to the
feeding motor 14!/port A.
counter-balance valve 14-1! and brake release
valve 14-4!, and works on the brake release piston
14-5! to release the mechanical brake, and turns
the motor forward so the drifter forward fine feeding
is set.

For forward pressure control, the bent port pressure
of the reducing valve 41! is controlled with the
relief valve 5-3!.
The pressure oil out of the reducing valve 41!/bent
port is forced to the pilot modular 2!/port FPI, and
through the solenoid valve 2-15!, it is forced out of
the pilot modular 2!/port FPO.
Then it is forced to the remote control 2 modular
5!/port FP, and with the relief valve 5-3!, the
forward pressure is controlled.
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
15-2 Forward Quick Feeding

15-2-1 Electrical
If the control grip being set to forward fine feeding
(see section 4-1) is further moved to a one step
(front third step) of the front position, the proximity
switch/CLS-FF for lever position detection goes ON,
and the relay/120-05 ON, where the solenoid valve

2-11!/SOL-FF and the solenoid valve
2-15!/SOL-FP are energized.
ὐἮ
Go ON
ὐἮ
ὐ
Go
G oἮ
ON
ON
15-2-2 Pilot Line
With the solenoid valve 2-11!/SOL-FF energized,
the pressure oil (for forward fine feeding) from the
㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎㩷㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㪌㪍㪎
pilot modular 2!/port FFPI2 is blocked, and the 㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪈㩷
pressure oil (4.0Mpa) is forced out of the pilot valve 㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌㩷㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌
1 7!/port 2, and through the solenoid valve 㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎㩷㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㪌㪍㪎

2-10!/SOL-FRA, it is forced out of the pilot
㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌㩷㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌
modular 2!/port FFPO.
A pressure that is greater than the forward fine 0 㪥㫆㪅㩷㪉㪥㫆㪅㩷
feeding is sent to the drilling block 1!/port FF so a
full stroke of spool 1-21! is given.
15-2-3 Main Line

If the spool 1-21! is given a full stroke, the
Electrical Circuit
pressure on the LS line (see section 4-1-3) changes,
and the P1 pump 3! increases the flow to the
maximum set with the stroke adjuster on the spool
1-21!. If the flow into the feeding motor 14! is
large, the motor turns at high speed, and the
forward feeding speed becomes high.

With the solenoid valve 2-15!/SOL-FP energized,
the pressure oil from the reducing valve 41!/bent
port to the pilot modular 2!/port FPI is blocked, and
the pressure is increased to the maximum (16Mpa)
set by the reducing valve 41!.
And the feeding pressure gauge 19! shows 0Mpa.
The P1 pump 3! pressure on the end of forward
feeding stroke is a 21Mpa (different from the forward
feeding pressure) set by the relief valve 1-24!.
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
15-3 Reverse Fine Feeding

15-3-1 Electrical
and at the same time the control grip for pilot valve 1
7! is moved to a one step of the back position, the
proximity switch/CLS-PR for lever position detection
goes ON, and the sequencer INPUT/10001 and
OUTPUT/12000 ON, and the relay/120-00 ON,
where the solenoid valve 2-4!/SOL-DP is Go ON
Go ON
energized.
㪩㪬㪥㪩㪬㪥
㪚㪥㪈
㩷
㪚㪥㪈
㪚㪥㪉
㩷
㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎㩷
㪚㪥㪉
Electrical Circuit
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
ᴾ
15-3-2 Pilot Line
With the solenoid valve 2-4!/SOL-DP energized,
the pressure oil out of the pilot modular 2!/port DP
is forced to the pilot valve 1 7!/port P through the
shuttle valve 39-2!.
pressure oil is reduced to a pressure (lever one step
position: 2.84Mpa), and it is forced from the pilot
valve 1 7!/port 1 to the pilot modular 2!/port
FFPI.
The pressure oil once put in the pilot modular
2!/port FFPI is forced to the reducing valve 2-13!,
where it is reduced to a pressure for fine feeding,
and it is forced through the solenoid valves 2-12!
and 2-10! and out of the pilot modular 2!/port
FRPO.
The pressure oil is forced to the drilling block
1!/port b4, where the spool 1-22! is switched to
the reverse position. At this time, the spool stroke is
set by flow volume for reverse fine feeding.
The reverse fine feeding is determined by the
amount of stroke of spool 1-21!, depending on the
pressure set with the reducing valve 5-1!.
<2-13> Valve <1-21> Spool Reverse

Set Pressure Stroke Feeding
High Large Quick
Low Small Slow
The LS line is same as the forward LS line (see

section 4-2-3).
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
ᴾ
15-3-3 Main Line
The pressure oil out of the P1 pump 3!/port A1
flows is forced to the drilling block 1!/port P1, and
through the pressure compensation valve 1-20!
and spool 1-21!, it is forced from the drilling block
1!/port B4 to the feeding motor 14!/port B.
counter-balance valve 14-1! and brake release
valve 14-4!, and works on the brake release piston
14-5! to release the mechanical brake, and turns
the motor reverse so the drifter reverse fine feeding
is set.

The maximum pressure (21Mpa) for reverse feeding
is set with the relief valve 1-25! (the same
pressure is used for both fine and quick feeding).
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
15-4 Reverse Quick Feeding

15-4-1 Electrical
If the control grip being set to reverse fine feeding
(see section 4-3-1) is further moved to a one step
(back second step) of the back position, the
proximity switch/CLS-FR for lever position detection
goes ON, and the sequencer INPUT/10003 and
OUTPUT/12006 ON and the relay/120-06 ON,
where the solenoid valve 2-12!/SOL-FR is
energized.
ὐἮ
Go ON ὐἮ
Go ON
In addition, the reverse quick feeding is not
operative when the rod rotates reverse (sequencer 㪠㪛㪉㪈㪌㪦㪛㪉㪈㪌
INPUT/10011 turned ON) and the deceleration 㪩㪬㪥㪩㪬㪥
operation is performed (sequencer INPUT/14111

㪚㪥㪈
㩷
㪇㪈㪉㩷㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎㩷
㪚㪥㪈
turned ON).
15-4-2 Pilot Line 㪚㪥㪉

㩷
㪇㪈㪉㩷㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎㩷
㪚㪥㪉
With the solenoid valve 2-12!/SOL-FR energized, 㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㩷㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌㩷㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌
the pressure oil (for reverse fine feeding) from the 㪤㪘㪚㪟㪠㪥㪜㩷㪤㪘㪚㪟㪠㪥㪜㩷
reducing valve 2-13! is blocked, and the pressure
oil out of the pilot modular 2!/port FRPI (that is, the
pressure oil (4.0Mpa) out of the pilot valve 1
7!/port 1) is forced through the solenoid valve
2-10!/SOL-FRA and out of the pilot modular
2!/port FFPO.
A pressure that is greater than the reverse fine
Electrical Circuit
feeding is sent to the drilling block 1!/port FF so a
full stroke of spool 1-21! is given.
15-4-3 Main Line

If the spool 1-21! is given a full stroke, the
pressure on the LS line (see section 4-1-3) changes,
and the P1 pump 3! increases the flow to the
maximum set with the stroke adjuster on the spool
1-21!. If the flow into the feeding motor 14! is
large, the motor turns at high speed, and the
reverse feeding speed becomes high.
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
15-5 Deceleration Function

The reverse feeding automatically changes from ὐἮ
ὐἮ
Go ON
quick to fine feeding as the drifter gets access to the 㪠㪛㪉㪈㪌㪤㪛㪉㪈㪌
㪩㪬㪥㪩㪬㪥
rear end of the guide shell, thanks to the
deceleration function. 㪚㪥㪈
㩷
㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎㩷㪚㪥㪈
If the drifter gets access to the rear end of the guide 㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㩷㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌㩷㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌
shell, the proximity switch/CLS-DR goes ON, and

㪚㪥㪉
㩷
㪇㪈㪉㪊㪋㩷㪌㩷㪍㩷㪎㩷㪚㪥㪉
the sequencer INPUT/14111 ON, while the ‫ع‬
sequencer OUTPUT/12006 goes OFF, and the
relay/120-06 OFF, where the solenoid valve 0 㪥㫆㪅㩷 4 㪥㫆㪅㩷
2-12!/SOL-FR goes back to neutral position, and
the reverse fine feeding is set.
ὐἮ
Go ON
ὐἮ
Go ON
㪦㪛㪉㪈㪌
㪩㪬㪥
㪚㪥㪈
㩷
㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㩷㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌㩷
㪚㪥㪉
㩷
㪏㪐㩷㪈㪇㪈㪈㩷㪈㪉㪈㪊㪈㪋㪈㪌㩷
㪉㪥㫆㪅㩷
2Ჩ
2Ჩ
ᴾ
16 Drifter Rotation
The source of oil pressure for drifter rotation is the

P2 pump 3!.
Two modes, N (normal) and H (high-speed), are
available for normal rotation, and the speed is
changed with the switch operated.
Also, the speed in the N mode can be adjusted with
the reducing valve 6-3! in the cabin.
16-1 Neutral
The P2 pump 3! sends the maximum flow. The
pressure oil is forced out of the P2 pump 3!/port
A2 and to the drilling block 1!/port P2. And it is
forced to the pressure compensation valve 1-32!,
where it is changed to a low pressure (approx
3Mpa), and it is sent to the return line.
16-2 Normal Rotation (N Mode)

and at the same time, the switch on the left side of
the control grip for pilot valve 1 7! is pressed once,
the switch/SW-RF goes ON, and the sequencer
INPUT/10010 and OUTPUT/12003 ON, and the
relay/120-03 ON.
And the solenoid valve 2-9!/SOL-RF is energized,
and the pressure oil (4Mpa) set with the reducing
valve 2-1! is forced out of the pilot modular
2!/port RF1 and RF2.
2Ჩ
17㧚Rod Changer
17-1㧚Manual Operation
17-1-1㧚Arm Swing
17-1-2㧚Clamp (F) Open/Close
17-1-3㧚Rotator Slide Extension/Retraction
17-1-4㧚Arm Slide Extension/Retraction
17-1-5㧚Magazine Rotation
17-1-6㧚Clamp (R) Open/Close
17-1-7㧚Roller Open
18㧚Joining
18 -1㧚Swing-In
18 -2㧚Swing-Out
19㧚Collecting
19-1㧚Swing-In
19-2㧚Retightening
19-3㧚Joint Separation
19-4㧚Swing-Out
17 Rod Changer
17-1 Manual Operation The pressure oil out of the B port in the
The switch <0> is a manual and automatic solenoid valve <16> is forced to the
selector type. If the switch <0> switches to the cylinder, and the swing-in is performed.
left, the <1> and <2> relay/RCH switch to the
up, where each individual switch on the rod
changer <䋳> to <䋱䋴> can be used.
The switch <3>䋨SS-R10, R20䋩is used for the
arm swing. The arm swing has an interlock so
it does not operate only with this switch <3>
䋨SS-R10, R20䋩.
17-1-1 Arm Swing

If the upper side of the switch <11>䋨SS-R25䋩
is pressed, the switch <3>䋨SS-R10, R20䋩
and <4>䋨SS-R11, R21䋩 go ON.
If the upper side of the switch <11>䋨SS-R25䋩
is pressed, and at the same time the upper
side of the switch <5>䋨SS-R22䋩 pressed, the
relay RLD goes ON, and the switch <3>
䋨SS-R10, R20䋩 and <4>䋨SS-R11, R21䋩 for
arm swing become operative.
If the upper side of the switch <3>䋨SS-R20䋩is
pressed, while the upper sides of the
switches <11>䋨SS-R25䋩and <13>䋨SS-R22䋩
are pressed, the relay MN goes ON, and the
solenoid valves <15> and <17> are energized.
The pressure oil out of the A port in the
solenoid valve <17> is forced to the cylinder,
and the swing-out is performed.
If the lower side 䋨SS-R10䋩of the switch <3>
is pressed, while the upper sides of the
switches <11>䋨SS-R25䋩and <5>䋨SS-R22䋩
are pressed, the relay MN goes ON, and the
solenoid valves <15> and <16> are
energized.
17-1-2 Clamp (F) Open/Close
The switch <4> (SS-R21, R11) is used for the
clamp front side open/close. If the upper side
(SS-R21) of the switch <4> is pressed, the
relay MN goes ON, and the solenoid valves
<15> and <19> (SOL-R21) are energized.
The pressure oil out of the B port in the
solenoid valve <19> is forced to the cylinder
<37>, and the clamp (F) open is performed.
If the lower side (SS-R11) of the switch <4> is
pressed, the relay MN goes ON, and the
solenoid valves <15> and <18> (SOL-R11)
are energized. The pressure oil out of the A
port in the solenoid valve <18> is forced to
the cylinder <37>, and the clamp (F) close is
performed.
17-1-3Rotator Slide Extension/Retraction
The switch <8>䋨SS-R22䇮R12䋩 is used for
the rotator slide extension/retraction. If the
upper side (SS-R22) of the switch <5> is
solenoid valves <15> and <21>䋨SOL-R22䋩
are energized. The pressure oil out of the B
the cylinders<35> and <36>, and the rotator
slide retraction is performed.
solenoid valves <15> and <20>䋨SOL-R12䋩
the cylinders<35> and <36>, and the rotator
slide extension is performed.
17-1-4 Arm Slide Extension/Retraction
The switch <6>䋨SS-R25䇮R15䋩 is used for
the arm slide extension/retraction. If the upper
side (SS-R25) of the switch <6> is pressed,
the relay MN goes ON, and the solenoid
valves <15> and <23> (SOL-R25)are
energized. The pressure oil out of the B port
in the solenoid valve <23> is forced to the
cylinders<39> and <40>, and the arm slide
retraction is performed.
solenoid valves <5> and <22> 䋨 SOL-R15 䋩
the cylinders<39> and <40>, and the arm
slide extension is performed.
17-1-5 Magazine Rotation
The switch <7>䋨SW-R26䇮R16䋩 is used for
the magazine rotation. If the upper side
(SW-R26) of the switch <7> is pressed, the
14104 in the control board goes ON, and the
sequencer ON. After this, the 14011 goes ON,
and the solenoids <25> (SOL-R26) and <15>
(SOL-BLO) are energized. The pressure oil
out of the B port in the solenoid valve <15> is
forced to the A port in the orbital motor, and
the magazine rotates in counter-clockwise
direction (when viewed from the feed motor).
At the same time, the proximity switch <47>
(CLS-M2) goes from OFF to ON, where the
sequencer OUTPUT 14011 goes OFF, and
the solenoid valve <25> (SOL-R26) shuts
down, and the magazine rotation stops.
If the lower side (SW-R16) of the switch <7>
is pressed, the 14105 in the control board
goes ON, and the sequencer ON. After this,
the 14010 goes ON, and the solenoids <24>
(SOL-R16) and <15> (SOL-BLO) are
energized. The pressure oil out of the A port
in the solenoid valve <15> is forced to the B
port in the orbital motor <34>, and the
magazine rotates in clockwise direction (when
viewed from the feed motor). At the same
time, the proximity switch <46> (CLS-M1)
goes OFF and ON where the sequencer
OUTPUT 14010 goes OFF, and the solenoid
valve <24> (SOL-R16) shuts down, and the
magazine rotation stops.
Control Board
17-1-6 Clamp (R) Open/Close
The switch <5> (SS-R20, R10) is used for the
clamp rear side open/close. If the upper side
Electrical Circuit
(SS-R20) of the switch <8> is pressed, the
relay MN goes ON, and the solenoid valves
<15> (SOL-BLO) and <27> (SOL-R28) are
in the solenoid valve <27> is forced to the
cylinder <38>, and the clamp (R) close is
performed.
And the pressure oil branching off from the B
the cylinder open/close cylinders <45> and
<46>, and the magazine entrance opens.
Hydraulic Circuit
solenoid valves <15> (SOL-BLO) and <26>
(SOL-R18) are energized. The pressure oil
out of the A port in the solenoid valve <26> is
forced to the cylinder <38>, and the clamp (R)
open is performed.
And the pressure oil branching off from the A
port in the solenoid valve <26>> is forced to
the cylinder open/close cylinders <45> and
<46>, and the magazine entrance closes.
Rod Changer, Clamp and Magazine

Open/Close
17-1-7 Roller Open/Close
The switch <9> (SS-R29) is used for the roller Electrical Circuit
open. If the upper side (SS-R29) of the switch
<9> is pressed, the relay MN goes ON, and
the solenoid valves <15> (SOL-BLO) and
<31> (SOL-R29) are energized. The pressure
oil out of the B port in the solenoid valve <31>
is forced to the cylinders <43> and <44>, and
the roller opens.
If the switch <9> is moved to the neutral
position, the pressure oil to the cylinders
<43> and <44> is blocked, and the roller
closes by the spring force.
Rod Changer, Clamp and Magazine Hydraulic Circuit

Open/Close
the 14108 goes ON, and in about 0.3 seconds
18 Joining the 14008 goes ON, and the solenoid valve
18-1 Swing-In <22> (SOL-R15) is energized. The pressure
First detach the shank rod from the sleeve oil out of A port is forced to the cylinders <39>
and move the drifter to the rear end, then and <40>, and the arm slide extends.
perform the arm swing-in (the proximity Then the proximity switch <12> (CLS-S21,
switch <13>, drifter rear end detection switch, CLS-S22) goes ON, and the buzzer for
and 14111 go ON). joining position completion sounds, and the
If the rod changer lever <51> is moved to the rod is transferred to the drilling center.
swing-in position (left side: SW-R10), the
14101 goes ON, and the sequencer ON. In
Left-hand Console R/C Lever
about 0.3 seconds after lever operation, the
14002 goes ON, and the solenoid valve <18>
(SOL-R11) is energized. The pressure oil out
of the B port is forced to the cylinder <37>,
and the clamp (F) closes.
Also, the relay CRC goes ON with the 14002
turned ON, and the solenoid valve <27> Control Board and Sequencer
OUTPUT
of the B port is forced to the cylinder <38>,
and the clamp (R) closes.
After this, the 14002 goes ON, and in about
0.5 seconds the 14009 goes ON, and the
solenoid valve <23> (SOL-R25) is energized.
The pressure oil out of the A port is forced to
the cylinders <39> and <40>, and the arm
slide retracts.
Next the proximity switch <11> (CLS-S11,
CLS-S12) reaches the dog, and the 14109
goes ON and continuously the 14001 goes
ON, and the solenoid valve <16> (SOL-R10)
is energized. The pressure oil out of the B
port is forced to the cylinder <32>, and the
arm swings to the drilling center.
After this, the proximity switch <10>
(CLS-SW1) on the carrier (R) goes ON, and
18-2 Swing-Out the solenoid valve <22> (SOL-R15) is
First move the drifter forward and joins the energized. The pressure oil out of the B port
shank rod to the sleeve and make the is forced to the cylinders <39> and <40>, and
proximity switch <49> (CLS-DF) go ON and the arm slide extends. After this the proximity
the 11115 ON, then perform the arm switch <12> (CLS-S21, CLS-S22) on the slide
swing-out. goes ON, and the 14110 ON, and the
If the rod changer lever <51> is moved to the sequencer ON, and buzzer for swing-out
swing-out position (left side: SW-R20), the completion sounds. And the magazine rotates
14100 goes ON, and the solenoid <20> to grip the next rod. After this the 14001 goes
(SOL-R20) is energized. The pressure oil out ON, and the solenoid valve <17> (SOL-R20)
of the A port is forced to the cylinder <37>, is energized. The pressure oil is forced to the
and the clamp (F) opens. After this the 15008 cylinder <32>, and the arm swing-out is
goes ON, and the solenoid valve <26> performed. Then the 14010 goes ON, and the
(SOL-R18) is energized. The pressure oil out solenoid valve <25> (SOL-R26) is energized.
of the A port is forced to the cylinder <38>, The pressure oil is forced to the motor <34>,
and the clamp (R) opens. and the magazine rotates forward
This condition of clamp (R) open continues (counter-clockwise direction when viewed
until the lever is moved to the neutral position from the rear side). At the same time, the
or the swing-out is completed. proximity switch <48> (CLS-M2) on the
Also, the pressure oil branching off from the A magazine rear side changes from OFF to ON,
port in the solenoid valve <26> (SOL-R18) is where the 14115 goes ON, and the solenoid
forced to the cylinders <45> and <46>, and valve <25> (SOL-R20) shuts down, and the
the magazine closes. In one second after the magazine stops to rotate forward.
14100 and the 15008 go ON, the 14009 goes
Clamp Open (R/C)
ON, and the solenoid <23> is energized. The
pressure oil out of the A port is forced to the Hydraulic Circuit
cylinders <39> and <40>, and the arm slide
retracts. The proximity switch <11> (CLS-S11, Control Board and OUTPUT Card
CLS-S12) on the slide goes ON, and after this
the 14109 goes ON. With the sequencer ON, Electrical Circuit
the 14008 goes ON, and the solenoid valve is

Proximity Switch on Swing
energized. The pressure oil out of the A port is
forced to the cylinder <32>, and the arm
Proximity Switch on Slide
swing-ou is performed.㩷 At the same time, the
proximity switch <14> (CLS-SWO) goes ON, Proximity Switch on Magazine
and sequencer ON, and the 14008 ON, and
19 Collecting completion sounds.
19-1 Swing-In After the swing-in, perform the tightening of
First move the drifter forward and make the the joint of the shank rod to the sleeve.
proximity switch <49> (CLS-DF) go ON and If the rod changer lever <51> is moved to the
the 11115 ON, then perform the arm swing-in. neutral position, the 14002 goes ON, and the
If the rod changer lever <51> is moved to the solenoid valve <18> (SOL-R11) is energized.
swing-in position (left side: SW-R10), the The pressure oil out of the B port is forced to
14101 goes ON, and the sequencer ON. Next the cylinder <37>, and the clamp (F) closes.
the 14003 turns ON, and the SOL-R21 In one second the 12003 goes ON, and the
energized. The pressure oil out of the A port is solenoid valve <2-9> of the pilot modular <2>
forced to the cylinder <37>, and the clamp (F) is energized, and at the same time, the 12013
opens. Also, the relay CRC goes ON, and the goes ON, and the solenoid valve <13-4> of
solenoid valve <27> (SOL-R28) is energized. the rotation modular is energized. The
The pressure oil out of the A port is forced to pressure oil (1200/1500: 8Mpa, 900: 10Mpa)㩷
the cylinder <38>, and the clamp (R) opens. set with the reducing valve <13-3> is forced to
After this the 14003 goes ON, and in about the drifter rotation motor, and the motor turns
0.5 seconds the 14009 goes ON, and the forward. The pressure oil is fed to the motor
solenoid valve <23> (SOL-R25) is energized. intermittently (one second rotation 0.3
The pressure oil out of the A port is forced to second pause one second rotation), which
the cylinders <39> and <40>, and the arm repeats two times and stops.
slide retracts. The proximity switch <11>
(CLS-S11, CLS-S12) reaches the dog, and
Left-hand console R/C lever
the 14109 goes ON. After this the 14001 goes
ON, and solenoid valve <16> (SOL-R10) is
is forced to the cylinder <32>, and the arm
swings to the drilling center. On completion of Control Board and Sequencer
OUTPUT
the operation, the proximity switch <10>
(CLS-SW1) goes ON, and the 14108 ON, and
in about 0.3 seconds the 14008 ON, and the
solenoid valve <22> (SOL-SR15) energized.
The pressure oil out of the B port is forced to
the cylinders <39> and <40>, and the arm
slide extends. Then the proximity switch <12>
(CLS-S21, CLS-S22) goes ON, and the
buzzer for drilling center setting position
19-2 Retightening continues until the lever is moved to the
If the tightening force is not sufficient on neutral position.
section 1-3-1, perform the retightening
operation.
In a condition that the 14108 goes ON, the
arm swing-in proximity switch <10> ON, the
Lever Operation (Cabin)
14110 ON, the arm slide extension proximity
switch <12> (CLS-S11, CLS-S12) ON, the
11115 ON, and the drifter front side proximity
switch ON, if the rod changer switch <51> is
moved to the lower position (SW-R27), the
12003 goes ON, and the solenoid valve
Hydraulic Circuit (Carrier)
<2-9> of the pilot modular <2> is energized,
and at the same time, the 12013 goes ON,
and the solenoid valve <13-4> of the rotation
modular is energized. The pressure oil
(1200/1500: 8Mpa, 900: 10Mpa) set with the
reducing valve <13-3> is forced to the drifter Proximity Switches on Arm Slide,
rotation motor, and the motor turns forward. 㩷 Swing and Drifter
The pressure oil is fed to the motor
intermittently (one second rotation 0.3
second pause one second rotation), which
repeats two times and stops.
Also, in the same condition as described Retightening on Clamp (F)
above, if the rod changer switch <51> is
moved to the upper position (SW-R17), the
12003 goes ON, and the solenoid valve
<2-9> of the pilot modular <2> is energized,
and at the same time, the 12013 goes ON,
Electrical Circuit
and the solenoid valve <13-4> of the rotation
modular is energized. The pressure oil
(1200/1500: 8Mpa, 900: 10Mpa) set with the
reducing valve <13-3> is forced to the drifter
rotation motor, and the motor turns forward. 㩷
Feeding the pressure oil to the motor

19-3 Joint Separation (SOL-R11) is forced to the cylinder <37>, and
First set the rod on the drilling center and the clamp (R ????) closes.
complete the tightening in section 1-3-1 or the Also, the relay CRC goes ON, and the
retightening in section 1-3-2, then perform the pressure oil out of the B port in the solenoid
joint separation. valve <27> (SOL-R28) is forced to the
In a condition that the 14108 goes ON, the cylinder <38>, and the clamp (R) closes.
arm swing-in proximity switch <10> ON, the
Lever Operation in Cabin
14110 ON, the arm slide extension proximity
switch <12> (CLS-S11, CLS-S12) ON, the
11115 ON, and the drifter front side proximity
switch ON, if the joint separation (feed
reverse ????) is performed with the drill lever
Rod Changer Front Side Joint Separation
<????>, the joint thread at the top of the
sleeve clamped with the centralizer is
loosened. When the joint thread separates in
position of about 40mm from the sleeve, the
11115 goes from ON to OFF, and the Proximity Switch for Drifter Position
sequencer goes ON, and the shank rod can Detection
separate from the sleeve.
Also, the 14001 goes ON, and the solenoid
valve <18> (SOL-R11) is energized. The
pressure oil out of the B port is forced to the Proximity Switches on Arm Swing and
Slide
cylinder <37>, and at the same time, the relay
CRC goes ON, and the solenoid valve <27>
of the B port is forced to the cylinder <38>, Electrical Circuit
and the clamp (R) closes. The pressure oil
branching off from the B port in the solenoid
valve <27> (SOL-R28) is forced to the
cylinders <45> and <46>, and the magazine
Hydraulic Circuit
opens.
If the shank rod separates from the sleeve,
and the drifter moves to the rear end position,
and the proximity switch <13> (CLS-DR) goes
ON, the 14002 goes ON, and pressure oil out Clamp (F) and Clamp (R)
of the B port in the solenoid valve <18>
(SOL-R11) shuts down, and the clamp (F)
close stops.
Also, the relay CRC goes OFF, and solenoid
valve <27> (SOL-R28) shuts down, and the
19- 4 Swing-Out clamp (R) close stops.
First check that the joint thread separates in At the same time, the magazine rotates to
position of 40mm or more from the sleeve store the rod. The 14001 goes ON, and the
clamped with the centralizer, then perform the solenoid valve <17> (SOL-R20) is energized,
swing-out. and the pressure oil is forced to the cylinder
Move the drifter to the rear end position. <32>, and the arm swing-out is performed,
The14111 goes ON. If the rod changer lever and the 14010 goes ON, and the solenoid
<51> is moved to the right position (SW-R10), valve <24> (SOL-R16) is switched, and the
the 14009 goes ON, and the solenoid valve pressure oil is forced to the motor <34>, and
<23> (SOL-R25) is energized. The pressure the magazine rotates reverse (clockwise
oil out of the A port is forced to the cylinders direction when viewed from the rear side).
<39> and <40>, and the arm slide retracts. If the magazine rotates forward, the proximity
The proximity switch <11> (CLS-S11, switch <47> (CLS-M1) goes from OFF to ON,
CLS-S12) on the arm slide goes ON, and the where the 14114 goes ON, and the solenoid
sequencer ON. valve <24> (SOL-R16) shuts down, and the
With the slide end detected, the 14001 goes magazine reverse rotation stops.
ON, and the pressure oil out of the A port in
the solenoid valve <17> (SOL-R20) is forced
to the cylinder <32>, and the arm swing-out is
performed.
The proximity switch <14> (CLS-SWO) on the
carrier (R) goes ON, and the 14113 ON.
Also, the 14008 goes ON, and the pressure
oil out of the B port in the solenoid valve <22>
(SOL-R15) is forced to the cylinders <39>
and <40>, and the arm slide retracts.
With the slide extension end detected, the
proximity switch <11> (CLS-S11, SLS-S12)
on the arm slide goes ON, and the 14109 ON.
In this condition, if the rod changer lever <51>
is moved to the neutral position, the 14002
goes OFF, and the solenoid valve <18>
HYDRAULIC
CRAWLER DRILL
COMPRESSOR SECTION
BACK
Compressor Service Manual
For the Maintenance and Overhaul of the Compressor
1
Compressor Service Manual
For the Maintenance and Overhaul of the Compressor
Contents
1. Tools and Parts for Maintenance
2. Maintenance Precautions
3. Disassembly
4. Reassembly
5. Maintenance Standards List
6. Special Disassembly Tools List
(NOTE)
Basically this compressor service manual will be provided to the trained personnel who are already given a
compressor maintenance qualification.
1 Tools and Parts for Maintenance
[Parts]
Replacing parts, one set
[Auxiliary Materials]
x Cleaning solvent (thermal solvent or flushing oil)
x Sealant (Three-Bond No. 1211, Rock-Tight No. 515)
Use of sealant varies, depending on a model of the machine
x Screwing substance
x Lithium grease
x Cloth
x Thinner
x Grindstone, oilstone L=100 mid coarse, sand paper #180
2
General Tools
x Spanner wrench
x Socket wrench
x Box wrench
x Hammer
x Chisel
x Screwdriver
x Adjustable wrench
Special Tools
x Gear puller
x Snap ring pliers
x Hydraulic ram and pump (one set)*1
x Bearing removal/installation O.H. tools (one set)*2
x Thickness gauges (0.01mm, 0.02mm)
x Dial gauge (0.03 0.3mm)
x Torque wrenches:
Kanon torque wrenches
(1) 230QLK (70 230)
(2) 90QLK (200 900)
(3) 1800QLK (400 1800)
(4) 5600QLK (1600 5600)
*1, *2: For details of special tools, contact our sales personnel.
[Equipment]
x Hot oil bath (to heat bearing)
x Chain, 500kg
x Air-impact wrench
Our recommended hydraulic ram and pump are as follows:

Ram: Riken Center Hole Ram R-81 12-Ton
Pump: Riken High-Pressure Pump P-6
Hose: Riken High-Pressure Hose H-2 (700kg/cm2)
Gauge: Riken Oil Pressure Gauge AS-75 (1000kg/cm2)
3
2 Maintenance Precautions
Prior to the maintenance, clean the internal main body of the compressor with a cleaning solvent, which will
help decrease the cleaning time after disassembly. Especially when overhauling, the preliminary cleaning job
should be done.
Pour the cleaning solvent (thermal-solve) with a 5 10% of compressor oil quantity and operate the
compressor for about 30 hours. (The continuous operation is not necessary. Be careful the operation time does
not exceed 40 hours.) When carrying out the maintenance, drain all the compressor oil, and refill it with the new
oil.
1) Prior to the reassembly, clean each part of the machine, and check for any damage or chipping. Remove
chipping burrs with a file and sealant deposits on the gaskets and flanges by grinding those with an oilstone.
Remove all the blind plugs and piping nipples, and clean the internal path with an air-blower etc.
2) When carrying out the overhaul, replace the gaskets and the oil seals.
3) The gasket to seal the compression chamber of the compressor is used with the sealant ‘Three-Bond 1211.’
Grind the sealant-applied surface with an oilstone, and remove oil and grease with thinner completely. Then
apply the new sealant. Otherwise, the oil may leak. For details, see Disassembly, Reassembly in this
service manual.
4) When reassembling the main parts of the compressor (cylinder to casing and housing), the dowel pins are
used for alignment. When disassembling/reassembling, separate the flanges evenly so that the dowel pins
and dowel holes are not damaged. (Use jack bolts.)
5) A narrow section called the seal strip is on the periphery of the screw rotor. This is a critical part so be
careful not to damage this seal strip. If damaged, the compressor’s performance will be degraded. Always
handle the rotors carefully and be aware of the seal strip. The screw rotor has a sharp edge that causes
personal injury so pay attention when carrying the screw rotor.
6) Recommend that the match marks should be placed on the main parts of the compressor before
disassembling to facilitate parts reassembling in the later stage.
7) When fitting O-rings, apply grease or oil and prevent damage to the O-rings. Clean the parts after
disassembly, and apply oil when reassembling.
8) When screwing in nipples, plugs etc, apply the screwing substance, Thread-Tightener 577, to their threads.
When screwing in 1/2 B diameter or more, use a sealing tape with the Rock-Tight 577.
4
3 Disassembly
1) Removing Unloader Assy
Remove the intake pipe.
Remove the unloader assy.
2) Removing Cylinder Cover
Remove the cylinder cover.

Oil may flow a little.
Place an oil receiving container or pan.
5
3) Removing Check Valve Assy
Remove the cover and valve.
Oil may flow a lot.

Place an oil receiving container or pan.
Remove the body.
4) Installing to Assembly Board
Using inlet casing cover set holes, install the inlet casing to the assembly board.
(NOTICE)
Do not use cylinder holes instead. Failure to do so will affect the balance of the inlet casing and cause it to butt
against the assembly board and as a result, it’s not easy to operate.
Fix the inlet casing to the assembly board.
6
5) Removing Coupling Driven
Remove the coupling set plate.
Use an air-impact wrench for this.
Remove the rubber coupling set bolts.
Remove four bolts in a crisscross sequence.
(NOTICE)
Do not re-use the set bolts, so be sure to replace. The set bolts are a Thread-Tightener applied type. If re-used,
the bolt threads will not work properly, which may cause the coupling to come off, leading to a serious accident.
The rubber coupling may be removed after dismounting the coupling.
7
Using a jig, remove the coupling from the shaft.
z Jig No.1 plate.
z Jig No.2 bolt.
z Jig No.3 socket bolt.
Remove the key. Then cover the key groove of the shaft with vinyl tape.
Prevent damage to the oil seal.
Apply a common screwdriver or chisel and strike it with a hammer.
8
Cover this with tape.
6) Removing Oil Seal Cover

Remove the oil seal cover.
Using cover bolt holes, tighten up jack bolts left and right evenly.
Avoid excessive tightening on one side that makes it difficult to remove.
Remove the oil seal cover by slightly lifting it.
9
7) Removing Oil Seal
Remove the oil seal held-down cover.
Turn it over and apply a jig and strike the center of the jig with a hammer.
z Jig No. 6 plate.
8) Removing Casing Power Side

Remove the set bolts.
10
Lifting the casing with a crane, tighten the jack bolts left and right evenly and remove the casing.
(NOTICE): Avoid excessive tightening on one side. Failure to do so will cause it to be stuck, leading to
deformation of the dowel holes for the casing.
Lift the casing slowly.

Rapidly lifting will cause damage to the speed-increasing gear. If damaged once, the gear could not be used.
9) Removing Speed-Increasing Gear

Remove the gear set plate on the male rotor side.

Use jigs to remove it.
11
z Jig No.1 plate.
z Jig No.2 bolt.
Remove the key.
Use a common screwdriver or chisel to remove it.

Remove the drive shaft bearing inner race and the gear set plate.
Use an air-impact wrench to remove the bolts.

Use jigs to remove it.
12
z Jig No.1 plate.
z Jig No.2 bolt.
Remove the key.
Use a common screwdriver or chisel to remove it.
Remove the shaft.
Remove the shaft, striking it with a hammer. Hold it on the opposite side with your hand.
10) Removing Shaft Bearing
13
Use a jig to remove it.
Strike it strongly with a medium hammer.

z Jig No. 7 pipe.
11) Removing End Cover
Remove the end cover set bolts.
Insert a common screwdriver in the both-end notch to remove it.
12) Removing Discharge Casing
14
Remove the set bolts.
Remove the bearing held-down plate.
Remove the distance piece.
Remove it by hand.
15
Use jigs to remove the rotor. Tighten jig bolts on male and female rotor sides evenly.
(NOTICE): Avoid excessive tightening on one side that will cause damage to the rotors.
Do not damage the seals on the periphery of the rotors. If damaged, the rotor could not be used.
Tighten the bolts by two turns evenly on both sides.
z Jig No. 2 bolt.

z Jig No. 8 plate.
z Jig No. 9 socket bolt.
Lift the casing with a crane when it is going to come off.
The jig has the exclusive lifting bolt holes.
(CAUTION) If not lifted, the casing may fall, which is hazardous.
Remove the bearing spacer.
Remove it by hand.
16
13) Removing Rotors
Remove the male rotor first (it is more easy to remove this rotor first) and then the female rotor.
(NOTICE)
Do not damage the seals on the periphery of the rotors. If damaged, the rotors could not be used.
Remove the rotor slowly with a crane.
14) Removing Cylinder
Remove the joint bolts between the cylinder and the casing power side.
(NOTICE)
The dowel pins are used to align the cylinder with the casing. When screwing the jack bolts, be careful the
dowel pins and holes are not damaged.
17
15) Removing Discharge Side Bearing
Use jig to remove it.
(NOTICE)
If not removed easily, although it is struck with a hammer, dents, marks etc may be found in the bearing
insertion so repair those if necessary. If removed forcibly, the bearing could not be used.
Apply the jig from the back. Strike it with a hammer.

z Jig No.10 shaft.
z Jig No.11 shaft.
16) Removing Intake Side Bearing
Remove the rotor intake side bearing first (for both male and female).
Remove the bearing.
Raise the bearing, while pressing it outward with fingers, to easily remove it.
18
17) Removing Drive Shaft Bearing
Remove the snap ring.
Raise the drive shaft bearing, while pressing it outward with fingers, to easily remove it.
18) Removing Bearing Inner Race

Lift the rotor and heat the bearing inner race with a gas burner.
If not heated evenly, it will not be removed easily.
(NOTICE)
If heated once with a gas burner, the bearing could not be re-used.
19
4 Reassembly
1) Grinding and Cleaning

Grind or take away the seal gasket material stuck to the flanges with an oilstone or knife blade. Repair marks,
burrs etc with a file or oilstone.
(NOTICE)
Any sealant deposits, marks, burrs etc will cause oil leak when reassembling.
Remove sealant deposits stuck to the gaskets.
Grind those with an oilstone.
Cleaning.
20
Repair marks, burrs etc.
Cleaning.
2) Installing Bearing Inner Race to Rotor
Using jigs, install the bearing inner race to the male and female rotor power side (intake side).
(NOTICE) : Using a hot oil bath, heat the bearing inner race at 80 100qC for 0.5 hour.
Do not heat it over 120qC. If heated over 120qC, the heat-treatment hardening will be degraded, and the life of
the bearing be shortened.
If heated properly, the bearing inner race may be fitted naturally due to the empty weight. If not, use the jig and
strike it.
z Jig No. 24 pipe.

z Jig No. 25 pipe.
21
3) Installing Bearing Outer Race to Inlet Casing
Carefully fit the bearing outer race, while pressing it outward with fingers. If slanted even a little, the bearing
outer race may be caught and could not be fitted.
(NOTICE)
If caught, remove and re-install it again. Do not strike it roughly with a hammer. Failure to do so will cause
deformation of the bearing and it could not be re-used.
Deformation of the bearing will cause machine breakdown.
The bearing outer race will be fitted easily if no slanting or marks or chippings are found.
Avoid using a hammer. Roughly striking the bearing will cause deformation.
Fit the snap ring.
22
4) Joining Inlet Casing to Cylinder
Apply a liquid sealant to the inlet casing. Spread the inside of the hole evenly with the sealant. Also, spread the
periphery of the oil path hole and the dowel holes with the sealant.
Remove oil and grease with thinner first and then apply the sealant.
Spread as thinly as possible by the finger pad.
(NOTICE)
Apply the sealant as evenly as possible. There should be no remaining layers or difference in film thickness.
Oily or dirty fingers will cause oil leak.
23
Using jigs, drive the dowel pins into the cylinder.
Lifting the cylinder with a crane and checking the dowel holes of the inlet casing, lower it slowly.
Lower it slowly.
After aligning the dowel hole positions, strike both ends of the cylinder with a hammer.
Put and tighten the set bolts. Be sure to check those with a torque wrench.
Follow these descriptions after this.
24
5) Installing (Inserting) Rotors
Insert the male rotor first and then the female rotor for easy installation.
After inserting rotors, check their condition by rotating each rotor by hand.
(NOTICE)
After inserting rotors, do not make those butt each other or butt against the inside wall of the cylinder. Failure to
do so will cause damage to the rotors.
If seals on the periphery of the rotors are damaged, the rotors could not be re-used. Also, reassembling the
parts with marks or damages will cause problems such as seizure.
Drive the dowel pins, using the jig.

Insert the rotor spacer, where the chamfering side is up.
z Jig No. 12 plate.
6) Measuring Periphery Clearance
Measure the periphery clearance for both male and female rotors.
Insert the thickness gauges simultaneously and check it in a left and right sequence.
Thickness gauges to be used for the left and right directions must have the same dimensions.
[Standard Values]
Follow the standard values for the clearances.
Measuring places should be all the teeth for both male and female rotors.
Use the two thickness gauges simultaneously.
25
7) Measuring End Face Total Clearance
Measure the end face total clearance for both male and female rotors.
Measure the clearances for rotors, using the cylinder end as a base reference.
A total of four places to the cylinder end face should be used to check for any distortion.
[Standard Values]
Follow the maintenance standard clearances.
Use a dial gauge or depth micrometer for this.
8) Installing Discharge Casing

Lift the discharge casing with a crane, and aligning with the cylinder dowel pins, lower it slowly.
When lifting, keep the balance of the discharge casing.
26
When the discharge casing is aligned with the dowel pins, strike the left and right ends of the discharge casing
with a hammer.
9) Installing (Inserting) Discharge Side Bearing

Two bearings are used as one set for both male and female rotors.
Use press-fitting jigs and a hydraulic jack for this.
(NOTICE)
If the bearing is in slant, it will not press-fitted easily. If forcibly press-fitted, the bearing could not be re-used.
Be aware of the direction of the bearing.
Jig No. 13 plate.

Jig No. 14 bar.
Jig No. 15 collar.
Jig No. 16 collar.
Jig No. 17 nut.
Be aware of the installation direction.

Chamfering must be on Bearing side
Marking
Align with the arrow.
Rotor
27
9) Installing Distance Piece
Fit the distance piece.
10) Measuring Rotor Backlash
Measure the female rotor backlash, while fixing the male rotor.
The measurement may vary, depending on the engagement of the male and female rotors. Especially for O/H
machine, the backlash becomes larger due to wear etc.
Note: In general, if the backlash is large, the performance will be degraded, and if it is too small (compared with
the standard values), trouble such as seizure may occur in the rotor engagement section.
Apply a hex wrench to the female rotor shaft center, and make play with it.
Place a dial gauge, aligning with the female rotor PCD position.
Jig No. 18 collar.

Jig No. 19 plate.
Jig No. 20 collar.
Jig No. 21 plate.
Jig No. 22 socket bolt.
28
12) Installing Bearing Held-Down Plate
Apply Rock-Tight to the set bolts of the held-down plate, and tighten those to the specified torque.
AES-3 AES-2
Male rotor bearing side 430 540 kgcm 380 470 kgcm
Female rotor bearing side 430 540 kgcm 90 110 kgcm
(NOTICE)
Improper tightening toque will cause bearing trouble. Always follow the specified torque.
Check the tightening torque with a torque wrench.
13) Installing End Cover

Apply compressor oil thinly to the O-ring.
29
Tighten the set bolts of the end cover to the specified torque.
AES-3 AES-2
Male rotor bearing side 380 470 kgcm 380 470 kgcm
Female rotor bearing side 380 470 kgcm 110 137 kgcm
(NOTICE)
Improper tightening toque will cause bearing trouble.
14) Measuring Discharge Side Clearance

Lifting the discharge casing, insert the thickness gauges simultaneously and check the discharge clearance to
the male and female rotors in a left and right sequence.
Thickness gauges to be used for the left and right directions must have the same dimensions.
[Standard Values]
Follow the standard values for the clearances.
Measuring places should be all the teeth for both male and female rotors.
Use the two thickness gauges simultaneously.
30
15) Joining Discharge Casing to Cylinder
Apply a liquid sealant to the cylinder. Spread the inside of the hole evenly with the sealant. Also, spread the
periphery of the oil path hole and the dowel pins with it.
Apply the sealant as thinly as possible by the finger pad.
(NOTICE)
Apply the sealant evenly. There should be no remaining layers or difference in film thickness.
Aligning with the dowel pins, lower it slowly.
Put and tighten the set bolts properly.
(NOTICE)
Avoid excessive tightening on one side. Tighten the bolts evenly in a crisscross sequence.
31
16) Measuring Discharge Side Clearance
The discharge side clearance can also be measured at the discharge port of the discharge casing.
(NOTE)
The discharge side clearance measurement with the discharge casing being lifted that is described in the
former step 14) is more accurate than this.
17) Installing Speed-Increasing Gear

Install the key to the male rotor.
Strike it with a hammer.
32
Heat the speed-increasing gear with a hot oil bath, and install it to the shaft as soon as possible.
Do not cool it down. The gear will be fitted naturally due to the empty weight.
If not, use a plastic hammer or cylindrical jig for this.
(NOTICE)
Using the hot oil bath, heat the gear at 80 100qC for 0.5 hour.
Do not heat it over 120qC. If heated over 120qC, the gear will be deformed.
If fail to set because it is cooled down midway or caught in the key,
remove it immediately and re-heat and set it again.
If forcibly set, the gear will be deformed and the shaft be damaged.
Install the held-down plate and tighten the bolts.
Tightening torque: 430 540 kgcm
(NOTICE)
If not tightened properly to the specified torque, trouble may occur.
Tighten it with a torque wrench.
33
18) Joining Inlet Casing to Power Side Casing
Apply a liquid sealant to the inlet casing. Spread the inside of the hole evenly with the sealant. Also,
spread the periphery of the oil path hole and the dowel holes with it.
(NOTICE)
Apply the sealant as thinly as possible and there should be no remaining layers or difference in film thickness.
Apply it as thinly as possible by the finger pad.

19) Installing Bearing to Drive Shaft
Use a press-fitting jig for this.

Direction of the bearing:
The outer race, maker's name and specs marking are arranged in the direction of the key groove.
z Jig No. 7 pipe.
34
20) Installing Drive Shaft to Power Side Casing
Position the casing up and lift the shaft with a crane and install it.
The shaft will be fitted naturally by striking the outer race with a hammer.
Be sure to set the jig bar outwards when striking with a hammer.
This is to prevent damage to the bearing if the bar is slipped off.
Install the key.
Heat the speed-increasing gear with a hot oil bath, and install it to the shaft as soon as possible. Do not cool it
down. The gear will be fitted naturally due to the empty weight. If not, use a plastic hammer or cylindrical jig for
this.
(NOTICE)
Same as the former step 17).
Heat the drive shaft bearing inner race with a hot oil bath, and install it to the shaft as soon as possible. Do not
cool it down. Use a cylindrical jig to press-fit it.
(NOTICE)
Same as the former step 17).
Direction of the gear: the tapered is up.

Direction of the bearing inner race: the maker's name, specs marking are up.
z Jig No. 23 pipe.
35
Tighten the bolts of the held-down plate.
(NOTICE)
If not tightened properly to the specified torque, trouble may occur.
Tighten it with a torque wrench.
21) Joining Inlet Casing to Power Side Casing
Lift the power side casing with a crane, keeping it level.

Aligning with the dowel pins, lower it slowly. Make the gear engaged properly.
(NOTICE)
Rapidly lowering the gear will cause it to butt each other, leading to damage.
Remove oil and grease from the power side casing, using thinner.
36
After aligning with the dowel pins, strike the left and right ends of the power side casing with a hammer.
Tighten the set bolts.

37
22) Installing Oil Seal
a) Drive the oil seal into the oil seal cover.
Use a driving jig for this. Apply compressor oil to the inner surface of the cover to facilitate oil seal driving.
(NOTICE)
x Be aware of the oil seal driving direction.
Compression chamber
Oil seal
Oil seal cover
Put grease into the oil seal lip.
x After driving, check that the entire periphery of the oil

seal is driven properly (no chipping or deflection is found)
and there is no damage in the oil seal inner surface.
b) Put lithium base grease into the oil seal lip before
installing the oil seal cover.
c) Install the oil seal cover.
First press-fit the oil seal, then install the cover.

90 110 kgcm
38
Secure the oil seal cover with the bolts tightened.
22) Installing Coupling Driven
Remove tape and install the key.

Install the driven (rubber coupling) to the coupling.
(NOTICE)
The set bolts of the rubber coupling are a Thread-Tightener applied type. (They cannot be re-used.)
For the 61112 01400 bolts, apply grease thinly to other than the threads.
39
Using jigs and a hydraulic jack, press-fit the coupling.
Secure the held-down plate with the bolts tightened.

24) Installing Check Valve Assy

Install the check valve assy and the cylinder cover.
(NOTICE)
Before installing, check that no damage or marks are found in the check valve body seat and the valve seat.
40
25) Installing Unloader Assy
Before installing the unloader assy, check that the butterfly valve is fitted to the seat surface properly and no
damage or marks are found.
26) Completion
Screw in all the blind plugs and piping nipples. Before screwing, apply Thread-Tightener 577. When screwing
1/2 B diameter or more, use sealing tape with Thread-Tightener.
NOTICE:
When using sealing tape with Thread-Tightener 577, first apply Thread-Tightener to the threads, then wind the
sealing tape two or three around the threads and apply Thread-Tightener to the wound sealing tape again.
41
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
5 Maintenance Standards List (AES-2)
Nominal Tolerance Standard Max. Working

Corrective
Dimension Clearance Allowable Limit
Action
Clearance Dimension
Male rotor casing inner +0.15

diameter +0.12 Replace
158 0.060.0375 0.2
0 rotor
Male rotor outer diameter 157.75
-0.025
Female rotor casing inner +0.19

153.44 0.080.1075 0.2
0 rotor
-0.025
Casing length r0.1
187.5 -0.40
Rotor length
-0.45
Discharge side clearance
0.060.1 Adjust
between rotor and casing
Rotor & Casing
Intake side clearance

0.20.49
Male and casing inner +0.03
75
diameter 0 Replace
0.050.075 0.15
Male and spacer outer 0 spacer
74.9 74.73
diameter -0.02
Female and casing inner +0.03
65
diameter 0 Replace
0.050.075 0.15
Female and spacer outer 0 spacer
64.9 64.73
diameter -0.02
Male and intake NU2310

Female and intake NU209
Bearing
NF311
Male and discharge
7311B

Female and NF309
discharge 7309B
Pump chamber +0.035 Replace
Drain & Pump
inner diameter 0 rotor or

84 0.060.1075 0.3
Trochoid rotor outer -0.12 pump
diameter -0.18 chamber
Pump chamber +0.11

Pump
When rotor Replace

depth +0.07 is positioned rotor or
32 0.3
-0.03 to one end: pump
Trochoid rotor depth 0.100.16 chamber
-0.05
Coupling side: bowl 6305

Brg Outer side: roller NU204
Bowl bearing 6314
-increasing gear

Roller bearing NU213
Speed
Gear backlash 0.050.21 0.4 Replace

Maintenance Standards List (AES-3)
Nominal Tolerance Standard Max. Working

Corrective
Dimension Clearance Allowable Limit
Action
Clearance Dimension
Male rotor casing inner +0.15

190 0.060.0895 0.2
0 rotor
-0.029
Female rotor casing inner +0.19

134.94 0.080.1095 0.2
0 rotor
Female rotor outer diameter 184.73
-0.029
Casing length r0.1
228 -0.40
Rotor length
-0.45
Discharge side clearance
0.060.1 Adjust
Rotor & Casing
Intake side clearance

0.20.49
Male and casing inner +0.03
80
diameter 0 Replace
0.0750.1 0.2
Male and spacer outer 0 spacer
79.85 79.63
diameter -0.02
Female and casing inner +0.03
75
diameter 0 Replace
0.0750.1 0.2
Female and spacer outer 0 spacer
74.85 74.63
diameter -0.02
Male and intake NU2312

Female and intake NU309
Bearing
NF312
Male and discharge
7312B

Female and NF311
discharge 7311B
Bowl bearing 6315
Speed-incre

asing gear
Roller bearing NU313
Gear backlash 0.060.22 0.4 Replace

HYDRAULIC
CRAWLER DRILL
FEED MOTOR SECTION
BACK
Feed Motor
(970404-00001)
SERVICE MANUAL
CAUTION
Read and understand the contents of this service manual

before disassembling/assembling this product.
CONTENTS
Page
FOR SAFETY ······························································································································ 3
1 TOOLS ·································································································································· 4
1-1 Standard Tools······················································································································· 4
1-2 Special Tools ························································································································· 5
2 DISASSEMBLY ····················································································································· 8
2-1 Preparations for Disassembly ······························································································· 8
2-2 Precautions for Disassembly································································································· 8
2-3 Disassembling Procedure ····································································································· 9
3 MAINTENANCE STANDARD ······························································································· 20

3-1 Seals ····································································································································· 20
3-2 Replacing Parts ····················································································································· 20
4 ASSEMBLY ··························································································································· 22
4-1 Precautions for Assembly······································································································ 22
4-2 Assembling Procedure ·········································································································· 22
5 GAP ADJUSTMENTS IN AXIAL DIRECTION OF TAPER ROLLER BEARING ··················· 39

5-1 Adjusting Procedure ·············································································································· 39
5-2 Gap Adjusting Part Dimensions List······················································································ 41
6 POST-ASSEMBLY PERFORMANCE TEST ········································································· 42

6-1 Performance Test with Testing Equipment ············································································ 42
6-2 On-the-Spot (without Testing Equipment) Performance Test ················································ 43
7 PARTS LIST AND ASSEMBLING DRAWINGS OF FEED MOTOR ····································· 44

7-1 Cutaway View of Feed Motor ································································································ 44
7-2 Disassembled View of Feed Motor ······················································································· 45
7-3 Parts List of Feed Motor ········································································································ 47
1
2
FOR SAFETY
1) To safely and efficiently perform the disassembly/assembly or inspection for this product, follow the
appropriate procedures or instructions in this manual. If you have any questions or ambiguities, please
contact our service personnel.
2) Use tools described in this manual when disassembling/assembling.
3) When replacing consumable supplies or parts, use FURUKAWA genuine or recommended parts.
4) Safety alert symbols and words are classified into the following by the level of a hazardous situation:
DANGER Used to indicate the presence of an imminently hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING Used to indicate the presence of a potentially hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION Used to indicate the presence of a potentially hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, may cause minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE Used to indicate the presence of a potentially hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, may result in property damage.
The DANGER or WARNING may not appear in this manual. However, consider this symbol and words for
the higher level of a hazardous situation when carrying out the maintenance work.
3
1 TOOLS 1-1 Standard Tools
1 TOOLS
1-1 Standard Tools
No. Name Description Qty
1 Hex wrench 6 (for M8) (PF1/4) One each
5 (PF 1/8)
8 (PF 3/8)
2 Open-end wrench (JIS B 4641) 17 1
24
3 Socket wrench Round-bellied 1
4 Torque wrench (JIS B 4650) Dialed, 280N (2800kgf-cm) or equivalent 1
5 Torque wrench adapter Nominal 22, 24, 30 socket One each
Nominal 6 bar, 8 bar
6 Extension bar (JIS B 4637) 150mm 1
7 Hammer (JIS B 4613#1 or equivalent) Plastic 1
8 Plain screwdriver (JIS B 4609) 50mm or equivalent 2
150mm or equivalent 1
9 Pliers for retaining ring For shaft 1
For hole 1
10 Lifting device Lifting load 2.94KN (300kg) or more One set
Eyebolt (for M10) (2)
Eyebolt (for M8) (2)
Wire (1)
11 Press bench Press capacity 2000kg or more 2
12 Compression air For 35kg/cm 2
One set
Nozzle with 35kg/cm2 1
13 Spring balancer Measured value 35kg or equivalent One set
14 Thickness gauge 0.040.3mm or equivalent 2
15 Heating device Rising pressure capacity 100qC One set
Volume 500x500x500
16 Leather gloves One set 1
17 Sealing tape One set 1
18 Plastic sheet
4
1 TOOLS 1-2 Special Tools
1-2 Special Tools

Hold-Down Pin
Hold-Down Metal Tube
Handle
Hold-Up Pin
5
2 DISASSEMBLY 2-1 Preparations for Disassembly 2-2 Precautions for Disassembly
Support
Bowl Support
Bearing Assy Tool
Hold-Up Tube
6
1 TOOLS 1-2 Special Tools
Socket
Hold-Down Case
7
2 DISASSEMBLY 2-1 Preparations for Disassembly 2-2 Precautions for Disassembly
2 DISASSEMBLY
2-1 Preparations for Disassembly
Prior to the disassembly, make the preparations as follows:
1) Workbench
x Put a workbench for the feed motor that must be firm, level and large enough to safely support
the disassembled parts of the feed motor.
x Cover the workbench with a rubber or plastic sheet.
2) Tools
x Put tools and related materials described in 1 TOOLS.
2-2 Precautions for Disassembly
CAUTION When disassembling, each incorporated part of the feed motor may be
slippery or greasy because of the hydraulic oil. Pay attention so as not to drop
or damage those parts.
CAUTION Flammable substances such as a white gasoline are used to wash out the
disassembled parts. Pay attention so as not to set fire or get burnt.
1) Prior to the disassembly, specify what parts are out of order and well understand the cause of the
troubles and obey the appropriate inspection and disassembling instructions.
2) Each assembled part is precision-made so handle with great care so as not to hit or drop those
parts.
3) Do not strike or pry the specific parts roughly to separate those parts. Failure to observe this may
cause burrs or damage to the parts, which will lead to the poor, incorrect set-up or degrade the
parts' performance.
4) Do not leave the disassembled parts for long periods. Getting wet or dirt may cause rust on the
parts. Take rust-and-dirt-preventive measures if stopping the disassembly midway is unavoidable.
5) When disassembling, be sure to make the match marks on the alignment surface of the parts for
easy, proper set-up in the future.
6) Put the disassembled parts in order. Be careful not to damage the parts or let those be missing.
7) Basically the seals should be replaced every time they have been removed, even if no damage
has been found. Replace with the new seals.
8) The pictures and assembling drawings in this manual are for a typical model. Some parts may be
different from those of the actual model but the disassembling procedure is the same.
8
2 DISASSEMBLY 2-3 Disassembling Procedure
2-3 Disassembling Procedure

NOTE The item numbers in the brackets after the part names in the text are identical with those
in the Parts List And Assembling Drawings of Feed Motor on page 4449.
1 Dismounting the Reduction Gear from the

Hydraulic Motor
1) Make the bent of the lock plate [27] straight.

2) Remove the hex headed bolts [39] to remove the plate
[26].
3) Remove the plug [40].

4) Discharge the gear oil.
5) Remove the hex socket bolt [141].
9
2 Disassembling the Hydraulic Motor

1) Removing the input gear [6]
a) First remove the snap ring [36], then remove the input
gear [6] from the shaft [118].
2) Detaching the relief body [201] from the rear flange

[301]
a) First remove the hex socket bolts [261], [262], then
detach the relief body [201] from the rear flange [301].
b) Remove the hex socket bolt [341].
10
c) Remove the rear flange [301] from the case [102].
NOTICE The timing plate [109] is positioned with the

parallel pin [131] but it may be stuck to the
cylinder block [104] because of the oil. Be
careful not to drop it.
3) Disassembling the mechanical brake

a) Take out the piston [112] by charging the compression
air (35kg/cm2) from the pilot pressure path of the case
[102].
CAUTION Do not charge the air rapidly, which

may cause the piston [112] to spring
out. To safely remove the piston put
a protective cover etc on it.
b) Remove the O-rings [137], [138] from the piston [112].
NOTICE Never reuse the removed O-rings [137],

[138].
c) Take out the friction plate [115] and the machine plates
[116] (two), [169] (one) being put in the periphery of the
cylinder block [104].
11
4) Disassembling the hydraulic motor

a) Put the motor case sideways.
b) Remove the cylinder block [104] from the case [102],
holding it by hands.
c) Remove the piston assembling parts [105], [106], the

retainer plate [107] and the rollers [132] from the
cylinder block [104] dismounted.
5) Removing the shaft [118]

a) Remove the shaft [118] by gripping the tip of the shaft.
Take out the shaft [118], the ball bearing [125] and the
swash plate [103] each.
6) Disassembling the cylinder block [104]

a) Put the cylinder block [104] on the workbench. Place
the hold-down pin on the washer [110] and remove the
stop ring [130] with the pliers.
NOTICE x Do not remove the spring [114] except

when it is to be replaced.
x When removing the spring, align the
hold-down pin center with the washer [110]
center to avoid damage to the cylinder
block [104] by contact with the spring.
x Put a plastic sheet on the cylinder block so
as not to damage the surface of the
cylinder block.
12
b) Remove the stop ring [130], the washer [110], the

spring [114] and the washer [110] from the cylinder
block [104].
Release the press slowly. Otherwise,

CAUTION
the spring [114] may spring out,
resulting in injury.
7) Disassembling the ball bearing [125]

Press
a) Put the hold-down metal tube on the press bench. Then
fit the shaft [118] in the metal tube.
Hold-down
metal tube b) Take out the ball bearing [125], while holding down the
tip of the shaft with the press.
NOTICE x Do not remove the ball bearing [125]

except when it is to be replaced.
x Never reuse the removed ball bearing
[125].
8) Removing the oil seal [127]

a) Remove the oil seal [127] from the case [102], using
the plain screwdriver and the hammer as shown.
NOTICE x Do not remove the oil seal [127] except

x Never reuse the removed oil seal [127].
9) Removing the pins [117]

a) Remove the pins [117] from the case [102].
13
3 Disassembling the Brake Valve in the Rear

Flange
1) Remove the two plugs [319] from the rear flange [301].
2) Remove the O-ring [329] from the plug [319].
NOTICE x Never reuse the removed O-ring [329].
3) Remove the two stoppers [320] and the two springs

[324] each from the rear flange [301].
4) Remove the spool [340] from the rear flange [301].
5) Remove the two plugs [321] from the rear flange [301].
14
6) Remove the two springs [323] and the two valves [322]
each from the rear flange [301].
4 Disassembling the Relief Valve

1) Loosen the plug [209] and remove it from the body
[201]. (To facilitate the disassembly, loosen the plug
with the rear flange fixed.)
2) Take out the spring [208].
15
4) Remove the valve [202] from the sleeve [203] in the

body [201].
5) Remove the piston seal [210] from the valve [202].
NOTICE x Never reuse the removed piston seal [210].
6) Remove the sleeve [203] from the body [201].
7) Remove the O-rings [211], [212] and the backup rings

[214], [215] from the sleeve [203].
NOTICE x Never reuse the removed O-rings [211],

[212] and backup rings [214], [215].
16
8) Remove the plug, spring, valve and sleeve on the other

side in the same way.
NOTICE x Do not replace any single part other than

piston ring [210], O-rings [211], [212], [213]
and backup rings [214], [215] because the
relief pressure needs to be adjusted again.
If unavoidable, replace the whole assembly
unit of the relief valve.
5 Disassembling the Reduction Gear

1) Removing the spur gears [7]
a) Remove the snap rings [33] and the spur gears [7].
2) Removing the hold flange [3]

a) Remove the reamer bolts [19], while fixing the spindle
[2].
NOTICE x Loosen the reamer bolts [19] slowly and

carefully. If the bolts are stuck in midway,
tighten them once again and then slowly
loosen them. Because adhesive is applied
to the holes of the reamer bolts [19], the
seizing-up may often occur when
loosening the bolts so handle with care.
17
b) Remove the hex headed bolts [35].
NOTICE x Loosen the hex headed bolts [35] slowly

and carefully. If the bolts are stuck in
midway, tighten them once again and then
slowly loosen them. Because adhesive is
applied to the holes of the hex headed
bolts [35], the seizing-up may often occur
when loosening the bolts so handle with
care.
c) Remove the hold flange [3].
NOTICE x Since the holes of the hold flange [3],

spindle [2] and reamer bolt [19] are
machine-drilled simultaneously, be sure to
align the match marks when dismounting
the hold flange.
x When removing the hold flange, the inner
race of the ball bearing [21] comes off and
the balls may be scattered so pay attention
to those balls.
3) Removing the ball bearing [21]

a) Remove the balls (52 pieces) of the ball bearing [21].
b) Remove the outer race from the hub [1].
c) Remove the inner race from the hold flange [3].
4) Remove the stop rings [34] from the hold flange.
NOTICE x The gap between the stop rings and the

taper roller bearings is already adjusted so
make the match marks on those parts
when removing the stop rings.
18
5) Gripping the tip of the crankshafts [9], remove the

RV gear assembly unit.
NOTICE x Do not disassemble the RV gear assembly

unit.
The RV gear assembly unit consists of the:
RV gears,
Crankshafts [9],
Spacers [12],
Taper roller bearings [22], and
Needle roller bearings [23].
If any component needs to be replaced,
change the whole RV gear assembly unit.
6) Remove the pins (28 pieces) from the inner

periphery of the hub [1].
7) Using the plain screwdriver, remove the oil seal [38]

from the hub [1].
NOTICE x Do not remove the oil seal [38] except

x Be careful not to damage the inner
periphery of the hub [1].
x Never reuse the removed oil seal [38].
19
3 MAINTENANCE STANDARD 3-1 Seals 3-2 Replacing Parts
3 MAINTENANCE STANDARD
Follow the maintenance standard when the feed motor is to be inspected or disassembled.
Handle the feed motor carefully especially do not damage the moving or sliding parts of the feed motor.
3-1 Seals
Seals such as O-rings and oil seals must be replaced at any times they are disassembled or removed and
even if no damage is found in those parts.
3-2 Replacing Parts

1) Replace the parts if they are damaged to a large degree, which can be judged from a visual check.
2) Replace the parts if they appear different or abnormal, referring to the following table:
Item Std Value Allowable Value

Part Name Symptoms
No. (Std Dimension) (Judgment Value)
SPINDLE KIT
Spindle [2] Damages in appearance
Hold flange [3] Abnormal wear by scuffing etc
Reamer bolt [19]
Hex headed bolt [35]
RV GEAR ASSEMBLY Deflection wear in RV gear

UNIT teeth
RV gear [4] Each part does not move
Crankshaft [9] smoothly when rotating the
crankshaft [9]
Spacer [12]
Taper roller bearing [22]
Needle roller bearing [23]
Input gear [6] Abnormal wear in gear teeth

Spur gear [7] Damages in gear teeth
Deflection wear
Distance piece [13] Abnormal wear in contacting

surface to oil seal [38]
Ball bearing [21] Dents

Taper roller bearing [32] Flaking off
Deflection wear
Shaft [118] Abnormal wear in contacting

surface to oil seal [127]
Abnormal wear in spline
(continued)
20
3 MAINTENANCE STANDARD 3-2 Replacing Parts
Item Std Value Allowable Value

Part Name Symptoms
No. (Std Dimension) (Judgment Value)
REAR FLANGE KIT
Rear flange [301] Damages in moving part to
spool [340] Diameter gap: Diameter gap:
Gap to spool larger 713P 713P
Damages in contacting surface
to valve [322]
Distance to contacting surface
to valve [322] larger
Spool [340] Damages in periphery
Deflection wear in periphery
Swash plate [103] Seizing-up
Cylinder block [104] Abnormal wear in spline

Abnormal wear in bore inner
surface
Damages and deflection wear
in sliding surface to timing plate
[109]
PISTON ASSEMBLY Abnormal gap in axial direction Gap: Gap:

UNIT of piston [105] and shoe [106] 0.05mm 0.15mm
Piston [105] Abnormal wear in shoe
Shoe [106] Deflection wear in shoe
Retainer plate [107] Deflection wear in circular edge
Thrust ball [108] Deflection wear in ball sliding

part to retainer plate [107]
Timing plate [109] Seizing-up and deflection wear

in sliding surface
Friction plate [115] Deflection wear in both ends Damping torque: Damping torque:
Matching plate [116] Specified torque not attained 64.7N-m 64.7N-m
(6.6kgf-m) (6.6kgf-m)
Seizing-up
Valve [322] Scratches in sheet
Ball bearing [125] Dents

Ball bearing [126] Flaking off
Deflection wear
Sleeve [203] Scratches in sheet

Damages in sliding surface to
valve [202]
Valve [202] Scratches in sheet
For item numbers on the tables, see the Parts List And Assembling Drawings of Feed Motor on page
4449.
21
4 ASSEMBLY 4-2 Assembling Procedure
4 ASSEMBLY
Basically to perform the assembly, reverse the disassembling procedure.
x Make the same preparations as the disassembly; put the workbench, tools etc.
4-1 Precautions for Assembly

1) Follow the precautions for disassembly in the same manner described before.
2) Prior to the assembly, make sure all the parts are clean no metal chips, foreign matter, burrs or
dents etc is found in any parts. Polish it with an oilstone if necessary.
3) O-rings and oil seals must be replaced with the new ones when they have been removed.
4) Reamer bolts should be replaced with the new ones. But if reusing is unavoidable, remove adhesive
being stuck to those parts with a brush, and polish the bolt surfaces with an oilstone if necessary.
5) For the spindle [2] reamer bolt and hex headed bolt screw holes as well as the reamer bolt [19] and
hex headed bolt [35] threads, remove oil and grease before the assembly when adhesive must be
applied to those parts.
6) When fitting the O-rings and oil seals, pay attention so as not to damage those parts. (A small amount
of grease is applied to smoothly move those parts.)
7) When assembling, make sure the clean hydraulic oil (NAS Class 9 or upper) is applied to the moving
and sliding parts of the hydraulic motor and valve.
8) Do not use the cloth gloves when assembling. (Fibers stuck may cause malfunction.)
9) Tighten the bolts and plugs with the torque wrench until the specified torque is reached.
10) On completion of the assembly, plug all the ports to shut out any dirt.
11) The pictures and assembling drawings in this manual are for a typical model. Some parts may be
different from those of the actual model but the assembling procedure is the same.
4-2 Assembling Procedure
NOTE The item numbers in the brackets after the part names in the text are identical with those
in the Parts List And Assembling Drawings of Feed Motor on page 4449.
NOTICE Depending on the replacing parts, the ball bearing preload adjusting or the retaining ring
thickness adjusting must be performed when reassembling so check the following:
1) The replacing parts to need ball bearing preload adjusting:

Hub [1], Spindle [2], Hold Flange [3] and Ball Bearing [21].
2) The replacing parts to need retaining ring thickness adjusting:
Spindle [2], Hold Flange [3], Crankshaft [9], Spacer [3] and Taper Roller Bearing [22].
NOTICE When reassembling the replacing parts specified above, make sure each part is properly
adjusted. If not, the feed motor may malfunction or break down earlier than expected.
22
4 ASSEMBLY 4-1 Precautions for Assembly 4-2 Assembling Procedure
1 Assembling the Reduction Gear

1-1 Coupling the hub [1] and the spindle [29 together
1) Fit the taper roller bearing [32] outer race in the hub [1]
inner periphery.
2) Position the hub [1] and spindle [2] as shown, using the
support.
3) Shrink-fit the taper roll bearing [32] (without outer race)
to the spindle [2].
(Shrink fit temperature: 100r10qC)
4) Fit the O-ring [37] in the distance piece [13].
5) Screw the distance piece [13] into spindle [2].
NOTICE x Apply Primer T and Retaining Compound

35 to the threads of the distance piece [13].
6) Fix the hub [1].

7) Set the handle on the double chamfering parts of the
outer periphery of the distance piece [13] and tighten
Handle the distance piece with the handle.
(Tightening torque: 100kgf-m)
NOTICE x Check the tightening torque with the spring

balancer (see the illustration).
F: 33.3kgr5%
Spindle [2]
spring balancer support load x
Distance piece [13] handle length = tightening torque
33.3kgf x 3 = 100kgf-m
8) Remove the support.
23
1-2 Adjusting the ball bearing [21] preload

(Adjusting the spindle [2] drive torque)
The ball bearing [21] preload must be adjusted when the
following parts are replaced:
Hub [1]
Spindle assembly (spindle [2] and hold flange [3])
Ball bearing [21]
Distance piece [13]
Taper roller bearing [32]
Adjust the ball bearing [21] preload by measuring the

spindle [2] drive torque. Follow the steps below. This,
however, will be ignored if no such part is replaced so skip
to the next step of the assembly.
1-2-1 Temporary assembly for making adjustments

1) Setting the ball bearing [21]
Outer race a) Put the balls (52 pieces) on the outer race, using the
ball support.
Ball support
NOTICE x Check the number of balls is 52.
24
b) Fit the ball bearing [21] inner race in the hold flange [3].
c) Fit the hold flange [3] (with inner race) to the balls.
Hold flange [3]
d) Pass the bearing assembly tool through the balls and

hang it under the outer race.
25
e) Lift the ball bearing [21] with the bearing assembly tool
and put it slowly in the hub [1] and remove the bearing
assembly tool where the ball bearing [21] outer race is
coming into contact with the inner periphery of the hub
[1].
2) Mounting the hold flange [3]

a) Set the reamer bolts [19].
b) Tighten the reamer bolts [19] slowly until the specified
torque (25.7r1kgf-m) is reached.
NOTICE x When temporarily assembling, do not

apply adhesive to the reamer bolts [19].
x Tighten the reamer bolts [19] with the
spindle [2] on the spline side fixed.
1-2-2 Measuring the spindle [2] drive torque

1) Screw the hex headed bolt (M14 (P2.0) x 100) into the
central tapping hole of the spindle [2].
2) Measure the spindle [2] drive torque with the torque
wrench.
Specified drive torque: 12kgf-m
26
1-3 Mounting the RV gear assembly unit

1) Fit the taper roller bearing [32] outer race in the spindle
[2].
2) Mount the RV gear assembly unit:
RV gears [4]
Crankshafts [9]
Spacers [12]
Taper roller bearings [22]
Needle roller bearings [23]
1-4 Insert the pins [17] between the RV gears [4].
NOTICE x Before inserting the pins [17], apply a small

amount of gear oil to those parts.
1-5 Set the ball bearing [21].

1-6 Mount the hold flange [3].
See Section Temporary assembly for making adjustments.
27
1-7 Tighten the reamer bolts [19] until the specified

torque 25.7r4kgf-m is reached.
NOTICE x After removing oil and grease from the

reamer bolts [19], apply molybdenum
disulfide grease to the reaming part and
retaining compound 35 to the threads,
respectively.
1-8 Fitting the stop rings [34]

1) Check that none of the hub [1], spindle assembly unit
([2], [3]) and RV gear assembly unit ([4], [9], [11], [22],
[23]) is replaced with the new ones.
NOTICE x Skip to the next step 2) if no part is

replaced.
x Make gap adjustments in the axial
direction of taper roller bearing (see page
3940) if any of the parts specified above
is replaced. Then advance to the next step
2).
x When replacing the stop ring [34], select
the same or similar dimension of the new
stop ring [34] from the 12 types (see page
41).
2) Fit the stop rings [34] in the snap ring grooves in the
hold flange [3].
NOTICE x Set the three stop rings in the same

position as pre-disassembly, aligning those
with the match marks of the hold flange [3].
3) Fit the two snap rings [33] to the crankshafts [9].
28
1-9 Fitting the spur gears [7]

1) Fit the two spur gears [7] to the crankshafts [9], aligning
the match marks of the spur gears with the crankshafts
as shown in the figure.
Set up the spur gears, positioning the match

marks (punched holes) as shown
2) Fit the snap rings [33] to the crankshafts [9].
2 Assembling the Brake Valve in the Rear Flange

1) Fit the two O-rings to the plugs [321] (two).
NOTICE x Apply grease to the O-rings [328].
2) Fit the valves [322] and the springs [323] to the plugs
[321]. At that time, apply grease to the bind plugs,
valves, and springs and bind those together by a
sticking force.
29
3) Apply hermetic seal to the plug [321] threads.

4) Screw the plugs [321] integrated with valves [322] and
springs [323] into the rear flange [301] and tighten
those until the specified torque (8kgf-m) is reached. If
not tightened successfully, first tighten those
temporarily, then mount the rear flange on the case
[102] and last tighten those until the specified torque is
reached.
5) Apply hydraulic oil to the spool [340] and insert it in the

rear flange [301].
NOTICE x When inserting the spool [340], align the

center of the hole of the rear flange [301]
with the shaft center of the spool [340] to
avoid abnormal contact, which may cause
damage to the inner surface of the rear
flange and the spool outer surface, leading
to internal leaks and resulting in the
degraded performance of the feed motor.
x Because the rear flange [301] and the spool
[340] are already gap-adjusted, use the
complete rear flange unit for replacing
those parts.
6) Fit the O-rings [329] to the plugs [319].
7) Fit the stoppers [320] and the springs [324] to the plugs
[319].
30
8) Screw the plugs [319] (two) into the rear flange [301]
and tighten those until the specified torque 20kgf-m is
reached.
NOTICE x When screwing the plugs [319], pay

attention so as not to deform the springs
[324].
3 Assembling the Relief Valve

1) Fit the piston seal [210] to the valve [202].
NOTICE x Apply grease the O-ring and the Teflon ring

that are the parts of the piston seal [210].
Then fit the O-ring first and then the Teflon
ring.
2) Fit each O-ring [211], [212] and each backup ring [214],
[215] to the sleeve [203].
NOTICE x Apply grease to the O-rings [211], [212]

and the backup rings [214], [215],
respectively.
3) Insert the valve [202] in the sleeve [203] after the

hydraulic oil is applied.
NOTICE x When inserting the valve [202], pay

attention not to catch the piston seal [210].
31
4) Insert the sleeve [203] in the body [201].
NOTICE x When inserting the sleeve [203], pay

attention not to catch the backup rings
[214], [215].
5) Fit the O-ring [213] to the plug [209].
NOTICE x Apply grease to the O-ring [213].
6) Fit the spring [208] in the plug [209]. And screw the plug
[209] into the body [201] and tighten it until the
specified torque 10kgf-m is reached.
If not tightened successfully, first tighten it temporarily,
then mount the body [201] on the rear flange [301]
being fixed to the case [102] and last tighten it until the
specified torque is reached.
7) Perform operations on the other side in the same
manner set the plug, spring, valve and sleeve.
4 Assembling the Hydraulic Motor

1) Fitting the oil seal [127]
a) Fit the oil seal [127] to the case [102].
NOTICE x Apply white vaseline or lithium grease to

the lip of the oil seal [127].
x Apply Threebond (N0. 2011) to the
periphery.
32
2) Fitting the shaft [118]

a) Shrink-fit the ball bearing [125] to the shaft [118].
(Shrink fit temperature: 100r10Cq)
NOTICE x If the ball bearing is removed at the

disassembly, replace with the new one.
b) Fit the shaft [118] (with ball bearing) to the case [102].
NOTICE x Apply molybdenum disulfide grease to the

peripheral contact surface of the ball
bearing [125].
3) Fitting the swash plate [103]

a) Fit the pin [117] to the case [102].
b) Guiding the swash plate [103] with the pin [117], fit it to
the case [102].
33
4) Assembling the cylinder block [104]

a) Fit the washer [110], the spring [114] and the washer
[110] in order to the cylinder block [104] and set the
stop ring [130].
b) Put the above cylinder block on the press bench. Place

the hold-down pin on the washer and holding down the
spring [114] with it, set the stop ring [130].
(Hold-down force: 25kgf or more)
NOTICE x Put a plastic sheet on the sliding surface of

the cylinder block [104] to avoid damage.
5) Assembling the motor

a) Fit the pin [133] in the cylinder block [104] and fit the
thrust bowl [108] to the pin.
NOTICE x Apply hydraulic oil to the sliding surface of

the thrust bowl [108].
b) Put the piston assembly parts [105], [106] in the

retainer plate [107] and fit pistons [105] in the holes of
the cylinder block [104], aligning the tips of the pistons
with the holes of the cylinder block.
NOTICE x Apply hydraulic oil to the sliding surfaces of

the piston assembly parts [105], [106], the
retainer plate [107] and the holes of the
cylinder block [104].
x Align the spherical surface of the thrust
bowl [108] with the center of the retainer
plate [107] when fitting it.
34
c) Fit the assembled unit on the previous step to the shaft

[118] and put it in the case [102].

shaft [118] and the spline of the cylinder
block [104].
x Put in the shaft until the shoe [106] butts
against the swash plate [103].
6) Assembling the mechanical brake

a) Fit the matching plate [169] in the outer peripheral
groove of the cylinder block [104] first and then each
two of friction plates [115] and matching plates [116] in
order (see Disassembled View of Feed Motor on page
4546).
NOTICE x Be sure to correctly order the matching

plate [169], the friction plates [115] and the
matching plates [116] (see Disassembled
View of Feed Motor).
x Dip the friction plates [115] in the hydraulic
oil before attaching those plates.
b) Fit the piston [112] with O-rings [137], [138] in the case
[102].
NOTICE x Apply molybdenum disulfide grease fully to

the O-rings [137], [138].
7) Mounting the rear flange [301]

a) Fit the ball bearing [126], the pins [131], the timing plate
[109] and the springs [113] to the rear flange [301].
NOTICE x Apply grease to the back of the timing plate

[109] to firmly stick it to the rear flange
[301].
x Apply grease fully to the springs [113] and
fit those in the holes of the rear flange [301]
(to prevent falling on the next step).
35
b) Fit each O-ring {128], [142] and the pin [133] in the
case [102].
NOTICE x Do not apply grease to the O-ring [142]

(because oozing of grease may be
misunderstood for oil leaks).
x Apply grease fully to the springs [113] and
fit those in the holes of the rear flange [301]
(to prevent falling on the next step).
c) Mount the rear flange [301].
d) Tighten the socket bolts [341] with the torque wrench.

Tightening torque: 3r0.2kgf-m
8) Fitting the relief body

a) Fit the O-rings [328] (two) in the rear flange [301].
b) Fit the relief body [201] to the rear flange [301] and
fasten it with the two socket bolts [261], and the one
socket bolt [262].
Tightening torque for [261]: 3kgf-m
Tightening torque for [262]: 5.9kgf-m
36
24 socket
9) Checking the mechanical brake torque
a) Fit the socket (I) in the spline of the shaft [118] and
Socket (I) check the mechanical brake torque with the torque
wrench. Allowable value: 6kgf-m or more.
Shaft [118]
10) Fitting the input gear [6]

a) Fit the input gear [6] to the shaft [118].
b) Fit the snap ring [36] to the shaft [118].

spline of the shaft [118].
5 Coupling the Reduction Gear and the

Hydraulic Motor together
1) Screw the plug [40] (with the O-ring [41]) in the hub [1].
Tightening torque: 3r0.5kgf-m
2) Pour lubricating oil in the reduction gear (0.8 ltr).
3) Installing the hydraulic motor to the reduction gear.

4) Tighten the socket bolts [141] with the torque wrench.
Tightening torque: 5.9r1kgf-m
37
5) Screw the plugs [140] in the case [102].

Tightening torque: 6r1kgf-m
6) Pour hydraulic oil through the draining port in the
hydraulic motor (0.3 ltr).
7) Fit the plate [26], the lock plate [27] and the bolts [39].
8) Tighten the bolts [39].
Tightening torque: 10.4r1.6kgf-m
9) Bend the lock plate [27] properly.
38
5 GAP ADJUSTMENTS IN AXIAL DIRECTION OF TAPER ROLLER BEARING 5-2 Gap Adjusting Part Dimensions List
5 GAP ADJUSTMENTS IN AXIAL DIRECTION OF TAPER

ROLLER BEARING
NOTICE x If the parts below are to be replaced, the gap in the axial direction of the taper roller
bearing needs to be adjusted by selecting the suitable thickness of the stop ring
[34] (see page 41). If no gap adjustments are made at that time, the assembled
feed motor may malfunction or break down.
The replacing parts to need gap adjustments are:
Spindle [2], Hold Flange [3], Crankshaft [9], Spacer [12] and
Taper Roller Bearing [22].
If none of the parts specified above is replaced, ignore this section and skip to 7) Mounting the rear
flange [301], 4 Assembling the Hydraulic Motor.
5-1 Adjusting Procedure

1) Place the hold-down case on each of the outer rings of
the taper roller bearings [22] to the crankshaft [9] and
lightly hit it with the hammer.
NOTICE x To properly fit the RV gear assembly unit in

the spindle [2].
2) Fit the most thinnest stop rings [34] in the stop ring
grooves on the hold flange [3].
39
5 GAP ADJUSTMENTS IN AXIAL DIRECTION OF TAPER ROLLER BEARING 5-1 Adjusting Procedure
3) Place the hold-down case on each of the stop rings [34}

and lightly hit the periphery with the hammer.
NOTICE x Make sure the RV gear assembly unit is

fitted in the spindle [2].
4) Put the thickness gauge between the stop ring [34] and
the taper roller bearing [22] and measure the gap.
5) Measure the thickness of the stop ring:
Maximum stop ring thickness to set:
Maximum = thickness of thickness gauge
thickness of current stop ring.
Minimum stop ring thickness to set:
Minimum = thickness of thickness gauge
thickness of current stop ring 0.05.
6) After determining the thickness of the stop ring, select

the suitable one among the 12 kinds (see 5-2 Gap
Adjusting Part Dimensions List) and fit it to the hold
flange.
7) After fitting the suitable thickness of each stop ring,
advance to b), 7) Mounting the rear flange [301], 4
Assembling the Hydraulic Motor.
40
5 GAP ADJUSTMENTS IN AXIAL DIRECTION OF TAPER ROLLER BEARING 5-2 Gap Adjusting Part Dimensions List
5-2 Gap Adjusting Part Dimensions List
Part Name:
Stop Ring [34] Marking Stamp Dimension (t)
Symbol
A 1.90 1.95
B 1.95 2.00
C 2.00 2.05
D 2.05 2.10
E 2.10 2.15
F 2.15 2.20
G 2.20 2.25
H 2.25 2.30
I 2.30 2.35
J 2.35 2.40
Marking Stamp Symbol K 2.40 2.45
L 2.45 2.50
41
6 POST-ASSEMBLY PERFORMANCE TEST 6-1 Performance Test with Testing Equipment
6 POST-ASSEMBLY PERFORMANCE TEST

On completion of the assembling of the feed motor, carry out the performance test as follows:
6-1 Performance Test with Testing Equipment

x Prior to the performance test, perform the warming-up operation in the following conditions:
GM Motor Revolution Pressure Rotating Direction Operating Time

1 10 rpm One minute or more
No load driving pressure each
2 20 rpm Forward/Reverse
3 30 rpm 100kgf/cm2 Two minutes or more

each
x Testing conditions:
Hydraulic oil ISO VG#46 wear resistance hydraulic oil
Lubricating oil SAE#90 equivalent extreme pressure addictive contained gear oil
Temperature Ambient temperature: room temperature
Hydraulic oil temperature: 50r5qC
Reduction gear case temperature: 40 80qC
Draining pressure: 0.8kgf/cm2 or less
Testing Item Volumetric Efficiency Mechanical Efficiency Hydraulic Motor

Draining Volume
Acceptance criteria 94% or more 83% or more 0.8 ltr/min or less
Testing conditions Pressure difference: 200kgf/cm2 Pressure: no load
Revolution: 10 rpm Revolution: 10 rpm
42
6 POST-ASSEMBLY PERFORMANCE TEST 6-2 On-the-Spot (without Testing Equipment) Performance Test
6-2 On-the-Spot (without Testing Equipment) Performance Test

x Prior to the performance test, mount the feed motor on the machine and connect the piping and
perform the warming-up operation in the following conditions:
GM Motor Revolution Pressure Rotating Direction Operating Time

1 10 rpm One minute or more
No load driving pressure Forward/Reverse each
2 20 rpm
x Testing conditions:
Temperature Hydraulic oil temperature: 50r5qC
Reduction gear case temperature: 40 80qC
x Acceptance criteria:
(1) When starting the feed motor while locking the rotation, the pressure must rise
up to the relief set pressure.
(2) Measure the feed motor draining volume in the conditions of 10 rpm and no
load: 0.8 ltr/min or less.
Lastly, if the assembled feed motor’s performance is no good, it must be fixed again.
43
7 PARTS LIST AND ASSMBLING DRAWINGS OF FEED MOTOR 7-2 Disassembled View of Feed Motor
7 PARTS LIST AND ASSEMBLING DRAWINGS OF FEED

MOTOR
7-1 Cutaway View of Feed Motor
44
7-2 Disassembled View of Feed Motor
45
46
7 PARTS LIST AND ASSMBLING DRAWINGS OF FEED MOTOR 7-3 Parts List of Feed Motor
7-3 Parts List of Feed Motor
47
48
49
HYDRAULIC
CRAWLER DRILL
DRIVE MOTOR SECTION
BACK
Drive motor
040014㧙25010
Assembly & Disassembly

HCR 1200/1500
FUEUKAWA
1
Mounting And Dismounting Final Drive Sprocket
Disassembly
Tools
Tool Part No. Part Name Qty
A 8S7640 Stand 2
8S7611 Tube 2
8S7615 Pin 2
B 1387574 Link Bracket 1
First of all separate the basic parts of the track system. For details, see Separating
Track Parts, Disassembly & Reassembly in this manual.
1 Lift one side of the machine and install

the tool (A) under frame as shown.
Adjust the height of the tool (A) to
provide sufficient clearance between
the sprocket and the track links for
dismounting the sprocket.
2 Remove the bolts (1) that secure the

sprocket to the final drive.
3 Install the guide bolt as shown, and

fasten the tool (B) and a suitable lifting
device to the sprocket (2). Dismount
the sprocket. The weight of the
sprocket is approx 39kg.
2
Reassembly
Tools
A 8S7640 Stand 2
8S7611 Tube 2
8S7615 Pin 2
B 1387574 Link Bracket 1
C 9S3263 Thread-tightener 1
1 Before mounting the sprocket,

clean the contacting surface of the sprocket to the final drive completely.
2 Fasten the tool (B) and a suitable lifting

device to the sprocket (2). The weight
of the sprocket is approx 39kg. Install
the sprocket to the final drive.
3 Apply the tool (c) thinly to the threads

of the bolt (1) fastening the sprocket to
the final drive. Install the bolt (1). The
bolt tightening torque is 270r40Nm
(27.5r4.1kgfm).
4 Lift the machine, and take the tool (A)

out of the frame.
Lastly connect the track parts together. For

details, see Joining Track Parts,
3
Disassembly & Reassembly in this manual.
Dismounting Final Drive And Travel Motor
Disassembly
Tools
A 1387574 Link Bracket 2
6V9507 Plug (9/6-18) 1
9S4182 Plug (7/16-20) 1
B* 6V9511 Plug (13/16-12) 4
6V9509 Plug (13/16-16) 2
6V9828 Cap (9/16-12) 1
6V9832 Cap (13/16-12) 4
6V9830 Cap (13/16-16) 2
* A different size of caps and plugs may be needed if the final drive and the travel motor
are different.
First of all release hydraulic pressure of the hydraulic system. For details, see Releasing
Hydraulic Pressure of Hydraulic System, Disassembly & Reassembly in this manual.
Separate the basic parts of the track system. For details, see Separating Track Parts,
Disassembly & Reassembly in this manual.
Note: To facilitate parts reassembling, put identification marks on each hose of the
counter-balance valves. A different size of caps and plugs may be needed if the
final drive and the travel motor are different.
NOTICE
Check that oil is sealed properly when the machine’s performance test, maintenance,
inspection, adjustments and repair are performed. Before handling or disassembling
oil-sealed parts, put a suitable container under those parts. Dispose of waste oil
according to the local government regulations and instructions.
DANGER
The high-temperature, high-pressure oil may cause personal injury. Make sure the high
hydraulic pressure, especially after the engine has been stopped, is released
completely before inspecting the hydraulic system. Check that all attachments are
grounded properly before removing the hose lines and devices. Do not remove the oil
filler plug until the temperature of the oil becomes low, where the oil can be touched with
bare hands, after the engine is stopped.
4
1 Remove the cover (1).
2 Remove the four hoses (2), (3) and (4)

from the counter-balance valve (5).
Remove the connector (7) and make the
clearance for removing the components.
Install the tool (B) plugs to the hoses and
at the same time install the tool (B) caps.
3 Fasten the tool (A) and a suitable lifting

device to the final drive (8). The total
weight of the final drive, travel motor and
4 Remove the bolts (6). Remove the final drive, travel motor and sprocket as a whole
unit.
5
Disassembling Final Drive And Travel Motor
Disassembly
B 1P2420 Transmission Maintenance Stand 1
C 1P0074 Slide Hammer Puller Group 1
4C5666 Screw Adapter 1
D 1U9895 Cross Block 1
3H0465 Bush Puller Plate 2
8T0649 Bolt 2
9X8257 Washer 2
E 1P0510 Screwdriver Group 1
F 1P1858 Retaining Ring Pliers 1
G 1387573 Link Bracket 3
H 9U7346 Wrench 1
J 1P0074 Slide Hammer Puller 1
4C5669 Screw Adapter 1
1400165 Internal Puller Assy 1
K 5P0975 Protective Plate 1
L Drill (3.175mm) 1
M 4C3369 Removing Tool 1
First of all dismount the final drive and the travel motor. For details, see Dismounting
Final Drive and Travel Motor, Disassembly & Reassembly in this manual.
NOTICE
Check that oil is sealed properly when the machine’s performance test, maintenance,
inspection, adjustments and repair are performed. Before handling or disassembling
oil-sealed parts, put a suitable container under those parts. Dispose of waste oil
according to the local government regulations and instructions.
DANGER
The high-temperature, high-pressure oil may cause personal injury. Make sure the high
hydraulic pressure, especially after the engine has been stopped, is released
completely before inspecting the hydraulic system. Check that all attachments are
grounded properly before removing the hose lines and devices. Do not remove the oil
filler plug until the temperature of the oil becomes low, where the oil can be touched with
bare hands, after the engine is stopped.
6
1 Prior to the disassembly, clean out the
outer surface of the travel motor and final
drive.
2 Dismount the sprocket from the final
drive and travel motor. The weight of the
3 To facilitate parts reassembling, put identification marks on the travel motor and the
final drive. Install the parts in their original position.
4 Fasten the tool (A) and a suitable lifting device to the final drive and the travel motor
(1) as shown.
5 Install the final drive and travel motor (1) in the tool (B). The total weight of the final
drive and travel motor is approx 160kg.
6 Drain oil from the final drive into a suitable container being placed under for storing
or disposal. The capacity of the final drive is 2.5ltr.
7 Remove the relief valve (3) first and then

the travel brake (2).
8 Remove the bolts (4) from the travel

brake valve (2).
7
9 Remove the two bolts in the most nearest
to the relief valve from the travel brake
valve cover. Fasten the tool (A) to the
travel brake valve as shown.
10 Remove the travel brake valve (2).

Remove the tool (A).
Disassembling Travel Brake Valve
1 Remove the valve plate (5).
2 Remove the bearing (6), using the tool

(C), as needed.
3 Re-position the travel brake valve as

shown. Remove the relief valve (3B).
8
4 Remove the O-ring (7) and the backup
ring (8) from both relief valves (3) and
(3B).
DANGER
Do not release the spring force rapidly. Failure to do so may cause personal injury.
Release the spring force slowly according to the following procedures.
5 Remove the two bolts (9) in a crisscross

sequence. But do not remove the
adjacent bolts.
6 Remove the bolts (9) slowly to release

the spring force; revolve each bolt two
turns to get loosened. Loosen the bolts one after the other to take out those bolts.
7 Remove the cover (10) from the travel

brake valve.
8 Remove the two bolts (9) in a crisscross

sequence. But do not remove the
adjacent bolts.
9 Remove the remaining bolts (11) slowly to release the spring force; revolve each bolt
two turns to get loosened. Loosen the bolts one after the other to take out those
bolts.
10 Remove the cover (12) from the travel brake valve.
11 Remove the fitting (13). Remove the O-ring from the fitting.
9
12 Remove the two O-rings (14), two
springs (15), two washers (16) and spool
(17) from the travel brake valve. Do not
disassemble the spool (17). Use the
spool as an assembly part.
13 Remove the fitting (18). Remove the

O-ring from the fitting.
14 Remove the two fittings (19). Remove

O-rings from the fittings.
15 Remove the plug (20). Remove the O-ring from the plug.
16 Remove the plug (21) from the travel

brake valve.
17 Remove the valve ball (23) on the rear of

the plug (21).
10
18 Remove the O-ring (22) from the plug
(21).
19 Remove the plug (24) from the travel

brake valve.
20 Remove the O-ring (25) from the plug

(25).
DANGER
Rapidly releasing the spring force for the parts and the cover may cause personal injury.
When loosening the bolts, be sure to make the cover with the spring fixed.

21 Remove the plug (26). Remove the
O-ring from the plug.
22 Remove the spring (29) and the plunger

(28) from the travel brake valve.
11
Disassembling Travel Motor
1 Remove the two dowel pins (30).
2 Remove the O-rings (31), (32) and (33).
3 When reassembling, be aware of the

position of the spring (34). Remove the
two springs.
4 Remove the shim (35).
5 Install the tools (D) and (K) as shown.

The tool (K) is used as a barrel protection
cover that prevents the barrel surface
from scratching by the tool (D).
6 Hold down the brake piston (36) with the

tool (D) and apply the air pressure of
approx 517kPa (5.3kgf/cm2) to the brake
release port. The brake piston is
disengaged from the travel motor body.
7 Remove the brake piston (36).
12
8 Remove the backup ring (38). Remove
the O-ring (37).
9 Remove the backup ring (40). Remove

the O-ring (39).
10 Remove each of the two friction plates

and the two steel plates (41). When
reassembling, be aware of the
installation order of the plates.
Note: When removing the barrel, be careful not to separate the components of the
barrel. Be sure to install the components of the barrel in their original position.
Note: Drain oil from the final drive into a suitable container being placed under for
storing or disposal.

device to the final drive. Install the final
drive to those as shown.
12 Remove the barrel (42).
13 Put an identification mark on the piston in

the barrel. Put an identification mark on
the piston in the retainer. Install the
piston in the original position.
14 Remove the piston (43) and the retainer

(44) from the barrel (45).
13
15 Remove the piston (43) from the retainer
(44).
16 Remove the bush (46).
17 Remove the pin (47).
DANGER
Rapidly releasing the spring force may cause
personal injury. To prevent accident, release
the spring force slowly according to the
following procedures.
14
18 Using the tool (E) and a press, apply pressure to the washer (49).
19 Using the tool (F), remove the retaining ring (48).
20 Release the press pressure.
21 Remove the washer (49), spring (50) and
washer (51).
22 Remove the cam plate (52).
23 To facilitate parts reassembling, put

identification marks on the balls (53) and
the piston (54).
24 Remove the piston and the balls.
25 Remove the spring (55) on the rear of

the piston (54).
15
Disassembling Final Drive
1 Install the final drive on the tool (B) as

shown.
2 Remove the two plugs (56). Remove

O-rings from the plugs.
3 Remove the bolts (57).
4 Heat the cover with a LP gas torch.
5 Using a soft hammer, remove the seal between the gear housing (59) and the cover
(58).
6 Remove the cover (58).
7 Heat the bolts (60) with a LP gas torch

and soften screw sealants.
8 Remove the bolts (60) and the plate (61).
9 Remove the sun gear (62) and the

planetary gear (63).
16
10 Remove the bearing (64).
11 Remove the remaining planetary gears

(63) and bearings (64).
12 Remove the carrier (65).
13 Remove the race (66) as needed.
14 Remove the sun gear (68).
15 Heat the bolts (67) with a LP gas torch and soften screw sealants
16 Remove the bolts (67) and the plate (69).
17
17 Remove the retaining ring (70) from the
sun gear (68).
18 Remove the planetary gear (71) from the

motor housing (72).
19 Remove the bearing (73) from the motor

housing.
20 Remove the race (74) from the motor

housing.
18
21 Remove the washer (75) from the motor
housing.
22 Repeating Steps 18 to 21 above, remove

the other three planetary gears.
23 Heat the bolt (76) with a LP gas torch and

soften the screw sealant.
24 Remove the bolt (76) from the motor

housing.
25 Using the tool (L), make a hole in the

dowel pin (77).
26 Using the tool (M), remove the dowel pin

(77).
27 Check that the motor housing is installed

on the tool (B). Using the tool (H),
remove the nut (78). When removing nut
(78), operate the tool (H) in the opposite
direction of the tool (B).
19
28 Fasten the tool (G) and a hoist to the
gear housing (59). The weight of the gear
housing is approx 35kg.
29 Remove the gear housing (59).

30 Remove the tool (G).
31 Re-position the ring gear as shown.
32 Remove the floating seal (79).
33 Position the ring gear as shown. Remove

the bearing (80) with a hammer and a
punch.
34 Re-position the ring gear as shown and

remove the bearing (81) with a hammer
and a punch.
35 Remove the floating seal (82) from the

motor housing (72).
20
36 Install the motor housing (72) under a
press as shown.
37 Using a press and the tool (E), remove

the shaft (83) from the motor housing
(72).
38 Remove the race (84) from the shaft (83)

as needed.
39 Using the tool (J), remove the bearing

(85) from the motor housing.
21
40 Remove the lip seal (86) from the motor
housing.
Reassembling Final Drive And Travel Motor
Reassembly
Tools

B 1P2420 Transmission Maintenance Stand 1
C 1U6434 Floating Seal Installer 1
1
D 9S7354 Torque Wrench Group* 1
E 1P0510 Screwdriver Group 1
F 1P1858 Retaining Ring Pliers 1
G 1387573 Link Bracket 3
H 9U7346 Wrench 1
J 8H8542 Socket 1
2
K 1U7558 Mounting Adapter Group* 3
L 1690503 Installation Kit 1
*1 The effective length of the torque wrench is 203.2mm. Check the effective length of
the torque wrench when using a different torque wrench. The overall length of a
torque wrench is not regarded as an effective length.
*2 To install the adapter to the housing, the bent plate of the adapter may need to be
changed.
22
Assembling Travel Motor
1 Fit the seal (86) to the motor housing.
2 Cool the bearing (85). Install the bearing

(85) to the motor housing.
3 Heat the race (84). Install the race (84) to

the shaft (83).
4 Cool the shaft (83). Install the shaft (83)

in the motor housing through the bearing
(85).
23
5 Prior to the reassembly, put the tool (L)
and take out the floating seal. Using the
tool (C), fit the floating seal (82) to the
motor housing. For details, see Installing
Current Type Floating Seal, Disassembly
& Reassembly in this manual.
Note 㧦When fitting, make the taper edge of

the bearings (80) and (81) set towards
the entrance of the motor housing.
6 Heat the ring gear (59). Install the

bearing (81).
7 Turn the ring gear 180q. Install the

bearing (80).
8 Prior to the reassembly, put the tool (L)

and take out the floating seal. Fit the
current type floating seal (79) to the
motor housing. For details, see Installing
Current Type Floating Seal, Disassembly
& Reassembly in this manual.
24
Note㧦 When reassembling ring gear and motor housing, be careful not to damage the
current type floating seal. After installing the ring gear in the motor housing, a
small gap may be provided between the components. This gap comes from the
current type floating seal but this will be eliminated on the later steps.
9 Fasten the tool (G) and a hoist to the ring

gear (59). Install the ring gear (59) to the
motor housing.
10 Hold down the ring gear so that the nut

(78) is in contact with the screw of the
motor housing.
Note 㧦When tightening the nut (78), operate the tool (H) in the opposite direction of the
tool (B). Check that the motor housing is installed on the tool (B).
11 Adjust the preload of the bearing (80) by

the following procedures:
a) Using the tool (H), tighten the nut (78) so

that the nut (78) is flush with the surface
of the motor housing and one of the
dowel holes is completely set.
b) Rotate the ring gear (59) four turns or more and adjust the preload of the bearing
(80) evenly.
25
D: torque wrench L: effective length
c) Install the M16 bolt to the outside of the

ring gear (59).
Note 㧦The rolling torque for the roller bearing is 46r7Nm (4.7r0.7kgfm). Normally the
rolling torque for the roller bearing is measured from the center of the motor
housing. The tool (D), however, is not installed in the center of the motor housing
but installed to the ring gear so the toque readout value by the tool (D) must be
recalculated. The calculation is based on the effective length of the tool (D). The
toque readout value by the tool (D) must be 24r4Nm (2.4r0.4kgfm). With this
value, the required rolling torque of 46r7Nm (4.7r0.7kgfm) is provided.
Note㧦 When not using the tool (D), use the following formula to obtain the torque:
(46r7Nm (4.7r0.7kgfm)) x (L/(LrR)).
L = effective length of torque wrench arm.
R = dimension between center of motor housing and hole of ring gear bolt.
d) Make the tool (D) vertical to the ring gear.
e) Using the tool (D), turn the ring gear slowly and at the same time write down the
torque value necessary for turning the ring gear. The torque readout value by the
tool (D) is 24r4Nm (2.4r0.4kgfm).
Dowel (77) replacement position
26
f) If the rolling torque is not proper, make new holes for the dowel (77) in the motor
housing (72) and the nut (78).
g) Obtain the specified rolling torque value by loosening or tightening the nut (78).
h) Position the new holes (C) as shown. The diameter and the depth of the new holes
are 8.075r0.75mm and 11.25r0.25mm respectively.
i) Re-check that the rolling torque value is 46r7Nm (4.7r0.7kgfm).
12 Install the dowel pin (77) in the motor

housing. The dowel pin must be flush
with the surface of the motor housing.
13 Apply Thread-Tightener, 9S3263, to the

bolt (76).
14 Install the bolt (76) and tighten it with the

torque of 69r5Nm (7.0r0.5kgfm).
15 Remove the final drive from the tool (B).
16 Turn the final drive sideways. Install the

spring (55) to be positioned under the
piston.
27
17 Install the piston (54) and the two balls
(53).
18 Install the cam plate (52). Check that the

machining surface of the cam plate
engages with the balls and the piston.
DANGER
Rapidly releasing the spring force may cause personal injury. To prevent accident,
release the spring force slowly according to the following procedures.
19 Fit the washer (51), spring (50) and washer (49) in the barrel (45).
20 Using the tool (E) and a press, apply pressure to the washer (49).
21 Using the tool (F), install the retaining ring (48).
22 Release the press slowly.
28
23 Install the pin (47).
24 Install the bush (46).
25 Install the pistons (43) in their original

position of the retainer (44).
26 Install the pistons (43) and the retainer

(44) in their original position of the barrel
(45).

device to the final drive. The weight of
the components is approx 160kg. Install
the final drive as shown.
29
28 Apply clean oil to the sliding part of the
cam plate, piston shoes and motor shaft.
29 Install the barrel (42).
30 Install the final drive on the tool (B).
31 Apply clean oil to the friction plate and the steel plate. Install the four plates (41) in
their original position. When installing, the friction plate comes first and the steel
plate last.
32 Fit the backup ring (40) and the O-ring

(39) in the brake piston (36).
33 Fit the backup ring (37) and the O-ring

(38) in the brake piston (36).
34 Apply SAE 30 thinly to the surface of the

travel motor being in contact with the brake piston.
35 Install the brake piston (36) to the travel
motor. Use a soft hammer as needed.
36 Fit the shim (35).
Direction of spring (34)
30
37 Install one spring (34) with the indented
side turned down and install the other
spring (34) with the indented side turned
up. See Fig. g00751014.
38 Apply SAE 30 thinly to the new O-rings.

Install the new O-ring (33).
39 Install the new O-rings (32) and (31).

40 Install the two dowel pins (30).
Reassembling Travel Brake Valve
1 Fit the O-ring (27) to the plug (26).
2 Fit the spring (29) and the plunger (28) in

the travel brake valve.
3 Install the plug (26).
4 Fit the O-rings (25) to their plugs (24).
31
5 Install the plugs (24) in the travel brake
valve and tighten those with the torque of
69r5Nm (7.0r0.5kgfm).
6 Fit the O-rings (22) to their plugs (21).
7 Install the two balls (23) in the travel

brake valve.
8 Install the plugs (21) in the travel brake

valve and tighten those with the torque of
29r2Nm (2.0r0.2kgfm).
9 Install the new plug (20).
10 Tighten the plug (20) with the torque of

69r5Nm (7.0r0.5kgfm).
11 Install the new O-rings to the hydraulic fittings (19) and install the hydraulic fittings
(19).
12 Install the new O-ring to the hydraulic fitting (18) and install the hydraulic fitting (18).
32
13 Install the spool (17) in the travel brake
valve.
14 Fit the washers (16) to both ends of the

spool in the travel brake valve.
15 Install the springs (15) to both ends of the travel brake valve.
16 Install the O-ring (14) to the body of the travel brake valve.
17 Install the new O-ring to the hydraulic

fitting (13) and install the hydraulic fitting
(13).
DANGER
Rapidly releasing the spring force may cause personal injury. To prevent accident,
release the spring force slowly according to the following procedures.
18 Fix the cover (12) with three out of the four bolts (11). The fourth bolt is used after
the travel brake valve is installed to the final drive.
19 Tighten the bolt (11) to compress the spring. The bolt tightening torque is 78r8Nm
(8.0r0.8kgfm).
33
20 Fix the cover (10) with three out of the
four bolts (9). The fourth bolt is used after
the travel brake valve is installed to the
final drive.
21 Tighten the bolt (9) to compress the

spring. The bolt tightening torque is 78r8Nm (8.0r0.8kgfm).
22 Fit the O-rings (7) and the backup rings

(8) to both relief valves.
23 Install one relief valve (3B) and tighten it

with the torque of 196r19Nm
(20.0r1.9kgfm). The other relief valve is
used after the travel brake valve is
installed to the final drive.
24 First cool the bearing (6), then install it.
34
25 Install the plate (5).
Installing Travel Brake Valve
1 Install the long two bolts to the travel

brake valve as shown. Fasten the tool
(A) to the travel brake valve.
2 Install the travel brake valve (2) in the

motor housing.
3 Remove the tool (A).
4 Install the remaining bolts (9) and (11).

Tighten those two with the torque of
78r8Nm (8.0r0.8kgfm).
5 Install the bolt (4) in the travel brake valve

(2).
6 Tighten the bolt (4) with the torque of

191r15Nm (19.5r1.5kgfm).
35
7 Install the relief valve (3) and tighten it
with the torque of 191r19Nm
(20.0r1.9kgfm).
8 Install the travel motor and the final drive

to the tools (B) and (K) as shown.
9 Install the sun gear to the tool (J).

U: two 8T0285 bolts
10 Secure the gap between the tool (J) and

the sun gear (62), using the two 8T0285
bolts.
11 Wind electrical tape around the bolt

surrounding area and fasten the bolt to
the tool (J).
12 Install the sun gear (62) with the tool (J)

to the final drive.
36
13 Using the tool (J), check the travel motor output torque. The output toque must be
239Nm (24.2kgfm).
14 If the travel motor output torque is beyond the specified range, adjust the thickness
of the shim (35) to obtain the proper torque.
Note: Using a thick shim increases the

torque and using a slim shim
decreases the torque.
15 To change the shim proceed as follows:
a) Install the final drive and the travel motor on the tool (B) as shown.
b) Remove the relief valve (3).
c) Remove the bolt (4).
d) Install the long two bolts to the travel

brake valve as shown. Fasten the tool
(A) to the travel brake valve.
e) Remove the travel brake valve.
f) Remove the spring (34).
37
g) Replace the shim (35) as needed. For details of the shim, see Travel Motor & Drive,
Maintenance Standards, in the service manual.
Note: Check that the O-ring is installed properly to the travel motor.
h) Install the spring (34).
i) Install the travel brake valve (2) to the travel motor and install the bolt (4). The bolt
tightening torque is 191r15Nm (19.5r1.5kgfm).
j) Repeat Steps 8 to 15 to meet the right specifications.
Reassembling Final Drive
1 Install the washer (75).
2 Install the race (74).
3 Install the bearing (73)
38
4 Install the planetary gear (71).
5 Repeating Steps 1 to 4, install the

remaining planetary gears.
6 Install the retaining ring (70) to the sun

gear (68).
7 Install the sun gear (68) and the plate

(69).
8 Apply Thread-Tightener, 9S3263, thinly

to the threads of the bolt (67).
9 Install the bolt (67) and tighten it with the torque of 69r5Nm (7.0r0.5kgfm).
10 Heat the race (66) as needed and install

it.
39
11 Install the carrier (65) with the race (66).
12 Install the bearing (64).
13 Install the planetary gears (63).
14 Install the sun gear (62).
15 Install the plate (61).
16 Apply Thread-Tightener, 9S3263, thinly

to the threads of the bolt (60).
17 Install the bolt (60) and tighten it with the

torque of 69r5Nm (7.0r0.5kgfm).
18 Clean the contacting surface of the ring

gear (59) to the cover (56) completely.
40
19 Install the cover (56) in the original position to the ring gear (59).
20 Install the bolts (57) and washers that secure the cover to the ring gear. Tighten
those with the torque of 35r2Nm (3.6r0.2kgfm).
21 Fit the O-rings to the plugs (58) and install the plugs (58). The plug tightening torque
is 98r10Nm (10.0r1.0kgfm).
22 Supply lubricating oil to the final drive. For details, see Recommended Oil Viscosity
and Changing Oil Capacity in the operation manual.
23 Install the sprocket to the final drive. The weight of the sprocket is approx 39kg.
And lastly install the final drive and the travel motor. See Final Drive and Travel Motor
Installation, Disassembly & Reassembly in this manual.
Installing Final Drive And Travel Motor

Reassembly
Tools
41
1 Clean the contacting surface of the final

drive to the track roller frame completely.

device to the final drive (8). The total
weight of the final drive, travel motor and
3 Move the final drive (8), travel motor and

sprocket to their appropriate positions of
the machine.
4 Install the bolts (6) that secure the

components to the machine. Tighten
those in a crisscross sequence.
5 Install the connector (7) to the

counter-balance valve (5). The connector
tightening torque is 22r2Nm
(2.2r0.2kgfm).
6 Connect the two hoses (3) to the counter-balance valve (5). Check the identification
marks being already put before disassembling. The coupling tightening torque is
150r15Nm (15.5r1.5kgfm).
7 Connect the hose (2) to the counter-balance valve (5). The coupling tightening
torque is 76r4Nm (7.8r0.4kgfm).
8 Connect the hose (4) to the counter-balance valve (5). The coupling tightening
torque is 25r3Nm (2.5r0.3kgfm).
42
9 Install the cover (1) and the bolts. Tighten
the bolts with the torque of 130r10Nm
(13.5r1.0kgfm).
10 Check the oil level. See Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Tank Oil Level Inspection in
the operation manual.
43
HYDRAULIC
CRAWLER DRILL
MATERIAL SECTION
BACK
Manual for Primary Tryout and Adjustment
Required Inspection Item List (Nonmetric)
Specification Mnf. Pressure Gauge for

Subject Inspection Item Unit Remarks
FRD900 FRD1200 FRD1500 Setting Reference (Mpa)
Oil Engine Oil gal 4.5 4.5 5.8 Grade CE or Better, 15W-40
Engine Coolant Quantity gal 6.9 7.4 12.7
Engine Coolant Quantity (Tier 2 Engine) gal 7.4 12.4
Detail
Engine gal 2.7 2.7 2.6
Engine (Tier 2 Engine QSB, QSC) gal 2.6 2.7
Radiator gal (3.5)
(2.5) (2.9)
Engine Coolant Quantity (Tier 2 Engine) Radiato gal (3.2)
Sub-tank gal (0.4) (0.4) (3.4) 80% or Above Measuring with Gauge
Piping gal (1.3) (1.3) (3.2)
Type
Water gal 4.8 5.3 7.9 (7.7) ( ) = Value for Tier 2 Engine
Coolant Radiator Additive (30%) gal 2.1 2.2 3.8 ( ) = Value for Tier 2 Engine
DCA gal 1.0 Additive (Engine Accessory)
Diesel Tota gal 74.0 89.8 145.3
Upper or Main gal 74.0 89.8 89.8
Lower gal 55.5
Assembled Condition gal 39.6 JIS Number 2 Diesel Gasoline
Shipping Condition gal 13.2 Necessary at Shipping
Hydraulic Oil gal 60.8 71.3 79.3 ISO VG46
Oil Tank gal (50.2) (58.1) (63.4) 80% or Above Measuring with Gauge
Piping gal (10.6) (13.2) (15.9)
Compressor Oil gal 4.5 8.5 17.1 Airman Oil Long Life or Equivalent
Receiver Tank gal (3.7) (7.7) (15.9) 80% or Above on the Gauge
Piping gal (0.8) (0.8) (1.3)
Gear Oil (Tramming Motor, One Side) gal 0.5 0.7 0.7 Done
Gear Oil (Feed Motor) gal 0.3 Done
Grease (for Each Pin) Check
Grease (Auto-Grease) Check
* Check all items when the machine is stopped
Power Min. Engine Rotation Speed w/o Load rpm 1,250
Min. Engine Rotation Speed w Load rpm 1,000 or More
Middle Engine Rotation Speed w/o Load rpm 1,500~1,700
Middle Engine Rotation Speed w/o Load (Tier 2 Tier 2 Engine does not require adjustment.
Engine) rpm 1,600
Rated Engine Rotation Speed rpm 2,500 2,500 2,500
Pump Coupling Rotation Vibration Check
Air Cleaner Indicator Check
Oil and Water Leakage Check
Loose Bolts and Nuts Check
Compressor Oil Leakage Check
Loose Bolts Check
Blow Flow ft³/min 190.7 or more 243.7 or more 381.4 or more Based on 68°F and 1 Atomospheric Pressure
Regulator Set Pressure MPa 1.05 ~ 1.1 1.5 (Equipped)
Regulator Operation Check Check
Loading Test Flushing ON-OFF
Set with using Unload Pressure Switch
Starting Timing Start 30 sec. after SW is turned ON.
Timer UT.
Unload Pressure Switch Inspection MPa 0.45 ~ 0.5 1.5 (Equipped)
Unload Pressure (Machine w Pressurized 0.38 ~ 0.4 Adjustment is not necessary for FRD900.
0.65 ~ 0.75
Operation Oil Tank) MPa
Pressure Control Valve Adjustment MPa 0.55 ~ 0.6 0.55 ~ 0.6
Low Flushing Pressure (At Drilling) MPa 0.35 Reference Value 1.6 (Equipped)
Pneumatic Pressure Switch Operation Check (Anti-
ON J Check the Auto-Back Operation
Jamming)
Flow Switch Operation Check (Anti-Jamming) ON J Check the Auto-Back Operation
Lubricator Dropping Check 1 or 2 drops/sec. Check when the flushing is on
Applicable only for Machine w Pressureized
Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure 㪤㪧㪸 0.015 ~ 0.020 Hydraulic Oil Tank
Hydraulic Oil Leakage Check
Check under condition of having one track
Auto-Oscillation Lock Check
link run up on, and operating the boom.
P1 (Relief Setting Pressure ~ Pump Side) MPa 27 Done Impact, Feed, Tramming, Boom, H-Mode 40
P2 (Relief Setting Pressure ~ Valve Side) MPa 21 Done Rotation 25
P3 (Relief Setting Pressure ~ Valve Side) MPa 21 Done Radiator, Oil cooler, Dust Collector 25
P4 (Relief Valve Setting Pressure ~ Valve Side) MPa 4 Done Pilot 16
Normal Rotation setting pressure (normal) MPa 14 Done 25 (Equipped)
Normal Rotation Relief Setting Pressure (R/C) MPa 10 8 Rod Size 51 25 (Equipped)
Reverse Rotation Relief Setting Pressure MPa 19 Done 25
Forward Feed Relief Setting Pressure MPa 16 Done 25 (Equipped)
Backward Feed Relief Setting Pressure MPa 21 Done 25
Boom Relief Setting Pressure MPa 21 Done 25
Port Relief Setting Pressure for H-Mode MPa 15 Done 25
Radiator Fan Rotation Speed rpm 2,650 or More 1,300 or More 1,600 or More
Check when the dust collector is on, when
Radiator Fan Rotation Speed (Tier 2 Engine) rpm 1,400 ~ 1,600 1,700 ~ 1,800
the dust removal duct at the bottom of dust
Oil Cooler Fan Rotation Speed rpm 2,650 or More 1,300 or More 1,300 or More
collector is tightly closed, and when the 20.5 or Under (P3)
suction duct is half open. Adjust fan speed
Oil Cooler Fan Rotation Speed (Tier 2 Engine) 1,750 ~ 1,900 1,350 ~ 1,500
rpm with using throttle at the motor entrance.
* Check & adjust the machine when the engine is running with the rated engine rotation speed
4412-F12-C

Drilling Drifter Oil Leakage Check Visual Inspection
Abnormal Hose Vibration Check Visual Inspection
Bit used for Inspection (Button) in 2.5 dia. 3 dia. 3.5 dia.
Rod used for Inspection T38R T45R T51R
Sleeve used for Inspection (Semi-Bridge) T38 T45 T51
Rock Condition used for Inspection INADA Granite
Drilling Direction Vertical-Downward
Drilling Speed ft/min 0.41 0.41 0.44
Number of Impact bpm 2,100 ± 100 Reed Tachometer
Impact Pressure (Collaring) MPa 14 40 (Equipped)
Impact Pressure (Drilling) MPa 17.5 40 (Equipped)
Pressure at Feed-Forward Drilling MPa 0 ~ 16 Check operation with remote-control valve 40 (Equipped)
Feed-Forward Drilling Pressure at Inspection MPa 4
Reverse Feed Speed Adjust according to the Rotation Set at middle engine rotation speed.
Drilling Rotation Pressure at Inspection MPa 4±1 25 (Equipped)
Normal Rotation Speed (N-Mode) rpm 160 140 120 Check with rotation gauge.
Normal Rotation Speed (H-Mode) rpm 250 or Less 210 or Less 190 or Less Adjust with drilling block.
Rotation Pressure Switch Operation Check (Anti- On at 8 for N-mode and 10 for H-mode. Check
MPa Done 25 (Equipped)
Jamming) Auto-Back Operation.
Open the valve screw by 5 3/4 turns from the ful During drilling, rotation pressure increases
close position. and feed pressure decreases. 25 (Equipped)
AJ Block Operation Check (Anti-Jamming III)
During drilling, feed pressure decreases
When feed pressure is 0, impact pressure is 15.
MPa and impact pressure decreases. 40 (Equipped)
During drilling, set feed pressure to
Damper Control Valve Setting Pressure(Max.) MPa 12
increase. 16
When feed pressure is 4, damper pressure is Damper pressure changes according to the
Damper Control Valve Operation Check MPa
10. feed pressure.
RP Pressure MPa 12 16
Feed Backward Pressure (RP) MPa 21 Old Type Machine 25
RP Operating Time sec. 20 Pre-Programed
* Check & Adjust the machine when the engine is running with the rated engine rotation speed, except feed backward speed
Tramming Tramming Speed (RABBIT Mode) mph 2.2 or Faster 2.1 or Faster 2.4 or Faster Rated Engine Rotation Speed
Meanders when Tramming Straight 1' 64" or Less When Tramming 32' 81"
Fan Rotation Speed rpm 3,500 ± 100 3,500 ± 100 3,050 ± 100
Rated Engine Rotation Speed. Dust
Dust Total Pressure inAq 31
removal duct at bottom of dust collector is
Collector
Air Pressure MPa 0.55 tightly closed, and suction duct is half open. 1 (Equipped)
Rod Oil Leakage Check
Changer Alignment & Adjustment Check Set at the middle engine rotation speed
(EXCEPT Operation Check for Each Sequence Check
E Type) Mannual Operation Inspection Check
Magazine Rotation Speed 1 rotation every 5 sec
Hose Reel, Withdraw, Sleeve Clamp
Guide Shell Front Prox. SW Adjustment Operation Check
Detection
Hose Reel, Adding Detection (Only Old
Guide Shell Middle Position Prox. SW Adjustment Operation Check
RC)
Guide Shell Rear Prox. SW Adjustment Operation Check Feed Backward Speed Deduction
Arm Slide Extend (Frt/Back) Prox. SW Operation Check
Arm Slide Retract (Frt/Back) Prox. SW Operation Check
Arm Swing IN Prox. SW Adjustment Operation Check
Magazine Rotation (Nor./Rev.) Prox. SW
Adjustment Operation Check
Rotator, Roller Rotation Speed (Optional) rpm 85~90
Only for Machine with Rotator
Rotator Slide Backward Speed (Optional) Set according to rod rotation speed.
Electric Operation Check Check
Battery Fluid Level Check
Loosened Terminals and Connectors Check Electric Wire Interference
Check emergency stop button and following
Emergency Operation Check Check
function.
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Decrease °F ON at 77 Check "No Imapct".
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Increase °F ON at 185 Check "No Imapct".
Exhausted Air Temperature Increase °F ON at 230 Check "Emergency Stop" (NC Contact Point).
Engine Coolant Water Temperature Increase °F ON at 213.8 Check "Emergency Stop".
Engine Oil Pressure Decrease MPa ON at 0.08 Check "Emergency Stop".
Hydraulic Oil Level Lowerd ON at 80% or Less of Tank Check "Emergency Stop".
Meter Panel (Emergency Indication Light on at
sec 5 Set with Lamp Test Timer (LT).
Starting)
Automatic Heating Activation Check (When Oil
min 3 Set with Heating Timer (KT).
Temperature Decrease)
Check engine come to max. rotation speed
Engine Auto-Throttle (Air Cylinder) Check during impact and flushing (compressor is
on).
Check hoses on moving parts (engine,
Wiring and Hose Interference (Oil, Fuel, Air
Check pumps, etc.) (except cabin, boom and
Conditioner, Synflex Tube)
guide shell).
Program Version Check Check and record the version number
Angle Indicator Check Adjustment
Dip Switch Setting Check in Control Panel Check
Refer to document FRD1500-F03 for detail.
Tramming Inter Lock Check
(only for machine with inter lock)
4412-F12-C

Track Loosened Bolts Check
Link Shoe Tension Check
Grease on Center Shaft Check
Frame Losened Bolts and Nuts Check
Hydraulic Oil Tank Oil Leakage Check Piping etc.
Fuel Tank Oil Leakage Check Welded Area, Sensors, etc.
Scale or Spatter on the Frame Check Outer Surfaces
Peeling Off of Sound Absorbing Materia Check Engine Cover
Gas Spring Activate/Lock Check Engine Cover
Cabin Leakage from the Roof Check
(EXCEPT Windshield Wiper, Washer, and Interior/Exterior
Check
E Type) Lights
Air Conditioner Operation Check Check
Air Conditioner Gas Leakage Check Check with using Gas Leakage Detector
Fill the gas at assembling, and re-check
Air Conditioner Cooling/Heating Check
before shipping. (Sight Glass Check)
At Shipment Overall Visual Inspection Check
Hose and Harness Arrangement Check Harness and Hose Interference
Door Open/Close Check Check
Oils and Greases Check Check
Oil Leakage Re-Inspection Check Check after starting each actuator
Hose Length out of the Undercover in 0.4 or Less Different kinds of Dr. Hose etc.
4412-F12-C
Without Rotator (Arm Swing Operation - with Pushing "Arm Slide Retract".)
OUT Front/Rear Front/Rear Rear

ON Normal
(Extend) Open Half Open (Retract)
Mannual Arm Swing Clamp Clamp Arm Slide Magazine
IN Front
OFF Front Close Rear Close Reverse
(Retract) (Extend)
With Rotator (Arm Swing Operation - with Pushing "Rotator Slide Retract" and
"Arm Slide Retract")
OUT Front/Rear Rear Front

ON Close Normal
(Extend) Open (Retract) (Extend)
Roller Rotator
Mannual Arm Swing Clamp Arm Slide Magazine
Clamp Slide
In Front Rear
OFF Front Close Close Reverse
(Retract) (Extend) (Retract)
BACK
No Impact
Is there impact?
No Impact Pressure Yes, but Low Pressure
㸣㸣
Start Operation Oil Heating
Check Thermo Switch L Input Check Wire #131 Check P1 Pump Check/Replace Drilling Block
NO 㸢 NO 㸢
CPU ch111.09 Check/Replace Thermo Switch Max. Exhaust Pressure 27MPa P1 Relief Valve
Check LS Pressure 1.2MPa Check/Replace P1 Pump
㸣 YES
㸣 YES
Check R/C Arm Swing Adjust/Replace Proximity SW
YES 㸢
Proximity Switch SW Input Check Wire #308 Check Full Impact Input Check Wire #202
NO 㸢
CPU ch141.13 CPU ch100.02 Adjust/Exchange Proximity Switch
㸣 NO 㸣 YES
Check Impact Switch Check Wire #209 At Full Impact Position Check Wire #282
NO 㸢
CPU ch100.09 (Input) Check/Replace Switch Check Collaring Impact SL-PZ Voltage 24V 㸢 Check/Replace I/O Relay
Wire #282 Check/Replace Collaring Impact SOL-PZ
㸣 YES
㸣 NO
Check CPU Output Check/Replace
NO 㸢
ch110.10 MD215 Input/Output Unit Check If Pressure Rise with
YES 㸢 Check Drifter
Drifter Impact
㸣 YES
High Pressure Horse Plugged In
Check Impact SOL-PH Voltage Check Wire #284
NO 㸢㸣 NO
Wire #284 Check/Replace I/O Relay
㸣 24V YES 㸢 Check/Replace AJ Block
with AJ Block AJPr Port Plugged In
Check & Replace
㸣 NO
Impact SOL-PH
㸣 NO YES 㸢 Check/Replace Dumper Modular V
with Dumper Modular Valve
Check Drilling Block Impact Spool P Port Plugged In
㸣 NO

YES 㸢 Check/Replace R.P Modular Valve
with R. P Modular Valve
P Port Plugged In
㸣 NO
Check/Replace
Remote Control Valve (3)
㸣 NO
Check Drilling Block

Impact Pressure Compensator
Replace Pressure Compensator Spring
Check Drilling Block Impact Spool
㸣 NO
Check P1 Pump & Measure
Flow Amount, or Replace
No Feed
㸣䇭
Does Normal
Feed Operate?
Yes, Normal Feed Operates
No, Normal Feed Does Not Operate
No Rapid Feed or Slow Feed
㸣㸣
Check Hydraulic Cut Lever Input Check Wire #205

NO 㸢 Check P4 Pressure NO 㸢 Adjust/Replace Pilot Pressure Reducing Valve
CPU ch100.05 Adjust/Replace Proximity Switch
㸣 YES 㸣 4MPa
Check Feed Lever Input Adjsut/Replace Prox. SW, Check Wire #200 (Forward) Check P1Pump Max. Exhaust Pressure 27MPa Check/Replace Drilling Block P1 Relief Valve
NO 㸢 NO 㸢
CPU ch100.00䋨Forward䋩ch100.01䋨Backward䋩 Adjsut/Replace Prox. SW, Check Wire #201 (Backward) Check LS Pressure 1.2MPa Check/Replace P1 Pump
㸣 YES 㸣 YES
Check Drilling Pilot CPU Output Check Feed Relief Valve Pressure Check/Replace Feed Relief Valve
NO 㸢 Check/Replace OD215 Output Unit NO 㸢
ch120.00 Forward 16MPa, Backward21MPa Check/Replace Feed Pressure Valve & Speed Adjustment Valve
㸣 YES 㸣 YES
Check SOL-DP Voltage Check Wire #240 Check Feed Lever Input Adjsut/Replace Prox. SW, Check Wire #203 (Forward)
NO 㸢 NO 㸢
Wire #240 Check/Replace I/O Relay CPU ch100.03 (Forward). ch100.04 (Backward) Adjsut/Replace Prox. SW, Check Wire #204 (Backward)
㸣 24V 㸣 YES
Check If Feed Pressure Valve is Tight (In Cabin) Check CPU Output
NO 㸢 Check/Exchange OD215 Output Unit
Check If Feed Speed Adjustment Valve ch120.05 (Forward), ch120.06 (Backward)
is Tight (In Cabin)
㸣 YES
㸣 NO
Check SOL-FF Voltage (Forward) Wire #245 Check Wire #245 & Check/Replace I/O Relay (Forward)
NO 㸢
Check SOL-FR Voltage (Backward) Wire #246 Check Wire #246 & Check/Replace I/O Relay (Backward)
Check P4 Pressure NO 㸢 Adjust/Replace Pilot Pressure Reduce Valve
㸣 24V
㸣 4MPa
Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace SOL-FF, SOL-FR
NO 㸢
Check Pilot Pressure, Feed Pilot Valve P Line Check/Replace SOL-DP Pilot Modular Vlave FFPI, FRPI, FFPO, FRPO Line Check/Replace Feed Lever Pilot Valve
NO 㸢
or Open Emergency Valve Check/Replace Shuttle Valve Check/Replace Pilot Modular Valve
㸣 Over 1.7MPa
㸣 4MPa
Check with Dumper Modular Valve
YES 㸢 Check/Replace Dumper Modular Valve
Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace Feed Pilot Valve FF Port Plugged In
NO 㸢
Pilot Modular Valve FFPI, FRPI, FFPO, FRPO Line Check/Replace Pilot Modular Valve
㸣 NO
㸣 Over 0.6MPa
Check with AJ Block FP Port Plugged In YES 㸢 Check/Replace AJ Block
Check Oil Hose Line
Pilot Modular Valve FPI, FPO Line
㸣 NO
㸣 YES
Check Driling Lock Feed Pressure Compensator
YES 㸢 Replace Drilling Block
Check/Replace SOL-FP Check Drilling Block Feed Spool
Check/Replace Feed Pressure Valve
㸣 NO
and Speed Adjustment Valve
㸣 NO Check/Replace Feed Motor
Check Feed Relief Pressure Forward

㸣 NO
16MPa, Backward 21MPa
Check Drilling Block Pressure Compensator Check P1 Pump & Measure Flow Amount
Check Drilling Block Feed Spool or Replace
No Rotation
No Rotation Weak or Slow Rotation
㸣㸣
Check Rotation Switch Input Check Wire #210 & Check/Replace Switch (Normal)
NO 㸢 Check P4 Pressure NO 㸢 Adjust/Replace Pilot Pressure Reduce Valve
CPU ch100.10 (Normal), ch100.11 (Reverse) Check Wire #211 & Check/Replace Switch (Reverse)
㸣 YES 㸣 4MPa
Check CPU Output (Normal) ch120.03 Check SOL-RF Voltage (Normal) Wire #243 Check Wire #243 & Check/Replace I/O Relay
Check CPU Output (Reverse) ch120.04 Check SOL-RR Voltage (Reverse) Wire #244 Check Wire #244 & Check/Replace I/O Relay
㸣 YES 㸣 24V
Check SOL-RF Voltage (Normal) Wire #243 Check Wire #243 & Check/Replace I/O Relay Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace SOL-RF
NO 㸢 NO 㸢
Check SOL-RR Voltage (Reverse) Wire #244 Check Wire #244 & Check/Replace I/O Relay Pilot Modular Valve RF1, RR Line Check/Replace SOL-RR
㸣 24V 㸣 4MPa
Check Normal Rotation Relief Pressure14MPa Check/Replace Rotation Relief Valve

Check P4 Pressure NO 㸢 Adjust/Replace Pilot Pressure Reduce Valve NO 㸢
Check Reverse Rotation Relief Pressure 19MPa Check/Replace P2 Relief Valve
㸣 4MPa 㸣 YES
Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace SOL-RF Check Max. Rotation Speed by

NO 㸢
Pilot Modular Valve RF1, RR Line Check/Replace SOL-RR Completely Loosen Rotation
Speed Adjustment Valve in Cabin
㸣 4MPa
㸣 NO
Check Rotation Relief Pressure
Normal 14MPa, Reverse 19MPa
Check A/J Block with RF Port Plugged In YES 㸢 Check/Replace A/J Block
Check/Replace Drilling Block P2 Relief
Check Drilling Block Rotation Spool
㸣 NO
Check with Rotation Modular Valve Check/Replace SOL-RFH

YES 㸢
RF & RR Port Plugged In Check/Replace Rotation Modular Valve
㸣 NO
Check/Replace Rotation Motor
㸣 NO
Check P2 Pump & Measure Flow Amount,

or Replace
Rotation H Mode Does Not Operate or Slow
Check Rotation H Mode SW Input Check Wire #229

NO 㸢
CPS ch101.12 Check/Replace Switch
㸣 YES
Check Drilling center ON Condition Input Adjust/Check R/C Arm Slide Extend Proximity SW
YES 㸢
CPS ch141.10, 141.08 Adjust/Check R/C Arm Swing In Proximity SW
㸣 NO
Check H Mode Pilot, RFH Output

NO 㸢 Check/Replace MD215 Input/Output Unit
CPS ch䋱20.09, 120.12
㸣 YES
Check SOL-RFHO Voltage Check Wire #249 & Check/Replace I/O Relay
NO 㸢
Check SOL-RFH Voltage Check Wire #252 & Check/Replace I/O Relay
㸣 24V
Check P4 Pressure NO 㸢 Adjust/Replace Pilot Pressure Reduce Valve
㸣 4MPa
Check Pilot Pressure

NO 㸢 Check/Replace SOL-RFHO
Pilot Modular Valve RFHO Line
㸣 4MPa
NO 㸢
Check Rotation H Mode Relief Pressure
㸣 15MPa Check/Adjust H Mode Relief Valve
Check SOL-RFH Operation NO 㸢 Replace SOL-RFH 㸣 NO
Check with Rotation Modular Valve Check/Replace Boom Modular Valve

㸣 YES YES 㸢
RFHB Port Plugged In Check 'Check Valve' at
Boom Modular Valve P Line
Check/Replace Rotation Modular 㸣 NO
Check with A/J Block RF Port Plugged In YES 㸢 Check/Replace A/J Block
㸣 NO
Check by Directly Connecting

YES 㸢 Check/Replace Rotation Modular
RFH and RF Line
㸣 NO
Replace H Mode Relief Valve

No Tramming
No Tramming Weak or Slow Tramming
㸣㸣
Check Hydraulic Cut Lever Input Adjust/Replace Proximity SW Turn On Tramming Rabbit SW Check/Replace Switch
NO 㸢 NO 㸢
CPS ch100.05 Check Wire #205 Check SOL-TR Voltage Check Wire #242
㸣 YES 㸣 24V
Check Tramming Input Adjust/ReplaceProximity SW

NO 㸢 Check P4 Pressure NO 㸢 Adjust/Replace Pilot Pressure Reduce Valve
CPS ch100.12 Check Wire #212
㸣 YES 㸣 4MPa
Check Feel Lever is at Neautral Move Feed Lever to Neautral Check P1 Pump Max. Exhaust Pressure 27MPa Check/Replace Drilling Block P1 Relief Valve
NO 㸢 NO 㸢
Check Impact/Rotation Switch Input Turn Off Impact/Rotation Switch Check LS Pressure 1.2MPa Check/Replace P1 Pump
㸣 YES 㸣 YES
Check Tramming Inter Lock Operation Check Wire #241

NO 㸢 Cancel Tramming Inter Lock Condition Check SOL-TP Voltage NO 㸢
(Only Equipped Machine) Check/Replace I/O Relay
㸣 YES 㸣 24V
Check Tramming Pilot Output Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace SOL-TP

CPS ch120.01 Tramming Pilot Valve P Line Check/Replace Shuttle Valve
㸣 YES 㸣 4MPa
Check Wire #241 Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace Tramming Pilot Valve
Check SOL-TP Voltage NO 㸢 NO 㸢
Check/Replace I/O Relay Pilot Modular Valve TRFP, TRLP, TRRP, TLRP Line Check/Replace Pilot Modular Valve
Pilot Modular Valve TR1, TR2 Line Check/Replace SOL-TR
㸣 24V
㸣 Over 1.7MPa
Adjust/Replace Pilot
Check P4 Pressure NO 㸢
Pressure Reduce Valve
Check Boom Relief Pressure
㸣 4MPa
㸣 21MPa
Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace SOL-TP
NO 㸢
Tramming Pilot Valve P Line Check/Replace Shuttle Valve Try Out and Tram with Boom Relief Operation Check/Replace P1 Pump Regulator
YES 㸢
(Guide Slide etc.) Check/Replace P1 Pump Regulator
㸣 4MPa
㸣 NO
Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace Tramming Pilot Valve
NO 㸢
Pilot Modular Valve TRFP, TRLP, TRRP, TLRP Line Check/Replace Pilot Modular Valve Check/Replace P1 Pump Regulator
Check/Replace P1 Pump
㸣 Over 0.6MPa
㸣 YES
Check Drilling Block Tramming Spool
Check/ReplaceTramming Motor
㸣 YES
Check/Replace Tramming Motor

No Boom Operation
No Boom Operation Only Certain Cylinder Fails Weak or Slow Boom Operation
Ļ Ļ Ļ
Check Rotation SW Turn Off Rotation SW Check CPU Input Check CN8-1 & CN8-2 Cable Check Rabbit Mode SW
NO ĺ NO ĺ NO ĺ Turn On Rabbit Mode SW
Check Rotation H Mode SW Turn Off Rotation H Mode SW See Beow Chart 1 Check/Replace Remote Control Box CPU Output 120.11
Ļ YES Ļ YES Ļ YES
Check Boom Main SW Input Turn On Boom Main SW Check CPU Output Check Boom Speed (H) & Check Wire #251
NO ĺ NO ĺ Check/Replace MD215/OD215 Output U NO ĺ
CPU Input ch101.08 Check Wire #225 See Below Chart 2 SOL-BS Voltage Wire #251 Check/Replace I/O Relay
Ļ YES Ļ YES Ļ 24V
Check Each Solenoid Valve Voltage Check Each Wire (See Chart 2)
Check CN8-1 & CN8-2 Cable YES ĺ Replace CN8-1 & CN8-2 Cable NO ĺ Check P4 Pressure NO ĺ Adjust/Replace Pilot Pressure Reduce Valve
See Below Wire # in Chart 2 Check/Replace Each I/O Relay
Ļ NO Ļ 24V Ļ 4MPa
Check/Replace Remote Control Check if Each Cylinder Has Check P1 Pump Check/Replace Driling Block P1 Release Valve
YES ĺ Replace Remote Control Box NO ĺ Check/Replace Each Solenoid Valve NO ĺ
Box Irregular Operation Hydraulic Pressure Max. Exhaust Pressure 27MPa CheckReplace P1 Pump
Check LS Pressure 1.2MPa
Ļ NO Ļ YES
Ļ YES
Check Boom Rod Changer Check/Replace Each NO ĺ
NO ĺ Check/Replace OD215 Output Unit
Hydraulic Output Cylinder and Check Valve
Check Boom Relief Valve Pressure
CPU ch120.10 Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace SOL-BLO
NO ĺ
Pilot Modular Valve BLO Line Check/Replace SOL-BS
Ļ YES Ļ 21MPa
Check/Adjust/Replace PressureReduce
Ļ 4MPa
Boom Rod Changer Hydraulic Pressure Check Wire #250 Valve for Boom Turtle Mode
NO ĺ Check Drilling Block Boom Spool
Check SOL-BLO Voltage Line 250 Check/Replace I/O Relay
Check/Adjust Boom Relief Valve
Ļ 24V
Ļ NO
Adjust/Replace Chart 1
Check P4 Pressure NO ĺ
Pilot Pressure Reduce Valve Input ch Correspondent Boom Input SW Line # Boom Remote Control Correspondence SW Check with Boom Modular Valve Check/Replace Boom Modular Valve Block
YES ĺ
130.00 Guide Rotary Left, Guide Swing Left 148 4, C P Port Plugged In Check/Replace Each Solenoid Valve
Ļ 4MPa
130.01 Boom Swing Left, Guide Rotay Right 147 5, D
Ļ NO
Check P1 Pump Pressure 27MPa 130.02 Boom Swing Right, Boom Slide Extend 146 6, E
NO ĺ Check/Replace P1 Pump
Check LS Pressure 1.2MPa 130.03 Guide Tilt Up, Oscillating Down 145 7, F Check with Rotation Modular Valve Check/Replace
YES ĺ
130.08 Guide Slide Extend, Guide Swing Right 0, 8 RFHB Port Plugged In Rotation Modular Check Valve
Ļ YES
130.09 Boom Lift Down, Guide Slide Retract 1, 9
Ļ NO
Check Pilot Pressure Check/Replace SOL-BLO 130.10 Boom Lift Up, Boom Slide Retract 2, A
NO ĺ
Pilot Modular Valve BLO Line Check/Replace SOL-BS 130.11 Guide Tilt Down, Oscillating Up 3, B
Replace Boom Relief Valve
Check/Adjust/Replace Pressure Reduce
Ļ Over 0.6MPa
Valve for Boom Turtle Mode Chart 2
Check Boom Relief 21MPa Output c Correspondent Boom Operation Line #
Check Drilling Block Boom Spool 121.00 Oscillating Up 256
121.01 Oscillating Down 257
121.02 Guide Swing Left 258
121.03 Guide Swing Right 259
121.04 Guide Slide Extend 260
121.05 Guide Slide Retract 261
121.06 Guide Tilt Down 262
121.07 Giude Tilt Up 263
121.08 Boom Swing Left 264
121.09 Boom Swing Right 265
121.10 Boom Lift Down 266
121.11 Boom Lift Up 267
121.12 Boom Slide Retract 268
121.13 Boom Slide Extend 269
140.12 Guide Rotary Left 347
140.13 Guide Rotary Right 348
Engine Does Not Start
Does it Crank?
No Cranking Crank but Does Not Start Start but Stop Immediately
Ļ Ļ Ļ
Check If Engine Emergency Cancel Emergency Stop Button

Check Battery Voltage NO ĺ Recharge/Replace Battery Check Fuel Level NO ĺ Put Fuel In YES ĺ
Button is On (In Cabin) Check Wire #109
Ļ 24V Ļ YES Ļ NO
Supply Fuel by Mnaual Pump Take Air Out from Fuel Check If There Is CE Wire Push Cancel Switch
Check F7 Fuse NO ĺ Replace Fuse YES ĺ YES ĺ
Take Air Out from Fuel Clean Hose & Screen (If Applicable) Check Wire #110 & #166
Check Fuel Hose for Clogging
Ļ YES Ļ NO
Ļ NO
Check Starter SW B Terminal Voltage Check Wire #PC1 Check Engine Over Heat Sensor Input Check/Replace Sensor (a Contact Point)
NO ĺ YES ĺ
Check Starter Switch Continuity Check/Replace Starter Switch Check Wire #112 CPU ch111.03 Check Wire #125
Check Relay ST1 Operation NO ĺ
Check/Replace Relay
Ļ 24V Ļ NO (Right After Start)
Ļ YES
Check Wire #PC00 & Relay Check Operation Oil Level Sensor Input Check/Replace Sensor (a Contact Point)
Check Relay ESA Opration NO ĺ YES ĺ
Check Meter Panel Lamp On Check Wire #105 CPU ch111.11 Check Wire #133
Check Stop Solenoid Operation NO ĺ
Check/Replace Stop Solenoid
Ļ YES Ļ NO (3 Seconds Input)
Ļ YES
Check Wire #112 Check Exhaust Air Temperature Sensor Input Check/Replace Sensor (b Contact Point)
Check Relay ST1 Operation NO ĺ YES ĺ
Check/Replace Relay Does Not Start CPU ch111.08 Check Wire #130
YES ĺ Equip Fuel Pre-Heater (OP)
Due to Cold Climate
Ļ YES Ļ NO (3 Seconds Input)
Ļ NO
Check Wire#105 Check Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Input Check/Replace Sensor (b Contact Point)
Check Stop Solenoid Operation NO ĺ YES ĺ
Check/Replace Stop Solenoid Check/Adjust Fuel Injection Timing CPU ch111.02 Check Wire #124
Check/Adjust Valve
Ļ YES Ļ NO(6 Seconds Input)
Check Wire #101 Check Damage on ERZ Relay
Check Battery Relay Operation NO ĺ YES ĺ Replace Relay
Check/Replace Battery Relay Check Damage on ST1 Relay
Ļ YES Ļ NO
Check Starter Relay Operation Check Wire #PC01 & E Check Wire #105
NO ĺ Check if Stop Solenoid Stops YES ĺ
(at Starter SW Start Point) Check Wire #103 & 104 Check Stop Solenoid
Check/Replace Starter Relay
Ļ YES Ļ NO
Check Wire #PC1 & 104 Air Is In Fuel Eliminate Fuel Air
Check Starter Motor Operation NO ĺ YES ĺ
Check Ground Wire Check Fuel Hose for Clogging Clean Hose and Screen
Check/Replace Starter Motor
Ļ YES Ļ NO
Disassemble Starter Motor and Check/Adjust Fuel Injection Timing

Check if Gear is not Damaged (Asl Dealer Cummins)
BACK
Adjustment Procedure for P1 Pump Regulator (DFRA: 040112-060180)
Adjustment will be done in 4 procedures as follows;
A) Make a temporary setting on adjustment screw for DR & FR valve on the new regulator.
B) Mount the new regulator to the pump.
C) Set the pump max. pressure.
D) Set the load sensing differential pressure.
Following is the detailed explanation for each procedure.
A) Make a temporary setting on adjustment screw for DR & FR valve on the new regulator.
1. Set length of the DR valve adjustment screw to 13 mm (0.512”) temporarily

(see picture #1).
2. Set length of the FR valve adjustment screw to 12 mm (0.472”) temporarily
(see picture #2).
B) Mount the new regulator to the pump.
1. Take 4 socket bolts out and disassemble the current regulator.

2. Apply hydraulic oil to the O-ring at the new regulator mounting surface, and mount the
new regulator to the pump (see picture #3).
C) Adjust the P1 pump max. pressure (DR valve: set pressure 27 MPa, see picture #4).
1. Verify that the length of DR valve adjustment screw is temporary set to 13 mm (0.512”)
(see picture #1).
2. Plug the tramming motor hose in (any one of LH, RH, Frt & Bck).
3. Mount the pressure gauge on the P1 gauge port (recommended pressure gauge: 35
MPa).
4. Start the engine, set to the standard rating, shift the tramming lever, adjust the DR
adjustment screw, and then set the pressure to 27 MPa.
Rotate the adjustment screw to;
- Clockwise: pressure rises
- Counter-clockwise: pressure lowers
D) Adjust the load sensing differential pressure (FR valve: 1.2 MPa, See picture #5).
1. Verify that the length of FR valve adjustment screw is temporary set to 12 mm (0.472”)
(see picture #2).
2. Mount the pressure gauge on the P1 gauge port (recommended pressure gauge: 35
MPa).
3. Mount the pressure gauge on the load sensing line (recommended pressure gauge: 35
MPa).
4. Start the engine, set to the standard rating, and then set the pressure so that the P1
pressure (pump discharge pressure) is higher than the load sensing pressure (operation
pressure) by 1.2 MPa while the guide slide is moving either forward or backward.
Rotate the adjustment screw to;
- Clockwise: pressure difference gets larger
- Counter-clockwise: pressure difference gets smaller
1/5
Reference
1. Following components are necessary to mount the pressure gauge.
Part No. Description Q’ty

166092-02000 ¼ High Pressure Tee 1
084802-02000 6 Union Adapter 1
084801-02000 6 Male Adapter 1
025110-03009 Adapter 1
2. Standard Rating
HCR1200: 2,500 rpm

HCR1500: 2,200 rpm
2/5
13 mm
(0.512”)
DR Valve
Picture #1
12 mm
(0.472”)
FR Valve
Picture #2
3/5
Apply Hydraulic Oil
Picture #3
4/5
P1 Pump
Max. Pressure Adjustment
DR Valve
Picture #4
Load Sensing
Differential Pressure
Adjustment
FR Valve
Picture #5
5/5
I/O TABLE FOR HCR1500/1200/900
BACK
C200HE
DC input unit ID-215
S/N 0
CN 1 CN 2
Ch Port Description Input type Wire number Common Ch Port Description Input type Wire number Common
100 00 Feed forward CLS PF 200 (+) 101 00 Air flush high SW S05 217 (+)
01 Feed backward CLS PR 201 (+) 01 Dust collector SW S06 218 (+)
02 Normal drilling CLS PH 202 (+) 02 Air flush high dust collector SW S07 219 (+)
03 Fast feed forward CLS FF 203 (+) 03 Air flush low dust collector SW S08 220 (+)
04 Fast feed backward CLS FR 204 (+) 04 Anti-jamming 1 CS S01 221 (+)
05 Pilot pressure activate CLS P 205 (+) 05 Anti-jamming 2 CS S02 222 (+)
06 Rotation pressure SW low PS N 206 (+) 06 Anti-jamming 3 CS S03 223 (+)
07 Rotation pressure SW high PS H 207 (+) 07 R. P CS RP 224 (+)
08 Blow pressure switch PS SF 208 (+) 08 Boom main SW SW B01 225 (+)
09 Impact SW PH 209 (+) 09 Boom speed SW SW B02 226 (+)
10 Rotation regular SW RF 210 (+) 10 Centralizer open SW R15 227 (+)
11 Rotation reverse SW RR 211 (+) 11 Centralizer close SW R25 228 (+)
12 Tramming input RD 212 (+) 12 Mode SW SS SH 229 (+)
13 Hood slide up SW SHU 233 (+) 13
14 Hood slide down SW SHO 234 (+) 14
15 (+) 15
C200HE
DC input/transistor output unit MD-215
S/N 1
CN 1 CN 2
Ch Port Description Output type Wire number Common Ch Port Description Input type Wire number Common
110 00 Emergency relay activation signal ER Z 275 (+) 111 00 Compressor start signal UT 122 (-)
01 Air flush 1 SOL SA1 276 (+) 01 Engine start signal ENR 1 123 (-)
02 Air flush 2 SOL SA2 277 (+) 02 Emergency oil pressure SW EN EOP 124 (-)
03 Exhaust shutter SOL EXS 278 (+) 03 Emergency overheat warning SN OH 125 (-)
04 Dust collector pulse jet 1 SOL PJ1 279 (+) 04 Compressor oil filter indicator SN COF 126 (-)
05 Dust collector pulse jet 2 SOL PJ2 280 (+) 05 Blow flow SW SN BF 127 (-)
06 Dust collector pulse jet 3 SOL PJ3 281 (+) 06 Return oil filter indicator SN ROF 128 (-)
07 Collaring SOL PZ 282 (+) 07 Air cleaner indicator SN EA 129 (-)
08 Anti-jamming SOL AJ 283 (+) 08 Delivery air temp. sensor SN AT 130 (-)
09 Impact ON SOL PH 284 (+) 09 Thermo SW (L) T1 131 (-)
10 Dust collector pulse jet 4 SOL PJ4 602 (+) 10 Thermo SW (H) T2 132 (-)
11 Dust collector pulse jet 5 SOL PJ5 603 (+) 11 Hydraulic oil level low signal OFT 133 (-)
12 Dust collector pulse jet 6 SOL PJ6 604 (+) 12 Heat control signal KT 134 (-)
13 Warning buzzer BZ 605 (+) 13 Emergency run for escape SS-E01 135 (-)
14 Hood slide up SOL SHU 273 (+) 14 136 (-)
15 Hood slide down SOL SHD 274 (+) 15 Proximity SW for drifter front end detection CLS FF 137 (-)
1
C200HE
Transistor output unit OD-215
S/N 2
CN 1 CN 2
Ch Port Description Output type Wire number Common Ch Port Description Output type Wire number Common
120 00 Drilling pilot SOL DP 24 (+) 121 00 Oscillating up SOL C43 256 (+)
01 Tramming pilot SOL TP 241 (+) 01 Oscillating down SOL C34 257 (+)
02 Tramming SW SOL TR 242 (+) 02 Guide swing left SOL C44 258 (+)
03 Rotation regular SOL RF 243 (+) 03 Guide swing right SOL C35 259 (+)
04 Rotation reverse SOL RR 244 (+) 04 Guide slide front SOL C45 260 (+)
05 Fast feed forward SOL FF 245 (+) 05 Guide slide back SOL C36 261 (+)
06 Fast feed backward SOL FR 246 (+) 06 Guide tilt down SOL C46 262 (+)
07 Anti-jamming feed backward SOL FRA 247 (+) 07 Guide tilt up SOL C37 263 (+)
08 Feed pressure SOL FP 248 (+) 08 Boom swing left SOL C47 264 (+)
09 H-mode pilot SOL RFHO 249 (+) 09 Boom swing right SOL C38 265 (+)
10 Boom rod changer oil pressure SOL BLO 250 (+) 10 Boom lift down SOL C48 266 (+)
11 Boom speed SW SOL BS 251 (+) 11 Boom lift up SOL C39 267 (+)
12 Mode SW H SOL RFH 252 (+) 12 Boom slide contract SOL C49 268 (+)
13 Mode SW S SOL RFS 253 (+) 13 Boom slide extension SOL R13 269 (+)
14 Dust collector oil pressure SOL DC 254 (+) 14 Centralizer open SOL R23 270 (+)
15 Throttle control SOL C31 255 (+) 15 Centralizer close SOL OL 271 (+)
C200HE
S/N 3
CN 1 CN 2
Ch Port Description Input type Wire number Common Ch Port Description Input type Wire number Common
130 00 STB 0 STB 148 131 00 DATA 0 DATA 149
01 STB 1 STB 147 01 DATA 1 DATA 150
04 04
05 05
06 06
07 07
08 08
09 09
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
2
C200HE
S/N 4
CN 1 CN 2
140 00 Swing IN SOL R10 320 (+) 141 00 Swing OUT SW-R20 300 (+)
01 Swing OUT SOL R20 321 (+) 01 Swing IN SW-R10 301 (+)
02 Sleeve clamp close SOL R11 322 (+) 02 Rotator slide front SW-R27 302 (+)
03 Sleeve clamp open SOL R21 323 (+) 03 Rotator slide back SW-R17 303 (+)
04 Sleeve clamp (back) close <rotator slide back> SOL R12 324 (+) 04 Magazine rotation reverse SW-R16 304 (+)
05 Sleeve clamp (back) open <rotator slide front> SOL R22 325 (+) 05 Magazine rotation regular SW-R26 305 (+)
06 326 (+) 06 Individual signal (+)
07 327 (+) 07 Grease pump BP-R01 307 (+)
08 Arm slide extension SOL R15 328 (+) 08 Proximity SW for arm swing OUT detection CLS SWO 308 (-)
09 Arm slide contraction SOL R25 329 (+) 09 Proximity SW for arm slide contraction detection CLS S11, S12 309 (-)
10 Magazine rotation reverse SOL R16 330 (+) 10 Proximity SW for arm slide extension detection CLS S21, S22 311 (-)
11 Magazine rotation regular SOL R26 331 (+) 11 Proximity SW for drifter back end detection CLS DR 313 (-)
12 Guide rotary left SOL C51 347 (+) 12 Proximity SW for drifter middle position detection CLS MF 314 (-)
13 Guide rotary right SOL C61 348 (+) 13 315 (-)
14 Grease pump SOL RG 334 (+) 14 Proximity SW 1 for magazine rotation detection CLS M1 316 (-)
15 Grease cut SOL CG 335 (+) 15 Proximity SW 2 for magazine rotation detection CLS M2 317 (-)
C200HE
S/N 5
CN 1 CN 2
150 00 Feed forward indication lamp PL11 (WL) 344 (+) 151 00 for 900, 1200, 1500 selection DS S01 285 (+)
01 Feed backward indication lamp PL12 (WL) 345 (+) 01 for 900, 1200, 1500 selection DS S02 286 (+)
02 Tramming interlock PL13 (RL) 346 (+) 02 Input for EW DS S03 287 (+)
03 Angle gauge output impact x29 (+) 03 Rod length selection DS S04 288 (+)
04 Angle gauge output start x30 (+) 04 E type use only DS S05 289 (+)
05 Angle gauge output complete x31 (+) 05 DS S06 290 (+)
06 <R. P pressure> SOL RPP 612 (+) 06 DS S07 291 (+)
07 <R. P feed pressure> SOL RPF 613 (+) 07 DS S08 292 (+)
08 <Roller rotation reverse> SOL R18 606 (+) 08 Tramming inter lock OFF SS D01 293 (-)
09 <Roller rotation regular> SOL R28 607 (+) 09 Proximity SW for boom slide detection CLS B01 294 (-)
10 <Roller slide backward> SOL R17 608 (+) 10 Proximity SW for boom swing detection CLS B02 295 (-)
11 <Roller slide forward> SOL R27 609 (+) 11 Undercarriage angle detection SW AI D01 296 (-)
12 <Roller clamp close> SOL R19 610 (+) 12 (-)
13 <Roller clamp open> SOL R29 611 (+) 13 (-)
14 348 (+) 14 (-)
15 349 (+) 15 (-)
3
BACK
BACK
New Generation
Crawler Drill
Flow Chart
HCR 900 Series

HCR 1200 Series
HCR 1500 Series
Model 2001 Rod Changer
(Corresponds to Rotator Equipped Type)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 1 / 34
Contents
1. Emergency Control
2. Boom Control
2-1 Remote Control 1
2-2 Remote Control 2
3. Heat Control
4. Rod Changer Control
4-1 Adding, Swing In Process
4-2 Adding, Swing Out Process
4-3 Withdrawal, Swing In Process
4-4 Withdrawal, Swing In Process
4-5 Adding, Swing In Process with Rotator
4-6 Adding, Swing Out Process with Rotor
4-7 Withdrawal, Swing In Process with Rotator
4-8 Withdrawal, Swing Out Process with Rotor
4-9 Rotator Withdrawal
5. Shank Rod Re-tightening Control
6. Clamp Control with Backward Feed and
Reverse Rotation
7. Re-tightening Pressure Control
8. Stand-by Control
9. Impact Control
10. Rotation Control
10-1 Normal Rotation
10-2 Reverse Rotation
11. Feed Control
11-1 Normal Feed
11-2 Backward Feed
12. Flushing Control
13. Anti-Jamming Control
14. Tramming Control
15. Auto Throttle Control
16. Dust Collector Control
16-1 Dust Collector Operation
16-2 Pulse Jet
17. Auto Grease Control
17-1 Shank Rod Grease Application
17-2 Manual Grease Application
18. Rollover Prevention Control
18-1 ED Condition
18-2 EW Condition
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 2 / 34
1 Emergency Control Detect the abnormal incidents and
stop the engine.
Watch on Low in Watch on Discharged Watch on Watch on Overheat

Hydro Oil Level Air Temperature Engine Oil Pressure of Engine Coolant
Signal for Low in Discharged Air Engine Oil

Hydro Oil Level Temperature Sensor Pressure Switch Overheat Warning
OFT (111.11) SN-AT (111.08) SN-EOP (111.02) Normal SN-OH (111.03) Normal
Normal Normal
Rise
Signal for 15 Second Past

3 Seconds
OFF Starting Engine OFF After Engine Start No
ON
3 Seconds 1 Second
OFF OFF
ON ON
Abnormal in
Abnormal in Abnormal in Discharged Abnormal in
Overheat of Engine
Hydro Oil Level Low Air Temperature Engine Oil Pressure
Coolant
Under Emergency Yes Emergency Drive

Drive for Safety
No
Active Emergency Relay

ERZ (110-00)
Timer
Emergency Relay
Duration: 40 Seconds
Finish
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 3 / 34
2-1 Boom Control Remote Control 1
Boom Operation With limitations such as

tram inter-lock system
Program
Start
Preliminary
Remote Control
Input
Normal
with without
Remote Control
Abnormal Set
Oscillating Oscillating
Up Down
with
Boom Remote Control
Abnormal Oscillating Up Oscillating Down
(131.03) OFF (131.11) OFF
without ON
ON
OFF
Boom Remote Under Overturn Under Overturn

Yes Prevention Control Yes
Main Switch Prevention Control
ON No No
Boom
Remote Control Oscillating Up Oscillating Down
Process SOL-C33 (121.00) SOL-C43 (121.01)
Remote Control 1
Remote Control 2
Boom Swing Boom Swing

Left Right
OFF
OFF
Boom Swing Left Boom Swing Right
(130.01) (131.02)
ON
Under Rollover
Prevention Control Yes
ON
Boom Swing Right
Cancellation Switch
OFF
No
ON
Boom Swing Left Boom Swing Right

SOL-C37 (121.08) SOL-C47(121.09)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 4 / 34
2-2 Boom Control Remote Control 2
Without limitations such as

tram inter-lock system
Guide Swing Guide Swing Guide Slide Guide Slide

Left Right Front Rear
OFF OFF OFF OFF
Guide Swing Left Guide Swing Right Guide Slide Front Guide Slide Rear
(130.00) (130.08) (131.08) (131.09)
ON ON ON ON
Guide Swing Left Guide Swing Right Guide Slide Front Guide Slide Rear
SOL-C34 (121.02) SOL-C44 (121.03) SOL-C35 (121.04) SOL-C45 (121.05)
Guide Tilt Guide Tilt Boom Lift Boom Lift

Down Up Down Up
OFF OFF OFF OFF
Guide Tilt Down Guide Tilt Up Boom Lift Down Boom Lift Up
(130.11) (130.03) (130.09) (130.10)
ON ON ON ON
Guide Tilt Down Guide Tilt Up Boom Lift Down Boom Lift Up
Boom Slide Boom Slide Guide Rotary Guide Rotary

Retract Extend Left Right
OFF OFF OFF OFF
Boom Slide Retract Boom Slide Extend Guide Rotary Left Guide Rotary Right
(131.10) (131.02) (131.01) (131.00)
ON ON ON ON
Boom Slide Retract Boom Slide Extend Guide Rotary Left Guide Rotary Right
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 5 / 34
3 Heat Control Heating
࡮Start heating at heating signal input.
࡮Continue until thermos switch (L) is on.
Heat Control Process
࡮Turn on the circuit of Boom/Rod
charger line for heating.
Heat Control Signal OFF

KT (111.12)
(preparing)
ON
Engine Start Signal

ENR-1 (111.01) OFF
ON
Emergency Drive ON
OFF
Thermos Switch (L) ON

T1 (111.09)
OFF
Heating
Boom Rod Changer
Circuit (Line)
SOL-BLO (120.10)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 6 / 34
4-1 Rod Changer Control Adding, Swing In Process
Adding, Swing In
Set the rod to drilling center from magazine.
OFF
Swing In
Switch
ON
OFF
Proximity Switch at
Rear of Drifter
CLS-DR(141.11)
ON
Sleeve Clamp Front Close Sleeve Clamp Rear Close

SOL-R11(140.02) SOL-R11(140.04)
Timer
Clamp Close Time

0.8 Second
Passed
ON
Arm Swing IN
Proximity Switch
CLS-SW1(141.08)
OFF
Arm Slide Retract

SOL-R25(140.09)
Arm Slide Retract Arm Swing In

Proximity Switch OFF Proximity Switch ON OFF
CLS-S11,12 (141.09) CLS-SW1 (141.08)
ON
ON ON
Arm Swing In
SOL-R10 (140.00)
Arm Slide Extend

SOL-R15 (140.08)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 7 / 34
4-2 Rod Changer Control Adding, Swing Out Process
Adding, Swing Out

Open the clamp, and have rod changer
OFF go back to magazine side.
Swing Out
Switch
ON
ON
Arm Slide Retract

Proximity Switch
CLS-S11,12 (141.09)
OFF
OFF
Proximity Switch at
Drifter Position, Front
CLS-FF(111.15)
ON
ON
Proximate Switch at
Drifter Position, Front
CLSFF(100.03)
OFF
Sleeve Clamp Front Open Sleeve Clamp Rear Open

SOL-R12 (140.03) SOL-R22 (140.05)
Timer
OFF OFF Arm Swing Out
Arm Slide Retract
Clamp Open Time
0.8 Second
Proximity Switch Proximity Switch ON
CLS-S11,12 (141.09) CLS-SW0 (141.13) Timer
Passed ON ON Clamp Open Time

ON 0.8 Second
Arm Swing Out

Proximity Switch
CLS-SW0 (141.13) Passed
No
OFF Magazine Rotation

Completed
Arm Slide Retract Magazine Rotation Yes

SOL-R25 (140.09) Command
Arm Swing Out
SOL-R20 (140.01)
Arm Slide Extend
SOL-R15 (140.08)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 8 / 34
4-3 Rod Changer Control Withdrawal, Swing In Process
Withdrawal, Swing In
Go and grab the rod at drilling center.

OFF
Swing In
Switch
ON
OFF
Only Proximity Switch

Drifter Position Front
CLS-DF (111.15)
ON
ON
Proximity Switch for

Feed Rapid Backward
CLSRF(100.04)
OFF
Sleeve Clamp Front Open Sleeve Clamp Rear Open

SOL-R21 (140.03) SOL-R22 (140.05)
Timer
Clamp Close Time

0.8 Second
OFF OFF
Passed Arm Slide Retract Arm Swing In

Proximity Switch Proximity Switch
ON CLS-S11,12 (141.09) CLS-SW1 (141.13)
ON
Arm Swing In
Proximity Switch
ON ON
CLS-SW1 (141.08)
OFF
Arm Slide Retract Arm Swing In Magazine Rotation

SOL-R25 (140.09) SOL-R10 (140.00) Command
Arm Slide Extend

SOL-R15 (140.08)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 9 / 34
4-4 Rod Changer Control Withdrawal, Swing Out Process
Withdrawal, Swing Out

‫ޓ‬
Grab the rod at drilling center side,

OFF
and store in magazine.
Swing Out
Switch
ON
ON
Arm Slide Retract

Proximity Switch
CLS-S11,12 (141.09)
OFF
OFF
Proximity Switch
Drifter Position Rear
CLS-DR (141.11)
ON

SOL-R11 (140.02) SOL-R12 (140.04)
ON OFF OFF
Arm Swing Out Arm Slide Retract Arm Swing Out
Proximity Switch Proximity Switch Proximity Switch
CLS-SW0 (141.13) CLS-S11,12 (141.09) CLS-SW0 (141.13)
OFF ON ON
No
Arm Slide Retract
SOL-R25 (140.09) Magazine Rotation
Completed
Yes
Arm Swing Out
SOL-R20 (140.01)
Arm Slide Extend

SOL-R15 (140.08)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 10 / 34
4-5 Rod Changer Control Adding, Swing In Process With Rotator
Adding, Swing In
Take the rod out from magazine

and set to the drilling center.
OFF
Swing In
Switch
ON
OFF
Proximity Switch at
Rear of Drifter
CLS-DR(141.11)
ON
Sleeve Clamp Front Open Sleeve Clamp Rear Close Roller Clamp Open
SOL-R11 (140.02) SOLR-18 (150.09) SOL-R29 (150.13)
Timer
Clamp Close Time

0.8 Second
Passed
ON
Arm Swing In
Proximity Switch
CLS-SW1(141.08)
OFF
Rotator Slide Retract Arm Slide Retract

SOL-R22 (140.05) SOL-R25 (140.09)
Arm Slide Retract Arm Swing In

Proximity Switch OFF Proximity Switch OFF
CLS-S11,12 (141.09) CLS-SW1(141.08)
ON
ON ON
Arm Swing In
SOL-R10 (140.00)
Arm Slide Extend

SOL-R15 (140.08)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 11 / 34
4-6 Rod Changer Control Adding, Swing Out Process With Rotator
Adding, Swing Out
OFF Open the clamp, and have rod changer

go back to magazine side.
Swing Out
Switch
ON
ON
Arm Slide Retract

Proximity Switch
CLS-S11,12 (141.09)
OFF
OFF

Front of Drifter
CLS-DF (111.15)
ON
ON
Feed Rapid
Forward Switch
CLS-FF (100.03)
OFF
Sleeve Clamp Front Open Sleeve Clamp Rear Open Roller Clamp Open
SOL-R21 (140.03) SOL-R28 (150.08) SOL-R29 (150.13)
Timer
OFF OFF
Clamp Open Time Arm Slide Retract Arm Swing Out
0.8 Second Proximity Switch Proximity Switch ON
CLS-S11,12 (141.09) CLS-SW0 (141.13) Timer
Passed ON
ON Clamp Open Time
ON 0.8 Second
Arm Swing Out

Proximity Switch
CLS-SW0 (141.13) Passed
No
OFF Magazine Rotation

Completed
Yes
Arm Slide Retract Magazine Rotation Rotator Slide Retract
SOL-R25 (140.09) Command SOL-R22 (140㧚05)
Arm Swing Out
SOL-R20 (140.01)
Arm Slide Extend
SOL-R15 (140.08)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 12 / 34
4-7 Rod Changer Control Withdrawal, Swing In Process With Rotator
Go and grab the rod at the drilling center.

OFF
Swing In
Switch
ON
OFF
Proximity Switch
Only for
Front of Drifter
CLS-DF (111.15)
ON
ON
Feed Rapid Backward

Proximity Switch
CLS-RF (100.04)
OFF
Sleeve Clamp Front Open Sleeve Clamp Rear Open Roller Clamp Open
SOL-R21 (140.03) SOL-R28 (150.08) SOL-R29 (150.13)
Timer
Clamp Open Time

0.8 Second
OFF OFF
Passed Arm Slide Retract Arm Swing In

Proximity Switch Proximity Switch
CLS-S11,12 (141.09) CLS-SW1 (141.08)
ON
ON
Arm Swing In ON ON
Proximity Switch
CLS-SW1 (141.08)
OFF
Arm Slide Retract Rotator Slide Retract Roller Slide Front

SOL-R25 (140.09) SOL-R22 (140.05) SOL-R27 (150.11)
Arm Swing In Magazine Rotation
SOL-R10 (140.00) Command
Arm Slide Extend Rotator Slide Extend

SOL-R15 (140.08) SOL-R12 (140.04)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 13 / 34
4-8 Rod Changer Control Withdrawal, Swing Out Process With Rotator
Withdrawal, Swing Out
OFF Grab rod by drilling center

and store in magazine.
Swing Out
Switch
ON
ON
Arm Slide Retract

Proximity Switch
CLS-S11,12 (141.09)
OFF
OFF

Rear of Drifter
CLS-DR (141.11)
ON
Sleeve Clamp Front Close Sleeve Clamp Rear Close Roller Clamp Open
SOL-R11 (140.02) SOL-R18 (150.09) SOL-R29 (150.13)
ON OFF OFF
Arm Swing Out Arm Slide Retract Arm Swing Out
CLS-SW0 (141.13) CLS-S11,12 (141.09) CLS-SW0 (141.13)
OFF ON ON
No
Magazine Rotation
Arm Slide Retract Rotator Slide Retract Complete
SOL-R25 (140.09) SOL-R22 (140.05)
Yes
Arm Swing Out Roller Side Front
SOL-R20 (140.01) SOL-R27 (150.11)
Arm Slide Extend

SOL-R15 (140.08)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 14 / 34
4-9 Rod Changer Control Rotator Withdrawal
Rod Unscrew Process

Shank Rod and Sleeve
Rod and Sleeve
Re-unscrew
Rotator Withdrawal
OFF OFF OFF
Roller Slide Roller Slide

Feed Backward Front Switch Rear Switch
CLSPR (100.01) SW-R27 (141.02) SW-R17 (141.03)
ON ON ON
ON
Reverse Rotation Roller Reverse

SWRR (100.11) SOLR19 (150.12) Sleeve Clamp Front Close Sleeve Clamp Rear Close
SOLR11 (140.02) SOLR18 (150.09)
ON Timer
ON
Timer
Roller Slide Roller Slide Rear
Front Switch Start Time
SW-R27(141.02) 1.7 Seconds Sleeve Clamp
Close Time
0.5 Seconds
OFF
Passed Passed
Roller Clamp Open

SOLR29 (150.13)
Sleeve Clamp Front Close Sleeve Clamp Rear Close Roller Slide Rear
SOLR11 (140.02) SOLR18 (150.09) SOLR17 (150.10)
Timer
Roller Clamp
Open Time
0.8 Seconds
Passed
Roller Slide Front

SOLR27 (150.11)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 15 / 34
5 Shank Rod Re-tightening Control
Shank Rod Re-tightening

࡮The process to screw shank rod in
to the sleeve.
࡮Rotate shank rod twice with re-
tightening rotation pressure.
Process Not Yet
Completed
Yes
ON
Swing In
Switch
OFF
Sleeve Clamp Front Close

SOL-R11 (140.02)
Timer
Clamp Close Time

0.5 Second
Passed
Mode Change S
SOL-RFS (120.13)
Normal Rotation Time Timer Normal Rotation

0.5 Second SOL-RF (120.03)
No Passed
Timer
Rotation Stop Time

0.3 Second
Passed
Completed Twice
Yes
Shank Rod Re-tightening

Completed
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 16 / 34
6 Clamp Control with Backward Feed and Reverse Rotation
At Withdrawal,
Clamp with Backward Feed In unscrewing process, grab rod and sleeve
and Reverse Rotation at magazine height,‫ޓ‬
and separate shank rod.
OFF
Backward Feed
CLS-PR (100.01)
ON
OFF
Reverse Rotation
SW-RR (100.11)
ON
No
Changer Condition
Rod Drill
Center Position
Yes
ON
Proximity Switch
Drifter Position Forward
CLS-DF (111.15)
OFF

SOL-R11 (140.02) SOL-R12 (140.04)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 17 / 34
7 Re-tightening Pressure Control
Adjustment of ࡮For adjustment of re-tightening

Re-tightening Pressure rotation pressure.
࡮Does re-tightening rotation during
switch is ON.
OFF
Roller Slide Front

SW-R27 (141.02)
ON
OFF
Arm Swing In
Proximity Switch
CLS-SW1 (141.13)
ON
Mode Change S
SOL-RFS (120.13)
Sleeve Clamp Front Close

SOL-R11 (140.02)
Timer
Clamp Close Time

0.㧣 Second
Passed
Normal Rotation
SOL-RF (120.03)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 18 / 34
8 Stand-by Control
Ready for adding process.

Stand-by
OFF
Swing In
Switch
ON
Yes
Arm Slide Retract

Completed
No
Drifter Position
Front of Front No To Regular Swing In Process
Proximity Switch
Yes
Timer
Clamp Close Time

1 second

SOL-R11 (140.02) SOL-R21 (140.04) Passed
Arm Slide Retract

SOL-R25 (140.09)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 19 / 34
9 Impact Control
࡮Start impact when switch is pushed once.
࡮Stop impact with one more push on switch.
࡮Start collaring when the feed lever was
drawn one notch.
࡮Start full impact when the feed lever was
drawn two notches.
Condition for
Impact Stopping Impact
OFF
Yes OFF
Arm Slide Retract
Impact Switch Thermos Switch (H㧕 ON
Heating Completed Proximity Switch
SW-PH (100.09) T2 (111.10)
(141.09)
ON No ON OFF
More than 0.1 Second
Arm Swing In
Proximity Switch OFF
(141.08)
During Impact Yes
ON
During Emergency Drive Yes

No
No
Emergency Drive
Impact OFF
SOL-PH (110.10)
OFF No OFF
Rotation H Mode
AJ3 Switch Feed Lever
ON
CS-S03 (101.06) Spot Facing Location
SOL-RFH (120.12)
ON Yes
Yes
Impact On Anti-Jamming Collaring

SOL-PH (110.10) SOL-AJ (110.08) SOL-PZ (110.07)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 20 / 34
10-1 Rotation Control Normal Rotation
࡮Rotate normally when switch is pushed once.

Normal Rotation
࡮Push switch one more time to stop during rotation.
OFF
Normal Rotation Switch

SW-RF (100.10)
ON
More Than 0.1 Second
Rotating
Normally ON
No Normal Rotation OFF

H Mode Process SOL-RF (120.03㧕
ON
During Boom Process
OFF
㧴 Mode Switch Positive H Mode

SSSH (101.12)
OFF at Rod Change OFF
Yes Yes
ON ON
During Clamp Close

Drilling Center
Condition
No
No
H Mode Pilot
Normal Rotation ON
SOL-RFHO
SOL-RF (120.03)
(120.09)
Mode Change
SOL-RFH
(120.12)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 21 / 34
10-2 Rotation Control Reverse Rotation
Reverse Rotation ࡮Rotate reverse during switch

‫ޓ‬kept pushed.
has been
OFF
Reverse Rotation Switch

SW-RR (100.11)
ON
Reverse Rotation
SOL-RR (120.04)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 22 / 34
11-1 Feed Control Forward Feed
Forward Feed ࡮Forward feed control and

its rapid forward control
OFF
Forward Feed Switch

CLS-PF (100.00)
ON
OFF
Active Pilot Pressure

CLS-P (100.05)
OFF
Forward Feed
Rapid Forward Switch
CLS-FF (100.03)
ON
Clamp Close ON
ON
Rod Changer
Drilling Center
Clamp Close OFF
Feed Pressure Rapid Feeding

SOL-FP (120.08㧕 Forward
SOL-FF (120.05㧕
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 23 / 34
11-2 Feed Control Backward Feed
Backward Feed
OFF ࡮Backward feed and

its rapid forward control.
Backward Feed
Switch
CLS-PR (100.01)
ON
OFF
Active Pilot Pressure

CLS-P (100.05)
OFF
Backward Rapid
Feed Switch
CLS-FR (100.04)
ON
OFF
Drifter
ON Rear End Position
Proximity Switch
CLS-DR (141.11)
ON
ON
Arm Swing In Sensor

Proximity Switch
OFF
Feed Pressure Rapid Feeding

SOL-FP (120.08㧕 Backward
SOL-RF (120.06㧕
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 24 / 34
12 Flushing Control
Flushing
Change of high blow and low blow.
OFF OFF OFF
Air Flushing Air Flushing High & Air Flushing Low

High Switch Dust Collector Switch Dust Collector Switch
SW-S05 (101.00) SW-S07 (101.02) SW-S08 (101.03)
ON ON
Air Flushing (1)

SOL-SA1 (110.01㧕
ON
Air Flushing (2)

SOL-SA2 (110.02㧕
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 25/34
13 Anti-Jamming Control
Selection and control for jamming

Anti-Jamming
during the drill procedure.
OFF
Impact
ON
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF

AJ3 Switch AJ2 Switch AJ3 Switch AJ2 Switch AJ1 Switch
CS-S03 (101.06) CS-S02 (101.05) CS-S03 (101.06) CS-S02 (101.05) CS-S01 (101.04)
ON ON ON ON ON
Rotation H Mode Rotation N Mode
OFF OFF OFF OFF
Rotation Pressure Rotation Pressure Blow Pressure Switch Blow Amount Switch
for High Speed for Low Speed PS-SF (100.08) SN-BF (111.05)
ON ON ON ON
ON
Backward Feed Switch

CLS-PR (100.01)
OFF
Anti-Jamming Feed
Backward
SOL-FRA (120.07㧕
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 26 / 34
14 Tramming Control
࡮ To set ready to tram, turn the tramming
lever to ON one time.
Tramming Control ࡮ To start tramming, turn the tramming
lever ON when it is ready to tram.
࡮Ready to tram condition will be terminated
if it was not operated for 5 seconds.
Hydraulic Pressure Lever

Active Pilot Pressure OFF
CLS-P (100.05)
ON
Ready to Tram No
Yes
Tramming Input Tramming Input ON

RD/FD (100.12) RD/FD (100.12)
OFF
ON OFF
Impacting
Rotating
Operating Feed
Drilling Lever
During Operation
No
Tramming Input Tramming Input Count
900ED (Get Ready)
No Operation 5 Seconds Check
1200㧱㨃
1500㧱㨃
Passed
Tramming Inter Lock
During Limitations
Not Yet
No Limitations
Tramming Pilot
Ready to Tram Ready to Tram
ON
Termination Set
SOL-C43 (120.01)
Tramming
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 27 / 34
15 Auto Throttle Control
Throttle This is the control that rise engine revolution.
OFF
ON
Blow Flow Switch

Impact
SN-BF (111.05)
ON OFF
Throttle Control ON
SOL-C33 (120.15㧕 Engine Revolution Up
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 28 / 34
16-1 Dust Collector Control Dust Collector Operation
Dust Collector
࡮ Dust collector fan starts to rotate.
࡮ Exhaust shutter Open
OFF OFF OFF
Dust Collector Air Flushing High & Air Flushing Low &
Dust Collector Switch Dust Collector Switch
SW-S06 (101.01)
SW-S07 (101.02) SW-S08 (101.03)
ON ON ON
Dust Collector
Hydraulic Pressure Exhaust Shutter
SOL-DC (120.14) SOL-EXS (110.03㧕
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 29 / 34
16-2 Dust Collector Control Pulse Jet
࡮ Filter quantity changes depend on

Pulse Jet
the machine model.
࡮ Interval of pulse jet changes
depend on the condition.
࡮ It stops during tramming.
OFF
‫ޓ‬Compressor
Start Signal
UT (111.00)
ON
Yes
Ready to Tram
No
Drilling
No
Yes
Solenoid Change Time Solenoid Change Time

6 Seconds 3 Seconds
Air Flush 1
SOL-PJ1 (110.04㧕
Air Flush 2
HCR 600
SOL-PJ2 (110.05㧕
HCR 1200
Change Interval
Air Flush 3
During Drilling 㧩
HCR 1500
SOL-PJ3 (110.06㧕
6 Seconds
Other 㧩 3 Seconds
Air Flush 4
SOL-PJ4 (110.09㧕
Air Flush 5
SOL-PJ5 (110.11㧕
Air Flush 6
SOL-PJ6 (110.12㧕
EL405-F12-B
03/02/08 P. 30 / 34
17-1 Auto Grease Control Shank Rod Grease Application
Start ࡮ Apply grease at unscrewing for

sleeves and shank rod.
࡮ Change timing according to the
machine.
OFF
Backward Feed
CLS-PR (100.01)
ON
OFF
Reverse Rotation
SW-RR (100.11)
ON
Backside of
Front Proximity Switch (CLS-DF)
Drifter Position
Front side of
Front Proximity Switch (CLS-DF)
HCR900 HCR1200 HCR1500
Timer Timer Timer
Timing Timing Timing

3.7 Seconds 2.5 Seconds 2.5 Seconds
Time Up
Grease Pump
SOL-RG (140.14) Timer
Grease
Application Time
2 Seconds
Passed
Completed
EL405-F12-B
03/02/08 P. 31 / 34
17-2 Auto Grease Control Manual Grease Application
Grease Apply grease while the

grease switch is pushed.
OFF
Grease Switch
PB-R01 (141.07)
ON
Grease Pump
SOL-RG (140.14)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 32 / 34
18-1 Rollover Prevention Control ED Condition
ED * Please refer to “Tramming Inter Lock

Specification ‘HCR1500-F03A’” for Type ED
to see the tramming inter lock condition.
900 1200 1500
ON ON ON
Boom Slide Sensor Boom Swing Sensor Boom Swing Sensor

CLS-B01 (151.09) CLS-B02 (151.10) CLS-B02 (151.10)
OFF OFF
ON
OFF
Tramming Inter Lock

Cancellation
OFF
Tramming Inter Lock Boom Swing Restriction

TRL (150.02) (150.14)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 33 / 34
18-2 Rollover Prevention Control EW Condition
EW * Please refer to “Tramming Inter Lock

Specification ‘HCR1500-F03A’” for Type EW
to see the tramming inter lock condition.
1200 1500
ON
Boom Swing Sensor

Proximity Switch
CLS-B02(151.10)
OFF
Main Frame Angle

Sensor
AID01 (151.11)
OFF
ON
OFF
Tramming
Inter Lock
Cancellation
ON
Tramming Inter Lock Boom Swing Restriction

TRL (150.02) (150.14)
EL405-F12-B
03/02/06 P. 34 / 34
BACK
New G HCR RC Valve Block Layout with Rotator
wire # 321 271 331 324 322 329 608 606 610
OUT OPEN NORMAL EXTEND F: CLOSE RETRACT BACKWORD F, R; HALF R; ROTA
solenoid A A A A A A A A A
Magazine
Arm Swing Centralizer Rotator Slide Rod Clamp Arm Slide Roller Slide Clamp Roller
Rotatation
solenoid B B B B B B B B B
IN CLOSE REV RETRACT F,R: OPEN EXTEND FORWARD R; CLOSE CLAMP OPEN
wire # 320 270 330 325 323 328 609 607 611
BACK
REPAIR STANDARD
HD712
*&(
00.03.01 2
Replacement
Part Number Description Inspection Size
Standard
Replace if D is
HD712-02202 Front bushing more than 52 mm
(2.0 in).
Replace if here is
more than 1mm.
Replace if L is less
HD712-02103 Thrust washer than 28 mm (1.1
in).
Replace if H is
HD712-02006 Chuck more than 17 mm
(0.7 in).
than 46 mm (1.8 in).
Replace if H1 is less
HD712-02003 Chuck driver Replace if H2 is more
* H1: Width of gear
tooth
(Number of teeth: 6)
*&(
00.03.01 2
Replacement
Standard
than 88 mm (3.5
Chuck driver Replace if here is more than 1 mm.
HD712-02005 # in), especially
bushing
when part A has
spider cracks.
Replace if H1 is
less than 29 mm
(1.1 in), or 1/3 or
more of teeth S
HD715-02007 Drive gear are worn.
* H1: Width of gear
tooth
* S: Spline
Replace if
than 120 mm (4.7
here is
in).
HD712-01504 Damping piston more than
Replace if inner or
1mm.
outer surface is
seized.
than 149 mm (5.9
Replace if in).
HD712-01507 Pushing piston here is Replace if the
more than outer surface is
1mm. seized.
*&(
00.03.01 2
Replacement
Standard
Thrust washer
HD712-02307 than 23 mm (0.9
(B)
in).
HD712-01101 Piston than 184 mm (7.2
in).
Replace if the
bearing has an
280100-06211 Ball bearing
excessive play or
rusted.
D (new)•I 130mm (5.12 in)

HD712-02102 Plain bearing (F) Replace if D is more than
130.5 mm (5.14 in).
D (new)=I 108mm (4.25 in)

Plain bearing
HD712-02002 Replace if D is more than
(RA)
108.5 mm (4.27 in).
D (new)=I 75mm (2.95 in)

Plain bearing
(RB)
75.5 mm (2.97 in).
D (new)=I 80mm (3.15 in)

HD712-02302 Plain bearing Replace if D is more than
80.5 mm (3.17 in).
*&(
00.03.01 2
Replacement
Standard
HD712-01502 95 glide ring Replace periodically.

HD712-01503 100 glide ring (every 600 hours)
HD712-01505 67 glide ring * Replace if a seal is
HD712-01506 70 glide ring damaged.
HD712-01003 47 U-packing Replace periodically.

HD712-01004 47 dust seal (every 1000 hours)
HD712-01006 39.5 dust seal * Replace if the part is
HD712-01007 39.5 U-packing damaged.
Replace periodically.
HD500-04009 I 51 U-packing (every 300 hours)
HD500-04010 I 80 U-packing * Replace if the part is
damaged.
Other seals
(every 1000 hours)
(hydraulic
* Replace if the part is
pressure)
damaged.
(every 600 hours)
HD612-07006 Diaphragm
* Replace if the part is
damaged.
Perform inspection
periodically.
(every 300 hours)
Accumulator gas
High pressure side:
(Nitrogen)
6.0 MPa (60 bar)
Low pressure side:
0.3 MPa (3 bar)
*&(
00.03.01 2
REPAIR STANDARD
HD715
*&(
2
Part Number Description Inspection Size Replacement
Standard
Replace if D is
HD715-02202 Front bushing more than 59
mm (2.3 in).
Replace if here is
more than 1mm.
Replace if L is
HD715-02103 Thrust washer less than 28 mm
(1.1 in).
Replace if H is
HD715-02006 Chuck more than 18
mm (0.7 in).
Replace if H1 is less
Replace if H2 is
HD715-02003 Chuck driver
more than 22 mm
(0.9 in).
* H1: Width of gear
tooth
*&(
2
Standard
Replace if L is
less than 90 mm
Chuck Replace if here is more than
(3.5 in),
HD715-02006 #
driver bushing especially when
part A has spider
cracks.
Replace if H1 is
less than 29 mm
(1.1 in), or 1/3 or
more of teeth S
HD715-02007 Drive gear
are worn.
*H1: Width of gear
tooth
*S: Spline
Replace if L is
Replace if
here is
less than 124
mm (4.9 in).
HD715-01505 Damping piston more than
1mm.
Replace if inner
or outer surface
is seized.
Replace if L is
less than 153mm
Replace if (6.1 in).
HD715-01508 Pushing piston
here is Replace id the
more than outer surface is
1mm. seized.
*&(
2
Standard
Replace if L is
Thrust washer
HD715-02307 less than 23 mm
(B)
(0.9 in).
Replace if L is
HD715-01101 Piston less than 186
mm (7.3 in).
Replace if the
bearing has an
280100-06211 Ball bearing
excessive play or
rusted.
D (new)=I140mm (5.51 in)
HD715-02102 Plain bearing (F) Replace if D is more than
140.5 mm (5.53 in).
D (new)=Imm (4.57 in)

Plain bearing
(RA)
116.5 mm (4.59 in).
D (new)=Imm (3.27 in)

Plain bearing
(RB)
83.5 mm (3.29 in).
D (new)=I90 mm (3.54 in)

HD715-02302 Plain bearing Replace if D is more than
90.5 mm (3.56 in).
*&(
2
Standard
HD715-01503 105 glide ring Replace periodically.

HD715-01504 110 glide ring (every 600 hours)
HD715-01506 75 glide ring * Replace if a seal is
HD715-01507 78 glide ring damaged.
HD715-01003 52.3 U-packing Replace periodically.

HD715-01004 52.3 dust seal (every 1000 hours)
HD715-01006 43.7 dust seal * Replace if the part
HD715-01007 43.7 U-packing is damaged.
HD615-02203 Ǿ90 U-packing (every 300 hours)
HD615-02205 Ǿ58 U-packing * Replace if the part
is damaged.
Other seals
(every 1000 hours)
(hydraulic
* Replace if the part
pressure)
is damaged.
(every 600 hours)
HD715-07002 Diaphragm
* Replace if the part
is damaged.
Perform inspection
periodically.
(every 300 hours)
Accumulator gas
High pressure side:
(Nitrogen)
6.0 MPa (60 bar)
Low pressure side:
0.3 MPa (3 bar)
*&(
2
Indicates: Shortage of Generating Voltage
Cause: No input from alternator.
Comments: When indication shows on the screen while engine
is running, the battery is not charged. If you use it
- + johynl as it is, the battery will go dead.
Countermeasure: Check alternator.
Check fan belt.
Check relay (ENR1).
Check I/O #: 111.01
Indicates: Abnormal Engine Water Temperature

Cause: Input from overhear warning switch.
Comments: Stops the engine when emergency relay activates.
~h{ly Countermeasure: Check engine cooling water level.
Check fan belt.
{ltwGOoP Check clog on radiator, and check water leakage.
Check I/O #: 111.03
Indicates: Abnormal Exhaust Air Temperature

Cause: Input from overhear warning switch.
jvtwUGhpy Countermeasure: Check compressor oil level and its quality.
{ltwGOoP Check oil leakage of receiver tank and
compressor pipe.
Check I/O #: 111.08
Indicates: Low Operation Oil Temperature

Cause: Input from thremo switch (L). Oil temp. above 85.
Comments: Impact cannot be operated when oil temp is too low.
okUGvps Countermeasure: Wait for hearting control rises the oil temprature.
{ltwGOsP Note: In case of emergency, it is possible to
impact when you push emergency drive switch on
control panel.
Check I/O #: 111.09
Indicates: High Operation Oil Temperature

Cause: Input from thermo switch (H).
Comments: Impact cannot be operated when oil temp is too high.
okUGvps Countermeasure: Check oil cooling fan.
{ltwGOoP Check fan motor.
Note: In case of emergency, it is possible to
impact when you push emergency drive switch on
control panel.
Check I/O #: 111.09
Indicates: Operation Oil Level Low

Cause: Operation Oil Level Low Signal
okUGvps Countermeasure: Check operation oil leakage.
sl}ls Add operation oil.
Check I/O #: 111.11
2/6
Indicates: Low Engine Oil Pressure
Cause: Input from Oil Pressure Switch
lunUGvps Countermeasure: Check engine oil level and its quality.
Add engine oil.
wylzzU Check sensor.
Check I/O #: 111.12
Indicates: Air Cleaner Clogging

Cause: Input from Air Cleaner Indicator
Comments: Either engine or compressor.
hpy Countermeasure: Clean or replace engine air cleaner element.
Clean or change compressor air cleaner element.
jslhuly Check sensor.
Check I/O #: 111.07
Indicates: Compressor Oil Filter Clogging.

Cause: Input from Compressor Oil Filter Indicator
Comments: None
jvtwUGvps Countermeasure: Replace compressor oil filter cartridge.
mps{ly Check I/O #: 111.04
Indicates: Return Oil Filter Clogging

Cause: Input from Return Oil Filter Indicator
Comments: None
okUGvps Countermeasure: Replace return oil filter element.
mps{ly Check I/O #: 111.06
Indicates: Trouble at I/O Unit #0

Cause: I/O Unit #0 is Broken
Comments: None
pVvG|up{GW Countermeasure: Check or replace the unit.
! lyyvy
uUWW
Check I/O #:

Comments: None
pVvG|up{GX Countermeasure: Check or replace the unit.
! lyyvy
uUWX
Check I/O #:
3/6
Comments: None
pVvG|up{GY Countermeasure: Check or replace the unit.
! lyyvy
uUWY
Check I/O #:

Comments: None
pVvG|up{GZ Countermeasure: Check or replace the unit.
! lyyvy
uUWZ
Check I/O #:

Comments: None
pVvG|up{G[ Countermeasure: Check or replace the unit.
! lyyvy
uUW[
Check I/O #:

Comments: None
pVvG|up{G\ Countermeasure: Check or replace the unit.
! lyyvy
uUW\
Check I/O #:

Comments: None
pVvG|up{G] Countermeasure: Check or replace the unit.
! lyyvy
uUW]
Check I/O #:

Comments: None
pVvG|up{G^ Countermeasure: Check or replace the unit.
! lyyvy
uUW^
Check I/O #:
4/6
Indicates: Error on Arm Swing In
Cause: There is no swing in proximity switch input even
thouch swing in switch is on for 5 seconds.
hytGz~pun Comments: Swing in process will stop.
! puGlyyvy
uUXY
Countermeasure:
Check I/O #:
Check location and funtion of swing in proximity
switch.
141.08, 141.09
Indicates: Error on Arm Swing Out

Cause: There is no swing out proximity switch input even
thouch swing out switch is on for 5 seconds.
hytGz~pun Comments: None
! v|{Glyyvy
uUXZ
Countermeasure:
Check I/O #:
Check location and funtion of swing out proximity
switch.
141.13, 141.08
Indicates: Error on Magazine Rotation

Cause: There is no input on rotation proximity switch
thnhpul even though the magazine rotation output has done
for 4 seconds.
yv{h{pvu
! lyyvy
Comments:
Countermeasure:
Magazine rotation will not stop.
Check location and function of magazine rotation
uUX] proximity switch.
Check I/O #: 141.14, 141.15
Indicates: Error on Arm Slide Extension

Cause: There is no input on arm slide extension proximity
hytGzspkl switch even though the arm slide extension output
has done for 2 seconds.
l{luzpvu
! lyyvy
Comments:
Countermeasure:
None
Check location and function of arm slide extension
uU[\ proximity switch.
Check I/O #: 141.10
Indicates: Error on Arm Slide Retraction

Cause: There is no input on arm slide retraction proximity
hytGzspkl switch even though the arm slide retraction output
has done for 2 seconds.
jvtwylzz
! lyyvy
Comments:
Countermeasure:
Swing in process will stop at arm slide retract.
Check location and function of arm slide retraction
uU[] proximity switch.
Check I/O #: 141.09
Indicates: Error on Remote Control Box

Cause: There was remote control switch input during
yltv{l the key switch is on.
Comments: Boom control cannot be operated for safety reasons.
jvu{yvsGiv Countermeasure: Check remote control box.
lyyvy Check connector and wiring related to remote control.
uUY^ Replace remote control box.
Check I/O #: 130ch, 131ch
5/6
Indicates: Error on Flow Switch
Cause: There was flow adjustment switch input during
the key switch is on.
msv~Gz~p{jo Comments: Auto throttle will be on while compressor is running.
* Anti-Jamming will be on at all time.
lyyvy Countermeasure: Check flow adjustment switch.
uUY_ Check wiring related to flow adjustment switch.
Replace flow adjustment switch.
Check I/O #: 111.05
6/6
㻹㼛㼐㼑㼘㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑㻲㼡㼑㼘㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻼㼞㼑㻌㻲㼡㼑㼘㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㼃㼍㼠㼑㼞㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻻㼕㼘㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㼂㻙㻮㼑㼘㼠
㻝㻡㻜㻜㻽㻿㻯㻌㻟㻥㻠㻡㻜㻢㻢㻟㻥㻠㻤㻝㻜㻤㻠㻜㻡㻤㻥㻢㻡㻟㻠㻜㻝㻡㻠㻠㻟㻥㻝㻝㻡㻤㻟
㻝㻡㻜㻜㻢㻯㼀㻭㻭㻟㻥㻟㻝㻜㻢㻟㻟㻥㻟㻜㻥㻠㻞㻟㻟㻝㻢㻜㻡㻟㻟㻟㻝㻤㻤㻡㻟㻟㻥㻞㻜㻠㻟㻜
㻝㻞㻜㻜㻽㻿㻮㻟㻤㻥㻠㻡㻝㻥㻟㻤㻞㻢㻜㻥㻠㻟㻥㻟㻣㻣㻟㻢㻟㻥㻟㻥㻣㻝㻜
㻝㻞㻜㻜㻢㻮㼀㻭㻲㻲㻡㻜㻡㻞㻲㻿㻝㻞㻤㻜㻸㻲㻟㻤㻜㻢㻟㻥㻞㻡㻥㻡㻟
㻥㻜㻜㻢㻮㼀㻲㻲㻡㻜㻡㻞㻲㻿㻝㻞㻤㻜㻸㻲㻟㻤㻜㻢㻟㻥㻞㻡㻥㻡㻟

㻲㼞㼛㼙㻌㼀㻠㻡㻹㻹㻌㼟㼜㼏㻌㼠㼛㻌㼀㻠㻡㻌㻹㻲㻌㼟㼜㼏㼒㼞㼛㼙㻌㼀㻠㻡㻌㻹㻲㻌㼟㼜㼏㻌㼠㼛㻌㼀㻡㻝㻹㻲㻌㼟㼜㼏
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻝㻝㻜㻝㻢㻌㻌㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻝㻝㻜㻝㻠㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻌㼤㻝

㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻣㻜㻝㻞㻌㻌㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㼤㻝㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻣㻜㻝㻟㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㼤㻝
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻞㻿㼑㼠㻌㻿㼏㼞㼑㼣㼤㻠㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻞㻿㼑㼠㻌㼟㼏㼞㼑㼣㼤㻠
㻝㻞㻜㻝㻞㻞㻙㻝㻢㻜㻜㻜㻝㻢㼙㼙㻌㻺㼡㼠㼤㻠㻝㻞㻜㻝㻞㻞㻙㻝㻢㻜㻜㻜㻝㻢㼙㼙㻌㻺㼡㼠㼤㻠
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻭㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻡㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻭㼄㻞

㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻮㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻢㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻮㼤㻞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻥㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻯㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻯㼤㻞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻜㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻰㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻰㼤㻞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻝㻿㼠㼛㼜㼜㼑㼞㻌㼜㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻠㻡㼤㻞㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻥㻿㼠㼛㼜㼜㼑㼞㻌㼜㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻡㻝㼤㻠
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻟㻣㻿㼘㼕㼐㼑㻌㻭㼞㼙㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻞㻜㻞㻥㻾㼛㼐㻌㼙㼍㼓㼍㼦㼕㼚㼑㻌㼜㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻡㻝㼤㻠

㻝㻜㻝㻜㻟㻞㻙㻝㻞㻜㻠㻜㻝㻞㼙㼙㻌㻮㼛㼘㼠㼤㻤
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻟㻣㻶㼛㼕㼚㼠㻌㼜㼕㼜㼑㻌㻔㻹㻲㻕㼤㻝
㼒㼞㼛㼙㻌㼀㻡㻝㻹㻹㻌㼟㼜㼏㻌㼠㼛㻌㼀㻡㻝㻌㻹㻲㻌㼟㼜㼏㼒㼞㼛㼙㻌㼀㻡㻝㻹㻲㻌㼟㼜㼏㻌㼠㼛㻌㼀㻠㻡㻌㻹㻲㻌㼟㼜㼏
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻝㻝㻜㻝㻠㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻝㻝㻜㻝㻢㻌㻌㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㼤㻝

㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻣㻜㻝㻟㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㼤㻝㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻣㻜㻝㻞㻌㻌㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㼤㻝
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻞㻿㼑㼠㻌㼟㼏㼞㼑㼣㼤㻠㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻞㻿㼑㼠㻌㻿㼏㼞㼑㼣㼤㻠
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻡㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻭㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻭㼤㻞

㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻢㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻮㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻮㼤㻞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻯㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻥㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻯㼤㻞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻰㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻜㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻰㼤㻞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻥㻿㼠㼛㼜㼜㼑㼞㻌㼜㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻡㻝㼤㻞㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻝㻿㼠㼛㼜㼜㼑㼞㻌㼜㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻠㻡㼤㻠
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻟㻣㻿㼘㼕㼐㼑㻌㻭㼞㼙㼤㻝㻵㼒㻌㼏㼡㼟㼠㼍㼙㼑㼞㻌㼣㼍㼚㼠㻌㼠㼛㻌㼏㼛㼙㼜㼘㼑㼍㼠㻌㼙㼛㼐㼕㼒㼥

㻝㻜㻝㻜㻟㻞㻙㻝㻞㻜㻠㻜㻝㻞㼙㼙㻌㻮㼛㼘㼠㼤㻤㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻤㻾㼛㼐㻌㼙㼍㼓㼍㼦㼕㼚㼑㻌㼜㼘㼍㼠㼑㼀㻠㼤㻠
㻴㻰㻣㻝㻞㻙㻜㻞㻡㻟㻠㼀㻠㻡㻌㻿㼔㼍㼚㼗㻌㻾㼛㼐㻌㻔㻝㻞㻜㻜㻕㻴㻰㻣㻝㻞㼀㻠㻡㻟㻠

㻴㻰㻣㻝㻞㻙㻜㻞㻡㻟㻢㼀㻡㻝㻌㻿㼔㼍㼚㼗㻌㻾㼛㼐㻌㻔㻝㻞㻜㻜㻕㻴㻰㻣㻝㻞㼀㻡㻝㻟㻢
㻴㻰㻣㻝㻡㻙㻜㻞㻡㻟㻠㼀㻡㻝㻌㻿㼔㼍㼚㼗㻌㻾㼛㼐㻌㻔㻝㻡㻜㻜㻕㻴㻰㻣㻝㻡㼀㻡㻝㻟㻠

㻴㻰㻣㻝㻡㻙㻜㻞㻡㻟㻡㼀㻠㻡㻌㻿㼔㼍㼚㼗㻌㻾㼛㼐㻌㻔㻝㻡㻜㻜㻕㻴㻰㻣㻝㻡㼀㻠㻡㻟㻡
㻞㻤㻙㻿㼑㼜㻙㻜㻠
㻹㼛㼐㼕㼒㼥㻌㼟㼜㼑㼏㼕㼒㼕㼏㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㼟㻌㼛㼒㻌㻱㼤㼠㼑㼚㼟㼕㼛㼚㻌㻾㼛㼐㻔㻝㻞㼒㼑㼑㼠㻕㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻴㻯㻾㻝㻞㻜㻜㻙㻱㻰㻌㼍㼚㼐㻌㻝㻡㻜㻜㻙㻱㻰
㻲㼁㻾㼁㻷㻭㼃㻭
㻲㼞㼛㼙㻌㼀㻠㻡㻹㻹㻌㼟㼜㼏㻌㼠㼛㻌㼀㻠㻡㻌㻹㻲㻌㼟㼜㼏㼒㼞㼛㼙㻌㼀㻠㻡㻌㻹㻲㻌㼟㼜㼏㻌㼠㼛㻌㼀㻡㻝㻹㻲㻌㼟㼜㼏
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻝㻝㻜㻝㻢㻌㻌㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻝㻝㻜㻝㻠㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻌㼤㻝

㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻣㻜㻝㻞㻌㻌㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㼤㻝㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻣㻜㻝㻟㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㼤㻝
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻞㻿㼑㼠㻌㻿㼏㼞㼑㼣㼤㻠㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻞㻿㼑㼠㻌㼟㼏㼞㼑㼣㼤㻠
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻭㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻡㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻭㼄㻞

㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻮㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻢㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻮㼤㻞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻥㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻯㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻯㼤㻞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻜㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻰㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻰㼤㻞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻝㻿㼠㼛㼜㼜㼑㼞㻌㼜㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻠㻡㼤㻞㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻥㻿㼠㼛㼜㼜㼑㼞㻌㼜㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻡㻝㼤㻠
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻟㻣㻿㼘㼕㼐㼑㻌㻭㼞㼙㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻞㻜㻞㻥㻾㼛㼐㻌㼙㼍㼓㼍㼦㼕㼚㼑㻌㼜㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻡㻝㼤㻠

㻝㻜㻝㻜㻟㻞㻙㻝㻞㻜㻠㻜㻝㻞㼙㼙㻌㻮㼛㼘㼠㼤㻤
㼒㼞㼛㼙㻌㼀㻡㻝㻹㻹㻌㼟㼜㼏㻌㼠㼛㻌㼀㻡㻝㻌㻹㻲㻌㼟㼜㼏㼒㼞㼛㼙㻌㼀㻡㻝㻹㻲㻌㼟㼜㼏㻌㼠㼛㻌㼀㻠㻡㻌㻹㻲㻌㼟㼜㼏
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻝㻝㻜㻝㻠㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻝㻝㻜㻝㻢㻌㻌㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㼤㻝

㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻣㻜㻝㻟㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㼤㻝㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻣㻜㻝㻞㻌㻌㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㼤㻝
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻞㻿㼑㼠㻌㼟㼏㼞㼑㼣㼤㻠㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻞㻿㼑㼠㻌㻿㼏㼞㼑㼣㼤㻠
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻡㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻭㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻭㼤㻞

㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻢㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻮㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻮㼤㻞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻯㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻥㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻯㼤㻞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻰㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻜㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻰㼤㻞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻥㻿㼠㼛㼜㼜㼑㼞㻌㼜㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻡㻝㼤㻞㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻝㻿㼠㼛㼜㼜㼑㼞㻌㼜㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻠㻡㼤㻠
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻟㻣㻿㼘㼕㼐㼑㻌㻭㼞㼙㼤㻝㻵㼒㻌㼏㼡㼟㼠㼍㼙㼑㼞㻌㼣㼍㼚㼠㻌㼠㼛㻌㼏㼛㼙㼜㼘㼑㼍㼠㻌㼙㼛㼐㼕㼒㼥

㻝㻜㻝㻜㻟㻞㻙㻝㻞㻜㻠㻜㻝㻞㼙㼙㻌㻮㼛㼘㼠㼤㻤㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻤㻾㼛㼐㻌㼙㼍㼓㼍㼦㼕㼚㼑㻌㼜㼘㼍㼠㼑㼀㻠㼤㻠
㻴㻰㻣㻝㻞㻙㻜㻞㻡㻟㻠㼀㻠㻡㻙㻽㻱㻰㻘㻌㻿㼔㼍㼚㼗㻌㻾㼛㼐㻌㻔㻝㻞㻜㻜㻕㻴㻰㻣㻝㻞㼀㻠㻡㻟㻠

㻴㻰㻣㻝㻞㻙㻜㻞㻡㻟㻢㼀㻡㻝㻙㻽㻱㻰㻘㻌㻿㼔㼍㼚㼗㻌㻾㼛㼐㻌㻔㻝㻞㻜㻜㻕㻴㻰㻣㻝㻞㼀㻡㻝㻟㻢
㻴㻰㻣㻝㻡㻙㻜㻞㻡㻟㻠㼀㻡㻝㻙㻽㻱㻰㻘㻌㻿㼔㼍㼚㼗㻌㻾㼛㼐㻌㻔㻝㻡㻜㻜㻕㻴㻰㻣㻝㻡㼀㻡㻝㻟㻠

㻴㻰㻣㻝㻡㻙㻜㻞㻡㻟㻡㼀㻠㻡㻙㻽㻱㻰㻘㻌㻿㼔㼍㼚㼗㻌㻾㼛㼐㻌㻔㻝㻡㻜㻜㻕㻴㻰㻣㻝㻡㼀㻠㻡㻟㻡
㻲㼞㼛㼙㻌㼀㻠㻡㻹㻲㻌㼟㼜㼏㻌㼠㼛㻌㼀㻠㻡㻌㻹㻹㻌㼟㼜㼏㻲㼞㼛㼙㻌㼀㻡㻝㻹㻲㻌㼟㼜㼏㻌㼠㼛㻌㼀㻡㻝㻌㻹㻹㻌㼟㼜㼏
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻟㻟㻌㻌㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻔㻠㻡㻕㼤㻝㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻟㻢㻌㻌㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻔㻡㻝㻕㼤㻝

㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻣㻜㻝㻞㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㻔㻠㻡㻕㼤㻝㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻣㻜㻝㻟㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㻔㻡㻝㻕㼤㻝
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻞㻿㼑㼠㻌㻿㼏㼞㼑㼣㼤㻠㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻞㻿㼑㼠㻌㻿㼏㼞㼑㼣㼤㻠
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻢㻢㻭㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻢㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻣㻣㻭㼤㻝

㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻟㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻢㻢㻮㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻣㻣㻮㼤㻝
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻥㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻥㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㼤㻝
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻞㻜㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻞㻜㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㼤㻝
㻌
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻞㻝㻿㼘㼕㼐㼑㻌㻭㼞㼙㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻞㻝㻿㼘㼕㼐㼑㻌㻭㼞㼙㼤㻝

㻝㻜㻝㻜㻟㻞㻙㻝㻞㻜㻢㻜㻝㻞㼙㼙㻌㻮㼛㼘㼠㼤㻠㻝㻜㻝㻜㻟㻞㻙㻝㻞㻜㻢㻜㻝㻞㼙㼙㻌㻮㼛㼘㼠㼤㻠
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻟㻢㻶㼛㼕㼚㼠㻌㼜㼕㼜㼑㻌㻔㻹㻹㻕㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻟㻢㻶㼛㼕㼚㼠㻌㼜㼕㼜㼑㻌㻔㻹㻹㻕㼤㻝
㻞㻤㻙㻿㼑㼜㻙㻜㻠
㻹㼛㼐㼕㼒㼥㻌㼟㼜㼑㼏㼕㼒㼕㼏㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㼟㻌㼛㼒㻌㻱㼤㼠㼑㼚㼟㼕㼛㼚㻌㻾㼛㼐㻔㻝㻞㼒㼑㼑㼠㻕㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻴㻯㻾㻝㻞㻜㻜㻙㻱㻰㻌㼍㼚㼐㻌㻝㻡㻜㻜㻙㻱㻰
㻲㼁㻾㼁㻷㻭㼃㻭
㻲㼞㼛㼙㻌㼀㻠㻡㻹㻲㻌㼟㼜㼏㻌㼠㼛㻌㼀㻡㻝㻹㻹㼟㼜㼏㻲㼞㼛㼙㻌㼀㻠㻡㻹㻹㼟㼜㼏㻌㼠㼛㻌㼀㻟㻤㻹㻹㼟㼜㼏
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻟㻢㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻔㻡㻝㻕㼤㻝㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻟㻞㻴㼍㼘㼒㻌㻮㼡㼟㼔㼕㼚㼓㻔㻟㻤㻕㼤㻝

㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻣㻜㻝㻟㻌㻌㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㻔㻡㻝㻕㼤㻝㻜㻤㻟㻜㻜㻞㻙㻜㻣㻜㻝㻝㻿㼑㼍㼘㻌㻾㼡㼎㼎㼑㼞㻔㻟㻤㻕㼤㻝
㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻞㻿㼑㼠㻌㻿㼏㼞㼑㼣㼤㻠㻜㻤㻝㻟㻜㻜㻙㻜㻡㻜㻝㻞㻿㼑㼠㻌㻿㼏㼞㼑㼣㼤㻠
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻡㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻡㻝㻭㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻟㻤㻭㼤㻝

㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻢㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻡㻝㻮㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻟㻜㻝㻥㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻟㻤㻮㼤㻝
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻡㻝㻯㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻜㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻟㻤㻯㼤㻝
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻡㻝㻰㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻝㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻟㻤㻰㼤㻝
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻥㻿㼠㼛㼜㼜㼑㼞㻌㼜㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻡㻝㼤㻞㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻟㻜㻞㻞㻿㼠㼛㼜㼜㼑㼞㻌㼜㼘㼍㼠㼑㻌㻟㻤㼤㻞
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻢㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻣㻣㻭㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻡㻡㻭㼤㻝

㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻣㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻣㻣㻮㼤㻝㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻡㻡㻮㼤㻝
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻥㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㼤㻝
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻞㻜㻼㼘㼍㼠㼑㼤㻝
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻠㻜㻞㻝㻿㼘㼕㼐㼑㻌㻭㼞㼙㼤㻝
㻝㻜㻝㻜㻟㻞㻙㻝㻞㻜㻢㻜㻝㻞㼙㼙㻌㻮㼛㼘㼠㼤㻠
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻟㻢㻶㼛㼕㼚㼠㻌㼜㼕㼜㼑㻌㻔㻹㻹㻕㼤㻝
㻔㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻢㻟㻜㻶㼛㼕㼚㼠㻌㼜㼕㼜㼑㻌㻔㻹㻹㻕㼤㻝㻕
㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻠㻙㻜㻞㻜㻞㻥㻿㼑㼠㻌㼜㼘㼍㼠㼑㻔㻢㻙㻡㻝㻕㼤㻠㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻞㻜㻝㻤㻿㼑㼠㻌㼜㼘㼍㼠㼑㻔㻢㻙㻟㻤㻕㼤㻠
㻴㻰㻣㻝㻞㻙㻜㻞㻡㻟㻠㼀㻠㻡㻙㻽㻱㻰㻘㻌㻿㼔㼍㼚㼗㻌㻾㼛㼐㻌㻔㻝㻞㻜㻜㻕㻴㻰㻣㻝㻞㼀㻠㻡㻟㻠

㻴㻰㻣㻝㻞㻙㻜㻞㻡㻟㻢㼀㻡㻝㻙㻽㻱㻰㻘㻌㻿㼔㼍㼚㼗㻌㻾㼛㼐㻌㻔㻝㻞㻜㻜㻕㻴㻰㻣㻝㻞㼀㻡㻝㻟㻢
㻴㻰㻣㻝㻡㻙㻜㻞㻡㻟㻠㼀㻡㻝㻙㻽㻱㻰㻘㻌㻿㼔㼍㼚㼗㻌㻾㼛㼐㻌㻔㻝㻡㻜㻜㻕㻴㻰㻣㻝㻡㼀㻡㻝㻟㻠

㻴㻰㻣㻝㻡㻙㻜㻞㻡㻟㻡㼀㻠㻡㻙㻽㻱㻰㻘㻌㻿㼔㼍㼚㼗㻌㻾㼛㼐㻌㻔㻝㻡㻜㻜㻕㻴㻰㻣㻝㻡㼀㻠㻡㻟㻡
Anti-Jamming system
ᵤᶇᶐᶑᶒᴾᶍᶄᴾᵿᶊᶊᵊᴾᶎᶊᶃᵿᶑᶃᴾᶓᶌᶂᶃᶐᶑᶒᵿᶌᶂᴾᶒᶆᵿᶒᴾ ḛᵿᶌᴾᵿᶌᶒᶇᵋᶈᵿᶋᶋᶇᶌᶅᴾᶑᶗᶑᶒᶃᶋḜᴾ ᶇᶑᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶑᶗᶑᶒᶃᶋᴾᶄᶍᶐᴾ

ᶑᶋᶍᶍᶒᶆᴾᶂᶐᶇᶊᶊᶇᶌᶅᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶇᶑᴾᶌᶍᶒᴾ“ᵿᶌᴾᵿᶓᶒᶍᶋᵿᶒᶇᶁᴾᶂᶐᶇᶊᶊᶇᶌᶅᴾᶑᶗᶑᶒᶃᶋ”ᵌᴾ
ᴾ
ᵲᶆᶃᶐᶃᴾᵿᶐᶃᴾᵬᶍᵌᴾᵎᵊᴾᵬᶍᵌᴾᵏᵊᴾᵬᶍᵌᴾᵐᵊᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᵬᶍᵌᴾᵑᴾᶇᶌᴾᵿᶌᶒᶇᵋᶈᵿᶋᶋᶇᶌᶅᵊᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᵿᶊᶒᶆᶍᶓᶅᶆᴾᶄᶐᶍᶋᴾᵬᶍᵌᴾᵎᴾᶒᶍᴾ
ᵬᶍᵌᴾᵐᴾᵿᶐᶃᴾᶄᵿᶋᶇᶊᶇᵿᶐᶇᶒᶗᴾᶇᶌᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶁᶍᶌᶔᶃᶌᶒᶇᶍᶌᵿᶊᴾᵦᵡᵰᵊᴾᵬᶍᵌᴾᵑᴾᶇᶑᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶌᶃᶕᴾᶋᶃᶁᶆᵿᶌᶇᶑᶋᴾᵿᶂᶂᶃᶂᴾ
ᶐᶃᶁᶃᶌᶒᶊᶗᵌᴾ
ᴾ
ᵲᶆᶃᴾᶋᶃᶁᶆᵿᶌᶇᶑᶋᴾᶕᶆᶇᶁᶆᴾᶄᶊᶓᶁᶒᶓᵿᶒᶃᶑᴾᶄᶃᶃᶂᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾᶀᶗᴾᶐᶍᶒᵿᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾᶁᶆᵿᶌᶅᶇᶌᶅᴾᶕᵿᶑᴾ
ᵿᶂᶂᶃᶂᴾᶒᶍᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᵿᶌᶒᶇᵋᶈᵿᶋᶋᶇᶌᶅᴾᶍᶄᴾᵬᶍᵌᴾᵑᵌᴾ
ᴾ
ᵧᶒᴾᶇᶑᴾᵿᶌᴾᵿᶂᶂᶇᶒᶇᶍᶌᵿᶊᴾᶄᶃᵿᶒᶓᶐᶃᴾᶒᶆᵿᶒᴾᶁᵿᶌᴾᶁᶆᵿᶌᶅᶃᴾᶀᶊᶍᶕᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾᶀᶗᴾᶄᶃᶃᶂᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾᶁᶆᵿᶌᶅᶇᶌᶅᵌᴾ
ᴾ
ᵵᶆᶃᶌᴾ ᶐᶍᶒᵿᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾ ᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾ ᶐᶇᶑᶃᶑᴾ ᶇᶌᴾ ᶂᶐᶇᶊᶊᶇᶌᶅᵊᴾ ᶒᶆᶃᴾ ᶎᶐᶃᶑᶃᶒᴾ ᵿᶓᶒᶍᶋᵿᶒᶇᶁᴾ ᶁᶍᶌᶒᶐᶍᶊᴾ ᶁᶇᶐᶁᶓᶇᶒᴾ
ᶂᶃᶁᶐᶃᵿᶑᶃᶑᴾᶄᶃᶃᶂᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾᵿᶓᶒᶍᶋᵿᶒᶇᶁᵿᶊᶊᶗᴾᶀᶗᴾᶐᶃᶁᶍᶅᶌᶇᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾᶕᶇᶒᶆᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶑᶍᶄᶒᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᶊᵿᶗᶃᶐᵊᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾ
ᵿᶊᶑᶍᴾᶊᶍᶕᶃᶐᴾᶀᶊᶍᶕᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᵌᴾ
ᴾ
ᵡᶍᶌᶔᶃᶐᶑᶃᶊᶗᵊᴾ ᶕᶆᶃᶌᴾ ᶐᶍᶒᵿᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾ ᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾ ᶂᶃᶁᶐᶃᵿᶑᶃᶑᵊᴾ ᶒᶆᶃᴾ ᶁᶍᶌᶒᶐᶍᶊᴾ ᶈᶓᶂᶅᶃᶑᴾ ᶒᶆᵿᶒᴾ ᶒᶆᶃᴾ ᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾ
ᶀᶃᶁᵿᶋᶃᴾᶆᵿᶐᶂᶃᶐᵊᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶐᵿᶇᶑᶃᶑᴾᶄᶃᶃᶂᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶀᶊᶍᶕᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾᵿᶓᶒᶍᶋᵿᶒᶇᶁᵿᶊᶊᶗᵌᴾ ᴾ
ᵦᶍᶕᶃᶔᶃᶐᵊᴾᶕᶆᶃᶌᴾᵿᴾᶀᶇᶒᴾᶅᶃᶒᶑᴾᶇᶌᶒᶍᴾᵿᴾᶆᶍᶊᶊᶍᶕᴾᶂᶓᶐᶇᶌᶅᴾᶂᶐᶇᶊᶊᶇᶌᶅᵊᴾᶇᶌᴾᶍᶐᶂᶃᶐᴾᶒᶆᵿᶒᴾᶂᶐᶇᶊᶊᶇᶌᶅᴾᶑᶎᶃᶃᶂᴾ
ᶃᶖᶁᶃᶃᶂᶑᴾᶄᶃᶃᶂᴾᶑᶎᶃᶃᶂᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᵿᴾᶑᶆᵿᶌᶉᴾᶐᶍᶂᴾᶁᶍᶋᶃᶑᴾᶍᶓᶒᴾᶇᶌᴾᶄᶐᶍᶌᶒᵊᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᵿᶁᶒᶓᵿᶊᴾᶀᶊᶍᶕᴾᶎᶍᶕᶃᶐᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾ
ᶄᶃᶃᶂᴾᶎᶍᶕᶃᶐᴾᶂᶃᶁᶐᶃᵿᶑᶃᵌᴾ ᴾ
ᴾ
ᵵᶆᶃᶌᴾᵿᶂᶈᶓᶑᶒᶇᶌᶅᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᵿᶌᶒᶇᵋᶈᵿᶋᶋᶇᶌᶅᴾᵑᵊᴾᶇᶒᴾᶇᶑᴾᶌᶃᶁᶃᶑᶑᵿᶐᶗᴾᶒᶍᴾᶑᶕᶃᶊᶊᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶂᶐᶇᶊᶊᶇᶌᶅᴾᶇᶋᵿᶅᶃᵊᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᵿᴾ
ᶁᶃᶐᶒᵿᶇᶌᴾᶃᶖᶎᶃᶐᶇᶃᶌᶁᶃᴾᶍᶄᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶂᶐᶇᶊᶊᶇᶌᶅᴾᶇᶑᴾᶐᶃᶏᶓᶇᶐᶃᶂᵌᴾᵲᶆᵿᶒᴾᶇᶑᴾᶀᶃᶁᵿᶓᶑᶃᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶋᵿᶌᶓᵿᶊᴾᵿᶂᶈᶓᶑᶒᶋᶃᶌᶒᴾ
ᶕᶆᶇᶁᶆᴾ ᶒᶆᶃᴾ ᶍᶎᶃᶐᵿᶒᶍᶐᴾ ᶕᵿᶑᴾ ᶎᶃᶐᶄᶍᶐᶋᶇᶌᶅᴾ ᶓᶌᶒᶇᶊᴾ ᶌᶍᶕᴾ ᶇᶑᴾ ᶅᶍᶇᶌᶅᴾ ᶒᶍᴾ ᶀᶃᴾ ᵿᶂᶈᶓᶑᶒᶃᶂᴾ ᶀᶗᴾ
ᵿᶓᶒᶍᶋᵿᶒᶇᶁᵿᶊᶊᶗᵌᴾ
ᴾ
ᵠᵿᶑᶇᶁᵿᶊᶊᶗᵊᴾᶇᶌᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶆᵿᶐᶂᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᶊᵿᶗᶃᶐᵊᴾᶑᶒᶐᶍᶌᶅᶃᶐᴾᶎᶍᶕᶃᶐᴾᶇᶑᴾᶐᶃᶏᶓᶇᶐᶃᶂᴾᶄᶍᶐᴾᶀᶊᶍᶕᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶄᶃᶃᶂᴾᶎᶍᶕᶃᶐᵌᴾ
ᵦᶍᶕᶃᶔᶃᶐᵊᴾᶇᶒᴾᶇᶑᴾᶌᶃᶁᶃᶑᶑᵿᶐᶗᴾᶒᶍᴾᶊᶍᶕᶃᶐᴾᶒᶆᶃᶑᶃᴾᶎᶍᶕᶃᶐᶑᴾᵿᶒᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶑᶍᶄᶒᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᶊᵿᶗᶃᶐᵌᴾ
ᵟᶑᴾᵿᴾᶑᵿᶋᶎᶊᶃᵊᴾᶇᶄᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶀᵿᶑᶃᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᶇᶑᴾᶁᶍᶋᶎᵿᶐᵿᶒᶇᶔᶃᶊᶗᴾᶑᶒᵿᶀᶊᶃᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶋᶍᶐᶃᴾᶒᶆᵿᶌᴾᵿᴾᶋᶃᶂᶇᶓᶋᴾᶆᵿᶐᶂᴾ
ᶐᶍᶁᶉᵊᴾᶇᶒᴾᶇᶑᴾᶑᵿᶒᶇᶑᶄᵿᶁᶒᶍᶐᶗᴾᵿᶒᴾᵿᶌᴾᵿᶂᶈᶓᶑᶒᶋᶃᶌᶒᴾᶍᶄᴾᵿᴾᶄᵿᶁᶒᶍᶐᶗᴾᶑᶆᶇᶎᶋᶃᶌᶒᵌᴾ
ᵧᶄᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᶊᵿᶗᶃᶐᴾᶇᶑᴾᶓᶌᶑᶒᵿᶀᶊᶃᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶒᵿᶐᶅᶃᶒᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᶇᶑᴾᶑᶍᶄᶒᵊᴾᶒᶇᶅᶆᶒᶃᶌᶇᶌᶅᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶔᵿᶊᶔᶃᴾᶕᶇᶒᶆᴾᵏᴾ
ᶒᶍᴾᵐᴾᶒᶓᶐᶌᴾᶕᶇᶊᶊᴾᶅᶃᶒᴾᵿᴾᶅᶍᶍᶂᴾᶐᶃᶑᶓᶊᶒᵌᴾ ᴾ
ᴾ
ᵲᶆᶃᴾᶒᶍᶓᶅᶆᶃᶑᶒᴾᶁᶍᶌᶂᶇᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾᶇᶑᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶓᶌᶑᶒᵿᶀᶊᶃᴾᶀᵿᶑᶃᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᶊᵿᶗᶃᶐᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶕᶆᶃᶌᴾᵿᴾᶒᵿᶐᶅᶃᶒᴾᶇᶑᴾᵿᴾᶆᵿᶐᶂᴾ
ᶐᶍᶁᶉᵌᴾᵧᶌᴾᶒᶆᶇᶑᴾᶁᶍᶌᶂᶇᶒᶇᶍᶌᵊᴾᵿᴾᶑᶒᶐᶍᶌᶅᶃᶐᴾᶀᶊᶍᶕᴾᶎᶍᶕᶃᶐᴾᶄᶍᶐᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶆᵿᶐᶂᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᶊᵿᶗᶃᶐᴾᶇᶑᴾᶐᶃᶏᶓᶇᶐᶃᶂᵌᴾ ᴾ
Anti-Jamming system
ᵠᶓᶒᵊᴾᶀᶃᶁᵿᶓᶑᶃᴾᶍᶄᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶓᶌᶑᶒᵿᶀᶊᶃᴾᶀᵿᶑᶃᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᶊᵿᶗᶃᶐᵊᴾᶇᶄᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶃᶂᴾᶀᶗᴾᶑᶒᶐᶍᶌᶅᶃᶐᴾᶄᶃᶃᶂᴾᶎᶍᶕᶃᶐᵊᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾ
ᶐᶍᶂᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶀᶇᶒᴾᶑᶕᵿᶗᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶋᶍᶔᶃᴾᶈᶓᶑᶒᴾᶊᶇᶉᶃᴾᵿᴾᶑᶌᵿᶉᶃᴾᶑᶃᶃᶉᶇᶌᶅᴾᵿᴾᶑᶍᶄᶒᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᶊᵿᶗᶃᶐᵌᴾ
ᵧᶌᴾᶍᶐᶂᶃᶐᴾᶒᶍᴾᶑᶍᶊᶔᶃᴾᶒᶆᶇᶑᴾᶁᶍᶌᶒᶐᵿᶂᶇᶁᶒᶇᶍᶌᵊᴾᶑᶃᶒᴾᶂᵿᶋᶎᶃᶐᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾᶆᶇᶅᶆᴾᶄᶍᶐᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶆᵿᶐᶂᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾ
ᵿᶂᶈᶓᶑᶒᴾᶄᶃᶃᶂᵉᶀᶊᶍᶕᴾᶒᶍᴾᶇᶌᶑᶃᶌᶑᶇᶀᶊᶃᵊᴾᶕᶆᶃᶌᴾᶋᶍᶓᶌᶒᶇᶌᶅᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᵦᵢᵕᵎᵎᴾᶂᶐᶇᶄᶒᶃᶐᵌᴾ ᴾ
ᵡᶍᶌᶔᶃᶐᶑᶃᶊᶗᵊᴾᶐᶍᶒᵿᶒᶇᶍᶌᵉᶄᶃᶃᶂᴾᶇᶑᴾᵿᶂᶈᶓᶑᶒᶃᶂᴾᵿᴾᶊᶇᶒᶒᶊᶃᴾᶑᶃᶌᶑᶇᶒᶇᶔᶃᶊᶗᵌᴾ ᴾ
ᴾ
ᵱᶇᶌᶁᶃᴾᵿᴾᶑᶆᵿᶌᶉᴾᶐᶍᶂᴾᶁᶍᶋᶃᶑᴾᶍᶓᶒᴾᶄᶐᶍᶌᶒᴾᶍᶄᴾᵿᴾᶎᶐᶍᶎᶃᶐᴾᶀᶊᶍᶕᴾᶎᶍᶇᶌᶒᴾᶍᶄᴾᵿᴾᶎᶇᶑᶒᶍᶌᴾᶀᶗᴾᶂᵿᶋᶎᶃᶐᴾ
ᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾᶒᶍᴾᶑᶍᶄᶒᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᵊᴾᶋᵿᶇᶌᶒᵿᶇᶌᶇᶌᶅᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶀᶊᶍᶕᴾᶎᶍᶕᶃᶐᴾᶒᶍᴾᶆᵿᶐᶂᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᶀᶗᴾᶁᵿᶐᶐᶗᶇᶌᶅᴾᶍᶓᶒᴾᶊᶇᶉᶃᴾ
ᶒᶆᶇᶑᵊᴾᶇᶒᴾᶀᶃᶁᶍᶋᶃᶑᴾᶎᶍᶑᶑᶇᶀᶊᶃᴾᶒᶍᴾᶊᶍᶕᶃᶐᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᵿᶁᶒᶓᵿᶊᴾᶀᶊᶍᶕᴾᶎᶍᶕᶃᶐᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶋᵿᶉᶃᶑᴾᶂᶐᶇᶊᶊᶇᶌᶅᴾᶑᶋᶍᶍᶒᶆᵌᴾ
ᴾ
ᵲᶆᶃᴾᵿᶌᶒᶇᵋᶈᵿᶋᶋᶇᶌᶅᴾᵑᴾᶇᶑᴾᶌᶍᶒᴾᶋᶍᶓᶌᶒᶃᶂᴾᶍᶌᴾᵦᵡᵰᵋᵗᵢᵱᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᵏᵐᵢᵱᵌᴾᵲᶆᶃᶐᶃᶄᶍᶐᶃᵊᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶂᶐᶇᶊᶊᶇᶌᶅᴾ
ᶍᶎᶃᶐᵿᶒᶍᶐᴾᶆᶇᶋᶑᶃᶊᶄᴾᵿᶂᶈᶓᶑᶒᶑᴾᶄᶃᶃᶂᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᵊᴾᶀᶊᶍᶕᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᵊᴾᶃᶒᶁᵌᴾᶄᶐᶍᶋᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶇᶌᶑᶇᶂᶃᴾᶍᶄᴾᶁᵿᶀᶇᶌᴾ
ᵿᶌᶂᴾᶌᶃᶃᶂᶑᴾᶒᶍᴾᶁᶍᶔᶃᶐᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶄᶓᶌᶁᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾᶍᶄᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᵿᶌᶒᶇᵋᶈᵿᶋᶋᶇᶌᶅᴾᵑᵌᴾ
When the trouble on drilling occurs
ᵲᶆᶃᴾᶇᶒᶃᶋᴾᶌᶃᶃᶂᶑᴾᶒᶍᴾᶀᶃᴾᶄᶇᶐᶑᶒᴾᶁᶆᶃᶁᶉᶃᶂᴾᶕᶆᶃᶌᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶒᶐᶍᶓᶀᶊᶃᴾᶍᶌᴾᶂᶐᶇᶊᶊᶇᶌᶅᴾᶍᶁᶁᶓᶐᶑᵌᴾ
ᴾ
ᵏᵌᴾ ᵠᶊᶍᶕᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾ
ᵐᵌᴾ ᵤᶃᶃᶂᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾ
ᵑᵌᴾ ᵰᶍᶒᵿᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾ
ᵒᵌᴾ ᵟᶇᶐᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾ
ᵓᵌᴾ ᵢᶐᶇᶊᶊᶇᶌᶅᴾᶊᶃᶌᶅᶒᶆᴾ
ᵔᵌᴾ ᵰᶍᶂᴾᶑᶇᶘᶃᴾ
ᵕᵌᴾ ᵰᶍᶁᶉᴾᶏᶓᵿᶊᶇᶒᶗᴾ
ᵖᵌᴾ ᵢᶐᶇᶊᶊᶇᶌᶅᴾᶒᶇᶋᶃᴾᶎᶃᶐᴾᶍᶌᶃᴾᶐᶍᶂᴾ
ᵗᵌᴾ ᵮᶇᶑᶒᶍᶌᴾᶑᶒᶐᶍᶉᶃᴾᶍᶄᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶂᶐᶇᶄᶒᶃᶐᴾ
ᵏᵎᵌᴾ ᵲᶗᶎᶃᴾᶍᶄᴾᶀᶇᶒᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶐᶍᶂᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶋᵿᶉᶃᶐ’ᶑᴾᶌᵿᶋᶃᴾ
ᵏᵏᵌᴾ ᵫᶍᶂᶃᶊᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶑᶃᶐᶇᵿᶊᴾᶌᶓᶋᶀᶃᶐᴾᶍᶄᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶋᵿᶁᶆᶇᶌᶃᴾ
ᵏᵐᵌᴾ ᵲᶐᶍᶓᶀᶊᶃᴾᶁᶍᶌᶒᶃᶌᶒᶑᵊᴾᶎᶊᵿᶁᶃᶑᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶎᶇᶁᶒᶓᶐᶃᶑᴾ
ᵏᵑᵌᴾ ᵣᶌᶅᶇᶌᶃᴾᶆᶍᶓᶐᵋᶋᶃᶒᶃᶐᴾᶐᶃᵿᶂᶇᶌᶅᴾ
ᴾ
ᵵᶆᶗᴾᶌᶃᶃᶂᴾᵿᶀᶍᶔᶃᴾᵏᵑᴾᶇᶒᶃᶋᶑᴾᵿᶐᶃᴾᶁᶆᶃᶁᶉᶃᶂᵝᴾ
ᵧᶒᴾᶇᶑᴾᶄᶍᶐᴾᶈᶓᶂᶅᶇᶌᶅᴾᶕᶆᶃᶒᶆᶃᶐᴾᶇᶒᴾᶇᶑᴾᶀᵿᶑᶃᶂᴾᶍᶌᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶒᶐᶍᶓᶀᶊᶃᴾᶍᶄᴾᵿᶁᶁᶃᶑᶑᶍᶐᶇᶃᶑᴾᶍᶐᴾᶋᵿᶊᵿᶂᶈᶓᶑᶒᶋᶃᶌᶒᶑᴾ
ᶍᶐᴾᶇᶋᶎᶐᶍᶎᶃᶐᴾᶓᶑᶃᴾᶍᶄᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶋᵿᶁᶆᶇᶌᶃᵌᴾᵫᶍᶐᶃᶍᶔᶃᶐᵊᴾᶓᶌᶊᶇᶉᶃᴾᶍᶒᶆᶃᶐᴾᶁᶍᶌᶑᶒᶐᶓᶁᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾᶋᵿᶁᶆᶇᶌᶃᶐᶗᵊᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾ
ᶁᶐᵿᶕᶊᶃᶐᴾ ᶂᶐᶇᶊᶊᴾ ᵿᶊᶕᵿᶗᶑᴾ ᶌᶃᶃᶂᶑᴾ ᵿᴾ ᶄᶇᶌᶃᴾ ᶒᶓᶌᶇᶌᶅᴾ ᶂᶓᶐᶇᶌᶅᴾ ᶒᶆᶃᴾ ᶍᶎᶃᶐᵿᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾ ᶇᶌᴾ ᵿᶁᶁᶍᶐᶂᵿᶌᶁᶃᴾ ᶕᶇᶒᶆᴾ
ᶁᶆᵿᶌᶅᶃᴾᶍᶄᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶀᵿᶑᶃᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᶍᶐᴾᶕᶍᶐᶉᴾᶁᶍᶌᶂᶇᶒᶇᶍᶌᶑᵌᴾ
ᴾ
ᵧᶄᴾ ᶂᵿᶋᵿᶅᶃᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾ ᶃᵿᶐᶊᶗᴾ ᶕᶃᵿᶐᴾ ᶍᶄᴾ ᵿᴾ ᶐᶍᶂᵊᴾ ᵿᴾ ᶑᶆᵿᶌᶉᴾ ᶐᶍᶂᴾ ᵿᶌᶂᴾ ᵿᴾ ᶑᶊᶃᶃᶔᶃᴾ ᵿᶐᶃᴾ ᶇᶌᶒᶃᶌᶑᶃᴾ ᶇᶌᴾ ᶒᶆᶃᴾ
ᶑᶎᶃᶁᶇᶄᶇᶁᴾᶋᵿᶁᶆᶇᶌᶃᵊᴾᵧᶒᴾᶇᶑᴾᶒᶆᶍᶓᶅᶆᶒᴾᶒᶆᵿᶒᴾᶇᶒᴾᶆᵿᶎᶎᶃᶌᶑᴾᶀᶃᶁᵿᶓᶑᶃᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᵿᶂᶈᶓᶑᶒᶋᶃᶌᶒᴾᶍᶄᴾᵿᴾᶋᵿᶁᶆᶇᶌᶃᴾ
ᵿᶌᶂᴾᶂᶐᶇᶊᶊᶇᶌᶅᴾᵿᶁᶁᶃᶑᶑᶍᶐᶇᶃᶑᴾᶂᶍᴾᶌᶍᶒᴾᶋᵿᶒᶁᶆᴾᶕᶇᶒᶆᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶀᵿᶑᶃᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᵌᴾᵤᶍᶊᶊᶍᶕᶇᶌᶅᶑᴾᵿᶐᶃᴾᶆᶇᶌᶒᶑᴾᶍᶄᴾ
ᶑᶍᶊᶓᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾᶄᶍᶐᴾᶒᶆᶇᶑᴾᶇᶑᶑᶓᶃᵌᴾ ᴾ
ᴾ
ᵡᶆᵿᶌᶅᶇᶌᶅᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶀᶇᶒᵌᴾᵧᶒᴾᶇᶑᴾᶌᶃᶁᶃᶑᶑᵿᶐᶗᴾᶒᶍᴾᶑᶃᶊᶃᶁᶒᴾᵿᴾᶀᶇᶒᴾᶋᵿᶒᶁᶆᶇᶌᶅᴾᶕᶇᶒᶆᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶀᵿᶑᶃᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᶄᶐᶍᶋᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾ
ᶍᶀᶈᶃᶁᶒᴾᶄᶍᶐᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶑᶍᶄᶒᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᵊᴾᶆᵿᶐᶂᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶁᶐᶓᶑᶆᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᵌᴾᵟᶌᶂᴾᶕᶆᶃᶌᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶐᶍᶂᴾᶑᶇᶘᶃᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶒᶗᶎᶃᴾ
ᶇᶑᴾᶁᶆᵿᶌᶅᶃᶂᵊᴾᶁᶆᵿᶌᶅᶇᶌᶅᴾᶐᶍᶒᵿᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾᶌᶓᶋᶀᶃᶐᵊᴾᶎᶐᶍᶎᶃᶐᴾᶄᶃᶃᶂᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᵊᴾᶑᶎᶃᶃᶂᵊᴾᶀᶊᶍᶕᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾ
ᵿᶌᶂᴾᶂᵿᶋᶎᶃᶐᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾᵿᶐᶃᴾᶌᶃᶃᶂᶃᶂᵌᴾᵱᶍᵊᴾᶁᶆᶃᶁᶉᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶀᶇᶒᴾᶑᶇᶘᶃᵊᴾᶀᶇᶒᴾᶒᶗᶎᶃᵊᴾᶐᶍᶂᴾᶑᶇᶘᶃᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶋᵿᶉᶃᶐᴾ
ᶃᶒᶁᵌᴾᶍᶄᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᵿᶁᶁᶃᶑᶑᶍᶐᶗᴾᶀᶗᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶑᶎᶃᶁᶇᶄᶇᶁᵿᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾᶁᵿᶒᵿᶊᶍᶅᶓᶃᵌᴾ
ᴾ
ᵵᶆᶃᶌᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶐᶍᶒᵿᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾᶇᶑᴾᶒᶍᶍᴾᶆᶇᶅᶆᵘᴾᵪᶍᶕᶃᶐᴾᶄᶃᶃᶂᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᵿᶂᶈᶓᶑᶒᴾᶐᶍᶒᵿᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾ
ᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾᶒᶍᴾᶎᶐᶍᶎᶃᶐᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᵌᴾᵦᶍᶕᶃᶔᶃᶐᵊᴾᶇᶄᴾᶕᶆᶇᶒᶃᴾᶑᶋᶍᶉᶃᴾᶐᶇᶑᶃᶑᴾᶄᶐᶍᶋᴾᵿᴾᶑᶊᶃᶃᶔᶃᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᵿᴾ
ᶑᶆᵿᶌᶉᴾᶐᶍᶂᴾᶀᶗᴾᶊᶍᶕᶃᶐᶇᶌᶅᴾᶄᶃᶃᶂᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾᶍᶐᴾᶇᶒᴾᶀᶃᶁᶍᶋᶃᶑᴾᶆᶇᶅᶆᴾᶒᶃᶋᶎᶃᶐᵿᶒᶓᶐᶃᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶂᶇᶑᶁᶍᶊᶍᶐᶑᴾ
When the trouble on drilling occurs
ᶒᶆᶃᶋᵊᴾᶊᶍᶕᶃᶐᶇᶌᶅᴾᶀᶊᶍᶕᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾᶇᶑᴾᵿᶊᶑᶍᴾᶌᶃᶃᶂᶃᶂᵌᴾ ᴾ ᵲᶆᶇᶑᴾᶋᶃᵿᶌᶑᴾᶒᶆᵿᶒᴾᶀᶊᶍᶕᴾᶎᶍᶕᶃᶐᴾᶇᶑᴾᶒᶍᶍᴾ
ᶑᶒᶐᶍᶌᶅᴾ ᵿᶅᵿᶇᶌᶑᶒᴾ ᶒᶆᶃᴾ ᶀᵿᶑᶃᴾ ᶐᶍᶁᶉᵌᴾ ᵲᶆᶇᶑᴾ ᶇᶑᴾ ᶕᶆᶗᴾ ᶗᶍᶓᴾ ᵿᶐᶃᴾ ᵿᶑᶉᶃᶂᴾ ᶀᶊᶍᶕᴾ ᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᵊᴾ ᶄᶃᶃᶂᴾ
ᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᵊᴾᶐᶍᶒᵿᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᵿᶇᶐᴾᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᵌᴾ
ᵤᶍᶐᴾᶃᶖᵿᶋᶎᶊᶃᵊᴾᶕᶆᶃᶌᴾᶇᶒᴾᶇᶑᴾᵿᴾᶀᵿᶑᶃᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᶕᶇᶒᶆᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶆᶇᶅᶆᴾᶐᵿᶒᶃᴾᶍᶄᴾᶕᵿᶒᶃᶐᴾᶇᶌᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶑᶍᶄᶒᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᶊᵿᶗᶃᶐᵊᴾ
ᶈᵿᶋᶋᶇᶌᶅᴾᶋᵿᶗᴾᶍᶁᶁᶓᶐᴾᶔᶇᶍᶊᶃᶌᶒᶊᶗᵌᴾ ᵳᶌᶂᶃᶐᴾᶑᶓᶁᶆᴾᵿᴾᶀᵿᶑᶃᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᵊᴾᶑᶇᶌᶁᶃᴾᶐᶍᶒᵿᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾᶐᶃᶑᶇᶑᶒᵿᶌᶁᶃᴾᶀᶗᴾ
ᶒᶆᶃᴾᶑᶇᶂᶃᴾᶕᵿᶊᶊᴾᶍᶄᴾᵿᴾᶀᶇᶒᴾᶇᶌᶄᶊᶓᶃᶌᶁᶃᶑᴾᶅᶐᶃᵿᶒᶊᶗᴾᶇᶌᴾᵿᶂᶂᶇᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾᶒᶍᴾᶐᶍᶒᵿᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾᶐᶃᶑᶇᶑᶒᵿᶌᶁᶃᴾᵿᶒᴾᵿᴾᶀᶇᶒᴾᶒᶇᶎᴾ
ᶐᶃᶏᶓᶇᶐᶃᶂᴾ ᶍᶐᶇᶅᶇᶌᵿᶊᶊᶗᴾ ᵿᶌᶂᴾ ᶐᶍᶒᵿᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾ ᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾ ᶐᶇᶑᶃᶑᴾ ᵿᶀᶌᶍᶐᶋᵿᶊᶊᶗᵊᴾ ᵿᶌᶒᶇᵋᶈᵿᶋᶋᶇᶌᶅᴾ ᶁᶍᶌᶒᶐᶍᶊᴾ
ᶕᶍᶐᶉᶑᴾᶄᶐᶃᶏᶓᶃᶌᶒᶊᶗᵌᴾ ᵟᶊᶒᶆᶍᶓᶅᶆᴾᶑᶓᶁᶆᴾᶎᶆᶃᶌᶍᶋᶃᶌᶍᶌᴾᶁᵿᶌᴾᶀᶃᴾᶑᶍᶊᶔᶃᶂᴾᶕᶇᶒᶆᴾᶁᶆᵿᶌᶅᶇᶌᶅᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶀᶇᶒᵊᴾ
ᶇᶒᴾᶀᶃᶁᶍᶋᶃᶑᴾᶇᶋᶎᶍᶐᶒᵿᶌᶒᴾᶒᶍᴾᶑᶍᶊᶔᶃᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶆᶍᶊᶃᵋᶀᶃᶌᶂᴾᵿᶒᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶑᵿᶋᶃᴾᶒᶇᶋᶃᴾᶒᶃᶁᶆᶌᶇᶁᵿᶊᶊᶗᵌᴾ
ᴾ
ᵵᶆᶃᶌᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶀᵿᶑᶃᴾᶐᶍᶁᶉᴾᶇᶑᴾᶆᵿᶐᶂᵊᴾᶇᶒᴾᶒᵿᶉᶃᶑᴾᶋᶓᶁᶆᴾᶒᶇᶋᶃᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶑᶇᶌᶁᶃᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶃᶖᶁᶃᶑᶑᶇᶔᶃᴾᶑᶒᶐᶃᶑᶑᴾᶋᵿᶗᴾ
ᶀᶃᴾᵿᶂᶂᶃᶂᴾᶒᶍᴾᵿᴾᶑᶊᶃᶃᶔᶃᵊᴾᵿᴾᶐᶍᶂᵊᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᵿᴾᶑᶆᵿᶌᶉᴾᶐᶍᶂᵊᴾᶇᶒᴾᶋᵿᶗᴾᶅᶃᶌᶃᶐᵿᶒᶃᴾᶆᶃᵿᶒᵊᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶂᵿᶋᵿᶅᶃᴾᶒᶆᶃᶋᵌᴾ
ᵱᶍᴾᶗᶍᶓᴾᵿᶐᶃᴾᵿᶑᶉᶃᶂᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶁᶍᶌᶂᶇᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾᶍᶄᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶎᶇᶑᶒᶍᶌᴾᶑᶒᶐᶍᶉᶃᴾᵿᶂᶈᶓᶑᶒᶋᶃᶌᶒᴾᵿᶌᶂᴾᶂᶐᶇᶊᶊᶇᶌᶅᴾᶒᶇᶋᶃᴾᶎᶃᶐᴾ
ᶍᶌᶃᴾᶐᶍᶂᵌᴾ
ᴾᴾ
ᵵᶆᶃᶌᴾᶂᶐᶇᶊᶊᶇᶌᶅᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶊᶍᶌᶅᴾᶆᶍᶊᶃᵊᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶆᶍᶊᶃᵋᶀᶃᶌᶂᴾᶀᶗᴾᶇᶌᶁᶐᶃᵿᶑᶇᶌᶅᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶐᶍᶂᴾᶁᶍᶌᶌᶃᶁᶒᶇᶍᶌᵌᴾᵱᶇᶌᶁᶃᴾ
ᶐᶃᶑᶇᶑᶒᵿᶌᶁᶃᴾ ᶕᶇᶊᶊᴾ ᶇᶌᶁᶐᶃᵿᶑᶃᴾ ᶇᶄᴾ ᵿᴾ ᶆᶍᶊᶃᴾ ᶀᶃᶌᶂᶑᵊᴾ ᶐᶍᶒᵿᶒᶇᶍᶌᴾ ᶎᶐᶃᶑᶑᶓᶐᶃᴾ ᶕᶇᶊᶊᴾ ᶐᶇᶑᶃᴾ ᵿᶌᶂᴾ ᶒᶆᶃᴾ ᶑᵿᶋᶃᴾ
ᶎᶆᶃᶌᶍᶋᶃᶌᶍᶌᴾᵿᶑᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶇᶒᶃᶋᴾᵐᴾᶕᶇᶊᶊᴾᶍᶁᶁᶓᶐᵌᴾ ᵲᶆᶃᶐᶃᶄᶍᶐᶃᴾᶗᶍᶓᴾᵿᶐᶃᴾᵿᶑᶉᶃᶂᴾᶒᶆᶃᴾᶂᶐᶇᶊᶊᶇᶌᶅᴾᶊᶃᶌᶅᶒᶆᴾ
ᵿᶌᶂᴾᶐᶍᶂᴾᶑᶇᶘᶃᵌᴾ

FURUKAWA Service Manual HCR1200-HCR1500 ED

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FURUKAWA Service Manual HCR1200-HCR1500 ED

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

FURUKAWA Service Manual HCR1200-HCR1500 ED

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Furukawa Rock Drill

HYDRAULIC CRAWLER DRILL

FRD TSC 2005/05/26 Vol.1

Service Manual Cover Go

6. Shop Manual Section Go

8. Feed Motor Section Go

9. Drive Motor Section Go

10. Material Section Go

㼀㻵㻳㼀㻱㻴 㻿㻱㻾㼂㻵㻯㻱 㻱㻸㻱㻹㻱㻺㼀 㻲㼕㼚㼕㼟㼔

㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻠㻡㻜 㻻㼕㼘㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞 㻝 㻝 㻝 㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑

㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻤 㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻡㻡㻮㻌㻔㼀㻟㻤㻕 㻞 㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻾㼑㼍㼞㻕㻘㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞

㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻟㻙㻜㻝㻜㻟㻝㻜 㻻㼕㼘㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞 㻝 㻝 㻝 㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑

2-1 Roles of bit

Intrusion force (F)

2-2 Four basics for drilling, and their

Fig. 2-3 Adjustment of each element

Compressive stress Wide and short

Almost same diameter

To the bit Transmission speed Thin end

2-2-2 Rotation speed

slow are inappropriate. If the rotation speed is rotation torque

2-2-3 Thrust force

Idle blow leads to early rod and bit fatigue. In

2-2-4 Flushing Fig. 2-7 Appropriate thrust

2-3 Combination of bit and rod

MF rod Button bit

Guide tube Button retrac bit

Shank rod Cross bit

Sleeve Extension rod Cross retrac bit

Fig. 2-8 Combination of bit and rod

Fig. 3-1 Name of each section of bit

3-1-2 Types of bit and tip forms

Retrac Guide Cross, X

Fig. 3-2 Types and characteristics of bit

Button tip Chisel tip

Spherical Parabolic Ballistic Conical

Hard Rock quality Soft

Fig. 3-3 Chip forms

3-2-1 Button tip

Compressive strength (MPa)

Compressive strength (MPa)

3-3-2 Bit life and number of times of

3-3-3 Hole accuracy

Drilling speed (m/min)

4-2 Types of grinding machine

For button bit For cross bit

Fig. 4-2 Bit grinding machine and types of whetstone

Button bit Reaming point

When abrasion width If the abrasion width of

Do not completely regrind If reverse taper or

Fig. 4-3 Guidance for regrinding time and grinding method

5-1 Button bit

Table 5-1 Button bit troubles and trouble shooting

Description Classification Cause Trouble shooting

The tip is too sharp. Re-select the tip type.

Snake skin Early regrinding

Idle blowing Early regrinding

The tip has been worn –

Body metal strength –

㼀㻵㻳㼀㻱㻴㻿㻱㻾㼂㻵㻯㻱㻱㻸㻱㻹㻱㻺㼀㻲㼕㼚㼕㼟㼔

㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻠㻙㻜㻝㻜㻠㻡㻜㻻㼕㼘㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻝㻝㻝㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑

㻜㻤㻜㻞㻜㻞㻙㻜㻠㻜㻝㻤㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻡㻡㻮㻌㻔㼀㻟㻤㻕㻞㻾㼛㼐㻌㻯㼘㼍㼙㼜㻌㻔㻾㼑㼍㼞㻕㻘㻹㻲㻌㻩㻌㻜㻌㼒㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼍㼞

㻜㻠㻜㻝㻝㻟㻙㻜㻝㻜㻟㻝㻜㻻㼕㼘㻌㻲㼕㼘㼠㼑㼞㻝㻝㻝㻱㼚㼓㼕㼚㼑